FreeLists
JAWS 16
[pic]
What's New? New Users Start Here! Using JAWS Help Keyboard Commands
Welcome
Congratulations on your purchase of JAWS for Windows, the international standard for screen reading software. As Windows software has evolved, JAWS has risen to meet the challenge to allow blind and low vision users access to the same information that others have on the World Wide Web, in popular applications, and when reading specialized document formats such as PDF or HTML.
Furthermore, JAWS is part of a family of products for blind and low vision computer users, which includes screen magnification software, scanning and reading software, a PDA for the blind, Braille displays, and notetakers. The newest versions of Freedom Scientific's products not only work with each other, but also do not interfere with other accessibility products on the same PC.
Your decision to use JAWS as your computer screen reader is an excellent choice. With JAWS you'll find that your access to the Internet is unparalleled. Using JAWS with Microsoft's Internet Explorer is easy, so you'll be surfing in no time. Additionally, JAWS supports the most popular office software products so that you'll be able to work in the same software environment as other Windows computer users. There are numerous other applications that are supported in JAWS, including word processors, encyclopedias, financial and spreadsheet packages, e-mail and messaging applications, and more.
For Braille users, JAWS provides functionality that improves the efficiency and quality of your work when using a Braille display. It also provides an accurate representation, in Braille, of what's displayed on your computer's screen.
There are numerous settings that allow you to customize JAWS to meet your individual needs, including how much information is provided globally and in individual applications. Dozens of other options allow you to set your own voices, keystrokes, HTML preferences, verbosity levels, and more. With JAWS scripting, you can customize JAWS to work with any application, such as proprietary software developed by large employers. This feature provides ultimate flexibility and expandability, making JAWS an excellent investment for the present and future.
The links below will help you get started with JAWS:
What's New in JAWS?
New Users Start Here
Reading Screens and Documents
Using JAWS with Internet Explorer
Keyboard Commands
Back Next
What's New in JAWS?
JAWS 16 offers several new features and improvements as described on this page. To learn more, read the entire What's New or press INSERT+F6 to open a list of headings and then jump directly to a specific item.
To read about features and updates made in earlier JAWS releases, see the Previous JAWS Enhancements Web page.
JAWS Command Search, a Built-in Search Engine for JAWS Keystrokes
JAWS provides many keystrokes to perform a variety of commands. Many commands can be performed anywhere in Windows, such as reading the window title or current line, while other commands are only available in specific applications like Microsoft Word or Internet Explorer. If you are using JAWS with a refreshable braille display, there are even JAWS commands that can be performed using the controls on the braille display. To search for JAWS commands, press INSERT+SPACEBAR, J to open the Search for Commands dialog.
While there are certain commands that are used by the majority of JAWS users on a daily basis, such as reading the current line (INSERT+UP ARROW) or reading the current window title (INSERT+T), there are numerous commands that even the most experienced users do not use regularly and need to be looked up. Certain types of commands can be especially difficult to remember as some of them require pressing several keys at once. The JAWS Command Search feature enables you to enter a full or partial description of a command whose keystroke you do not remember. JAWS will display all commands that match your search criteria, the description of the feature, and all the associated keystrokes, including braille commands if a refreshable braille display is currently connected.
For example, you may need to locate a keystroke for working with formulas in Excel. Instead of opening the JAWS help topic for Excel and searching through all of the available keystrokes, or starting Keyboard Help (INSERT+1) and pressing various keystroke combinations until you find the correct one, you can open the Search for JAWS Commands window while focused in Excel, type "formulas" in the search edit box, and then view a list of all keystrokes related to working with formulas. Similarly, if you are browsing the Web and you need to find the keystroke for displaying a list of headings on the current page (INSERT+F6), you can open the Search for JAWS Commands window from Internet Explorer or Firefox, type "list headings" in the search edit box, and this command will be the first result.
To search for a command, press INSERT+SPACEBAR, followed by J, to open the Search for JAWS Commands window. Alternatively, you can choose Search for Commands from the Run JAWS Manager dialog box (INSERT+F2) or the JAWS Utilities menu. An HTML window opens and places you in an edit field. If Forms Mode is set to Auto or Semi-Auto, Forms Mode will be activated when the edit field gains focus. Begin typing the description of the command you are looking for and the results area in the lower part of the window automatically updates. As you type, the first result in the list is spoken automatically. Pressing ENTER turns off Forms Mode and places you on the first result.
|Note: If Auto Forms Mode is set to Manual, you will need to first press ENTER to activate Forms Mode before you begin typing in the |
|edit field. |
Since this is an HTML window, you can use standard reading commands to review the
search results. Each command name along with the most common keystroke used to perform it is displayed as a heading so you can quickly move between results using the H and SHIFT+H Navigation Quick Keys. When you locate the command you want, press DOWN ARROW to move to a brief description of what the command does, and any additional keystrokes that can be used to perform the command. This will include non-layered, layered, and braille keystrokes. If a particular command offers a braille keystroke, but a braille display is not currently connected when you performed the search, the braille keystroke will not be listed.
Each JAWS command name and its associated keystrokes are also displayed as links. This allows you to press ENTER on the command name heading, or any of the associated keystroke links to close the Search for JAWS Commands window and activate the command. You can also exit this window by pressing ALT+F4, or the ESC key.
|Note: When performing a JAWS command search, the search results only contain JAWS keystrokes. Microsoft Windows keystrokes, such as |
|CTRL+A for select all, are not included in the search results. |
Standard Licenses Become "Home Use Edition for Non-Commercial Use"
Most end users who are buying new computers today, end up purchasing systems that come with professional editions of Windows 7 or Windows 8. In order to make this easier and more affordable, we have changed the traditional JAWS Standard so it will now work on either Home or Professional versions of Windows. At the same time, we are changing the name from Standard to JAWS Home Edition and it is intended for Non-Commercial Use as well as ideal for anyone who intends to use JAWS on their personal laptop or desktop computer. Just like the JAWS Professional licenses, JAWS Home Use Edition licenses will allow JAWS 16 to install and run on both Home and Professional editions of Windows.
When running a JAWS Home Use Edition license, JAWS will announce in both speech and braille "JAWS Home Use Edition" at startup. Also, the JAWS application window has been changed. The Title of the JAWS Window now says "JAWS Home Use" and in the main window area, it will display graphical text that says "Noncommercial Use Only". Finally, Home Use Edition is also displayed in the JAWS About dialog box which is accessed from the Help menu.
JAWS 16 is designed to recognize all existing Standard licenses and will automatically work as a Home Use Edition now on both Home and Professional machines. All new licenses of JAWS 16 that are shipped will be set up using either the new Home Use Edition license or the traditional Professional license. In the case of Professional Licenses, JAWS 16 will now announce "JAWS Professional" in speech and braille at startup as well.
Finally, we have included the option to purchase and use the JAWS Remote support to the Home Use Edition Licenses. This will allow your license to work in Remote Desktop, Terminal Services, or Citrix connections with other computers. Previously, this option was only available for purchase with JAWS Professional Licenses.
Semi-Auto Forms Mode
The new Semi-Auto Forms Mode feature offers users the convenience of Auto Forms Mode, but the benefits of manual operation.
With Auto Forms Mode, JAWS automatically enters Forms Mode so you can immediately begin typing when you move to an edit field using the ARROW Keys, or TAB and SHIFT+TAB. When you move away from the control, Forms Mode turns off and you resume navigating using the Virtual PC Cursor. This can be very useful especially for new and sighted users and is the default setting. When you move to an edit field in Manual Forms Mode, you must first press ENTER to turn on Forms Mode, and then press NUM PAD PLUS or ESC to turn it off once you are finished typing.
With Semi-Auto Forms Mode, JAWS will only turn on Forms Mode automatically when you move to an edit field using TAB or SHIFT+TAB. This allows you to have the benefits of Auto Forms Mode and still be able to read through a Web page using the ARROW keys and not be interrupted by Forms Mode turning on and off. Additionally, Navigation Quick Keys will not turn on Semi-Auto Forms Mode.
To cycle through Manual, Auto, and Semi-Auto Forms Mode, use the Auto Forms Mode option in Quick Settings (INSERT+V) or the Select Forms Mode option in Settings Center.
Enhanced Convenient OCR for PDF Documents
The Convenient OCR (Optical Character Recognition) feature now allows you to recognize entire PDF documents. Convenient OCR was first introduced in JAWS 13 and allows you to recognize any images visible on the screen in order to access text contained in the image that would normally be inaccessible to JAWS. This included inaccessible PDF documents where you could only recognize the currently visible text.
In JAWS 16, if you open a PDF document and you do not find any text to read, press INSERT+SPACEBAR, O to access the OCR layer and then press the letter D. JAWS begins recognizing the text of the entire document featuring a very high degree of accuracy as the results are not affected by the curretn screen resolution, as they are when recognizing the current screen or window. After several seconds, the contents of the PDF file are displayed in the Results Viewer for reading. Use standard reading commands to review the text or select and copy sections of content for pasting in other applications. For example, you could select all, then copy and paste into a Microsoft Word document, which you could then save.
|Note: The OCR process takes longer for larger PDF files. As text is recognized, it is added to the end of the existing text already in|
|the Results Viewer. This allows you to continue reading without interruption as the document is processed. If you are currently not |
|reading using Say All, JAWS announces the current line as new text is added to the Results Viewer to indicate that OCR is still in |
|progress. |
JAWS 16 Introduces MathML Support
MathML is a language for including mathematical content on Web pages, enabling browsers to present math equations and formulas as they would appear on paper. JAWS provides spoken, natural language descriptions of MathML expressions, using the same terms a teacher would use to explain them in a classroom. There is a written, visual language of math, described by MathML. However, there is also a spoken language used when people discuss math problems. Students will benefit from hearing JAWS describe mathematical expressions as their teachers and peers do.
In addition, JAWS allows you to actively explore math content. When you encounter MathML on a Web page, JAWS describes the equation, followed by the message "math content." Pressing ENTER while focused on the math content opens the Math Viewer where you can study the equation in greater detail by doing the following:
To move between parts of the expression, use the LEFT and RIGHT ARROW keys. To focus in on a partial expression, press DOWN ARROW.
To return to the whole expression, press UP ARROW.
To read all the partial expressions at the current nesting level, press INSERT+UP ARROW.
To read the current partial expression, press NUM PAD 5 or INSERT+NUM PAD 5. From within the Math Viewer, press ESC or ALT+F4 to exit.
At present, JAWS supports MathML content rendered by MathJax in Internet Explorer. MathJax is a popular JavaScript library used by web developers to provide a consistent look and feel for math content across browsers. Because JAWS relies on MathJax to get MathML, JAWS may be limited by the types of content it supports. For example, since MathJax currently does not support elementary math features, JAWS is also unable to render them in the browser.
For now, math content on a Web page or in the Math Viewer is only spoken by JAWS and is not shown in braille. In addition, the contents of the Math Viewer do not appear visually on the screen. These important features, as well as support for other browsers, will be added in future updates as we continue to refine MathML support.
Visit the W3C Web site for more information about MathML.
Improved JAWS Performance with Microsoft Word 2013 using UIA
JAWS now takes full advantage of the UIA (User Interface Automation) support in Microsoft Word 2013 to offer more robust performance when using Word. You will notice a significant increase in responsiveness when navigating and editing documents. In addition, the JAWS cursor can now be used to read the currently visible text in the document area.
Braille users will also notice significant improvements with navigating documents in braille, including the ability to pan through a document without losing your place where you are currently editing when Active Follows Braille is off. In addition, the alignment of text is more accurately shown on the braille display when navigating by line.
Enhanced Language Support in Voice Profiles
If the currently active voice profile offers additional voice languages, JAWS has had the ability for several versions to automatically begin speaking in a specific language if the appropriate language tags are used in a document or Web page. For example, if you are using an Eloquence voice profile with English as the primary voice language and you encounter Spanish text on a Web page, JAWS will switch to a Spanish Eloquence voice to read the text. Similarly, if you are using a Vocalizer Expressive voice profile with English as the primary language voice, if a Spanish Vocalizer Expressive voice is available, JAWS will switch to that voice to read the Spanish text. The only drawback in prior versions however, was that you could not specify individual settings, such as rate or pitch, for each individual language. Voice settings configured in the current voice profile would apply to all languages in that profile.
In JAWS 16, the Voice Adjustment dialog box has been modified to enable you to configure individual settings for each available language in the same voice profile. For instance, if you are using the Vocalizer Expressive profile and the English version of JAWS, English will be set as your primary language by default. Once you have installed the voices you intend to use with JAWS, you can configure the usual voice settings such as the current voice person, rate, pitch, and so on. If you read documents in Spanish and one or more Spanish Vocalizer Expressive voices are installed, you can then choose Spanish from the Synthesizer Language combo box and configure completely different speech settings for this language which will only be applied when JAWS detects Spanish text while reading. After making your settings changes for each language, you can use the new Speak Sample button to have JAWS speak a sample of text in the current voice so you can determine whether or not you want to use the particular settings before you save the profile.
By default, each voice profile has a primary language that always matches the language of the installed copy of JAWS. If you are using English JAWS, the default voice language is English, or if you are using Spanish JAWS, the primary voice language is Spanish. If you choose a language from the Synthesizer Language combo box other than the primary language, you can set it as the primary language for the current voice profile using the new Set Language as Primary button.
|Note: Changing the primary synthesizer language does not affect the language used to display information in the JAWS main window or |
|dialog boxes. For example, using a Spanish voice when navigating menus with the English version of JAWS may not speak items as |
|expected. |
When using the JAWS commands to temporarily or permanently increase or decrease the speech rate on-the-fly, only the rate for the primary language in use in the currently active voice profile is affected. For example, if the primary language is English, the speech rate for all available English voices will be changed. All other languages in the profile will continue to use the rate that you configured in the Voice Adjustment dialog box.
You can also now manually switch to another language in the current profile using the Select a Language dialog box (CTRL+WINDOWS Key+L). This displays a list of all currently available languages. Select the language you want to use and choose OK. JAWS will switch to that language and apply the appropriate settings you specified in the Voice Adjustment dialog box. The selected language will remain active until you change to a different profile, or press CTRL+WINDOWS Key+L again to change languages.
The number of languages that are available depends on the active profile. The Eloquence synthesizer installs all languages, while with Vocalizer Expressive, you must manually download and install the language voices you specifically want to use. It is best to install all voices and languages you intend to use before using the Voice Adjustment dialog box to configure your voice profiles.
|Note: Due to the extensive changes to voice profiles in JAWS 16, the JAWS Merge utility will not merge any voice settings from |
|versions of JAWS prior to version 16. |
For more information, refer to the Voice Adjustment help topic.
JAWS 16 Discontinues Support of Windows XP
Microsoft discontinued support for the Windows XP operating system in April of 2014, 13 plus years after its initial release. Based on this decision, we have decided to discontinue the on-going development and testing for Windows XP as of JAWS 16. Starting with the initial release of JAWS 16, it will only install on computers running Windows Vista or higher. For all of our customers who may continue to maintain a Windows XP computer, you can download the current JAWS 15 release, along with earlier versions of JAWS, from our archive download pages on the Freedom Scientific Web site. These earlier versions will remain available for our customers in the future as well.
Windows 8.1 Reading List App Support
Reading List is a Windows 8.1 Modern App from Microsoft that allows you to gather articles and other online content from various apps and provides a centralized location for all your reading material. JAWS 16 offers enhanced support for Reading List using the Touch Cursor.
The Touch Cursor is active by default when Reading List starts. Using the RIGHT and LEFT ARROW keys or flicking left and right with one finger on the touch screen will move through all elements on the screen.
Using the UP and DOWN ARROW keys or flicking up and down with one finger on the touch screen will move to the previous or next separator by default. This allows you to quickly move to articles from the current day, the past week, past month, or the most recently read article, called the Spotlight. You can also choose to move by list items, buttons, or form controls. To change the navigation type, press PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN or flick left or right with two fingers on the touch screen.
Press the SPACEBAR to select or unselect an article, or press ENTER to activate menu items or open articles for reading.
Windows 8.1 People App Support
The People app in Windows 8.1 provides a central location for managing your contacts in E-mail accounts and other services, whether stored locally on your computer, or remotely on a service like Gmail, Yahoo, or Skype. If you have an account on a social network such as Twitter, Facebook, or LinkedIn, you can also add these accounts and keep track of posts from your friends on these sites right from the People app.
JAWS 16 enables you to access the main features of this app using both speech and braille. When using JAWS with People, you will be able to:
Add or delete a contact, as well as edit the information for an existing contact. Use the Search edit field to find a specific contact.
Add your social networking accounts and post messages to them. For example, send a tweet, or post a Facebook status.
View the latest social networking posts from your friends and respond to them. For instance, like or comment on a Facebook status, or reply to a tweet.
Add a contact to your Favorites, or pin it to the Windows 8.1 Start Screen for quick access to their information and social network updates.
The PC Cursor is active by default when People has focus. Use TAB and SHIFT+TAB to navigate between controls and use the ARROW keys to navigate in list boxes. Pressing the APPLICATIONS key while focused on an item will open a context menu containing additional actions you can perform.
When typing in the Search edit field, such as when searching for a particular contact, JAWS will automatically announce and show in braille whether there are results or not. When typing a tweet, JAWS will automatically announce and show in braille the number of characters entered as Twitter messages have a maximum limit of 140 characters.
New Touch Screen Gesture for Unloading JAWS
You can now perform a five-finger triple tap on your computer's touch screen to exit JAWS. This is similar to pressing INSERT+F4 on the keyboard.
New Research It Lookup Source for Tracking USPS Packages
A new lookup source has been added to Research It that enables you to obtain progress and delivery status for packages shipped through the United States Postal Service.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R to open the Research It dialog box.
2. In the edit combo box, enter a valid USPS tracking number and press TAB.
3. Use the UP and DOWN ARROWS or first letter navigation to select USPS Tracking and press ENTER.
4. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens and displays the tracking information for your package. Press ESC to close the Results Viewer.
New Focus Braille Display Command for Panning
You can now press the left or right panning button along with the SPACEBAR on the Focus braille displays to pan left or right on the current line. This will allow you to see all of the text on the current line without the display wrapping to the next line.
Updated Third-Party Braille Drivers
JAWS 16 includes the following updated third-party braille drivers. These drivers are automatically installed with JAWS and are available for adding through the Synthesizer and Braille Manager as soon as the JAWS installation is complete.
New EuroBraille drivers for the Esys and Iris braille displays. New Humanware drivers for the Brailliant family of displays. New Optelec drivers updated for the new 640 display.
Updated Handy Tech drivers.
More Voices Option Added to the JAWS Help Menu
Select the More Voices option from the JAWS Help menu to open the Vocalizer Expressive Web page where you can download additional voices in a wide variety of languages. In prior versions of JAWS, this option was located under the Web Resources submenu, but is now located near the top of the main Help menu for more convenient access.
Vocalizer Expressive High Premium voices on the DVD
A subset selection of Vocalizer Expressive Premium High voices will now be included on the distribution DVD. These voices can be installed by selecting the More Voices" button on the main JAWS DVD setup screen. For the English DVD, these include:
American English Tom American English Allison Mexican Spanish Paulina
Additional voices can be obtained by downloading them from the Vocalizer Expressive Voices Web page.
Improved JAWS Recovery
If a problem with an application causes JAWS to become unresponsive and the JAWS process has not resumed after approximately 15 seconds, JAWS will automatically restart after approximately 30 seconds.
Last updated on October 16, 2014
Back Next
Freedom Scientific End-User License Agreement – JAWS®
IMPORTANT! BE SURE TO CAREFULLY READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT” OR “EULA”). YOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO USE THE JAWS SOFTWARE PROGRAM, UPDATES AND OTHER MATERIALS ACCOMPANYING OR ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROGRAM, UNLESS AND UNTIL YOU ACCEPT THE TERMS OF THIS EULA.
BY AGREEING TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, USING, INSTALLING OR DOWNLOADING THE SOFTWARE, YOU SIGNIFY YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF AND INTENT TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA. THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ("LICENSE AGREEMENT") EXPLAIN THE LEGAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC AND THE INDIVIDUAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL PURCHASERS (DEFINED AS "ORGANIZATIONAL LICENSEES" BELOW) OF FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC SOFTWARE. BY USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS AGREEMENT, AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA, DO NOT USE, INSTALL OR DOWNLOAD THE SOFTWARE.
This Agreement is entered into between Freedom Scientific, Inc. a Delaware Corporation, with an address at 11800 31st Court North, St. Petersburg, FL 33716 ("Freedom Scientific" or "Licensor") and You (referred to as "You" or "Licensee" and shall be effective as of the date You accept the terms of this Agreement by any of the means noted above.
1. DEFINITIONS
1.1 "Documentation"
means the user guide, help information, content and/or other documentation and materials accompanying and associated with the Software, including associated media, printed materials and any “online” or electronic documentation provided by Freedom Scientific for use with the Software.
1.2 "Organizational License"
means any institutional, organizational or enterprise license, including without limit, the Freedom Scientific Software License Agreement, granted by Freedom Scientific to an Organizational Licensee for use of the Program with the intended use by the employees or contractors of the Organization as End-Users. Organizational Licensees agree through these Organizational Licenses to be responsible and liable for any and all use by the individual End Users.
1.3 "Organizational Licensee"
means any company, organization or governmental institution that receives an Organizational License to the Program from Freedom Scientific, subject to each individual End User agreeing to a EULA governing their use of the Program.
1.4 "Software"
means any Freedom Scientific computer program (in object code) provided to and downloaded, installed or accessed by End User pursuant to this Agreement.
1.5 "Update"
means, if applicable, any patch, update or new version of the Software for the Program delivered to an End User pursuant to this EULA or an Organizational License. 1.6 "Program"
means, collectively, the Software, Updates, and all related Documentation.
1.7 "End User"
means "You" as either an individual Licensee, if You are licensing the Program directly, or as an employee or contractor who is authorized by an Organizational Licensee to use the Program. References to “You” or End User” refer to You as the licensee and user of the Program pursuant to your applicable Licenses.
2. LICENSE TO THE PROGRAM
2.1 General Licensing Provisions for the Program.
Freedom Scientific provides You with the Program You have downloaded, received in a package with this Agreement or received by other authorized means for Your use in accordance with the terms and conditions of Licenses granted to You and any Organizational License. The terms applicable to End Users in the Organizational License are incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Freedom Scientific makes the Program available in different Editions and Licenses described more fully in this Section 2. The general terms and conditions of the License apply to all Editions and Licenses, unless limited or specifically noted in this Section 2.
2.2 License Grant.
Subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, and the specific License Rights and Limitations in Section 2.3 to 2.5 that apply to your Edition and Mode, Freedom Scientific grants to You a limited, nonexclusive, nontransferable, nonsublicensable license to use the Program as an End User for the applicable Term and in the identified business, if any.
2.3 Additional License Rights and Limitations for Specific Editions.
All terms from Freedom Scientific’s website that further describe the functionality and any further limitations or approved uses of the Specific Edition are incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Information about Your specific edition can be found in the About box under the Help section of the Software Freedom Scientific further defines and limits the License granted in Section 2.1 for Your Specific Editions and Modes as follows:
2.3.1 Standard Home Edition Licenses.
The Standard Home Edition License is limited to use by a single End User only and is limited to Your personal and non-commercial use. The Term of the Standard Home Edition
is .
2.3.2 Professional Licenses.
The Professional License is for use by a single End User or multiple End Users as defined under the applicable License. Your use under the Professional License is limited to use for the commercial purposes of the business or Organizational Licensee that licensed the Program. The Term of the Professional Edition runs for the length of the corresponding Organizational License, except as indicated for the specific End User below.
2.3.3 Professional Multi-User Licenses.
Under the Professional Multi-User License, the license can be used under two options:
(a) Professional Multi-User Network License. The License is for use on the Server of the Organizational Licensee and for concurrent use only by the licensed number of End Users. The Program can only be used and deployed only on the identified Server of the Organizational Licensee. Your rights as an individual End User under this
Professional Multi-User Network License immediately terminate when Your
employment or contract with the Organizational Licensee ends or the License is otherwise terminated.
(b) Professional Non-Network Multi-User Licenses. Licenses for individual End Users under the Professional Non-Network Multi-User License are provided through individual, stand-alone keys to be input into an individual Computer. Your use under this Professional Non-Network Multi-User License is limited to the one concurrent user and only for long as You remain employed or under contract with the Organizational Licensee or until your License is otherwise terminated.
2.4 Term and Modes of Licenses for the Program.
The Program is provided for use under the various Licenses with different durations for the Term and modes as follows:
2.4.1 JAWS Limited Time License (Professional Edition Only).
The JAWS Limited Time License is available only for the Professional Edition and is effective for a Term of ninety (90) days from the Effective Date. You may use the JAWS Limited Time Professional License for use testing or for limited duration use. You may use this License if You would like to test the Program or use the Program for a limited time period without having to purchase a full Professional License.
2.4.2 JAWS 40-Minute Mode.
The JAWS 40 Minute mode is provided as a limited time duration license mode of the Program, which can be used to get started during the installation process of the Program or for a limited demonstration of how the Program works. The Program in JAWS 40 Minute Mode has a limited term of use of a forty (40) minute duration. Every Program that does not have a license available or an associated key, will operate in this JAWS 40 Minute Mode. The JAWS 40 Minute Mode is not intended for commercial use or extended product testing, other than use while waiting for an authorized license or key to arrive or be
installed. The JAWS 40 MINUTE MODE also provides emergency access to the Computer for a blind user when licenses or keys are not present or associated with a Computer. If the Program reverts to JAWS 40 Minute Mode, an active license (or key) is required to return the Program to full capability.
2.5 Other License Restrictions.
2.5.1 Rights Reserved.
All rights to the Program not expressly granted to You in this Agreement are reserved by Freedom Scientific. All trademarks included in the Program or used with the Program, including without limit, JAWS®, are property of Freedom Scientific, Inc. Any use of such marks shall inure to the benefit of Freedom Scientific.
2.5.2 Individual End-User Licenses.
For Licenses intended for individual End Users (including Home Edition and Professional
Individual Use Licenses), Your use is limited to use on one computer, workstation, terminal or device ("Computer") at a time. While a single licensed copy of the Software may be loaded or installed on more than one Computer, the Software is licensed and limited for a licensed copy to be used on only one Computer at a time and not concurrently on more than one Computer or by more than one user at a time. The License for Individual End-User License is for Your individual personal and non-commercial use (with a Home Edition License) or for internal business use in your company (with a Professional License). The Software may not be shared, installed or used concurrently on different Computers. To this extent the Program is used for internal business purposes, only one End User is authorized to use a Licensed copy of the Software at a time.
2.5.3 Multi-User Licenses.
For Multi-User Licenses, You may use the Program with the Software stored or installed on a network or storage device, such as a network server, used to run the Software on the Organizational Licensee’s other Computers over an internal network. Organizational Licensee must, however, acquire and dedicate a number of Licenses (and keys where required) that will allow that number of concurrent users of the Software.
2.6 License and Not Sale.
The Program is being provided by a non-exclusive license and not as a sale of the Program. As a licensed End User, You should understand that You do not own the Program, including the instructional materials that accompany the Program. You are only licensed to use the Program and instructional materials for the Term of the applicable License. You do not own the copy of the Program contained in the media or format in which You receive or store the program. Also, by virtue of the License, You do not obtain or possess any ownership in the Program or any related copyright or other intellectual property rights in the Program.
2.7 Payment of License Fees.
Your use is subject to payment of any License Fee or renewal Fee for any subsequent Term, or Organizational License’s payment of a License fee or renewal Fee for an Organizational License under which You are an End User. Licensor may change any fee for a renewal Term it its sole discretion. To maintain Your License, You (or your Organizational Licensee) must timely pay any renewal or License Fee. Failure to pay any such Fee shall be grounds for termination of the License by Freedom Scientific without any notice
required. You agree that failure to timely pay the License Fee will result in termination of the License.
2.8 Use of the Program.
When You become a licensed End User, You assume sole responsibility for determining the appropriateness of the Program for achieving your intended results. You further assume sole responsibility and all risk for the installation, use, and data and results obtained from the Program. You assume complete responsibility for the selection, installation, use, and
placement of hardware with which You use the Program. Freedom Scientific does not warrant that the Program is suitable for Your particular purpose or use.
3. DEMONSTRATION AND EVALUATION LICENSE ONLY. NOT FOR COMMERCIAL USE.
3.1 Programs with an Evaluation License.
Programs offered as an Evaluation Purposes Only License including software licenses which require either System Reboot after a certain period of time or expire after a certain time period (such as the Jaws 40 Minute Mode version) are to be used for evaluation prior to purchase only. Any commercial use of Evaluation License Software is prohibited. Under no circumstances shall You, the End-User, be permitted, allowed or authorized to commercially exploit the Program, or any portion thereof. Neither You, nor anyone at your direction or any third party, shall take the sell, rent, lend, lease, commercially exploit or use the Software, or any portion, for any commercial purpose. Demonstration or Evaluation Licenses are not licensed for use for purposes of development and testing of JAWS scripts, applications, HTML coding, or other Web Based code.
4. CHOOSING NOT TO ACCEPT THE LICENSE AGREEMENT
If You choose to not accept the terms of this Agreement, then You must promptly return the Program if you received a packaged products, or remove the Program, including the Software, and all related Materials from your Computer, device or network if you received the Program as an electronic download. For copies of the Program obtained in a physical package, if You do not accept the Program, the following items must be returned to Freedom Scientific: the Software, all Materials that may have been included with the Freedom Scientific software, and the receipt You received when You purchased the software. We will refund to You the amount of the money You paid for the Software, minus shipping/handling fees if You meet the above conditions.
5. THE PROGRAM
5.1 Restrictions on Use of the Program.
You may not use the Program for any purpose other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement. You may not copy, transfer, decompile, disassemble, or reverse engineer the program or alter, duplicate, modify, rent, lease, loan, sublicense, reproduce, create derivative works from, distribute or provide others with the Program, in whole or part. You also may not allow the Program to be copied or transferred, in part or in whole, and except as specifically indicated within this agreement, be transmitted or communicated over a network. You may not operate or provide the Program as a service bureau. In the event You copy, transfer, decompile, disassemble, or reverse engineer the Program or create a derivative work for another person in any form, except as is specifically authorized, then Your License to use the program shall be automatically terminated.
5.2
In the case of an Organizational Licensee who has purchased a Site, District, or Enterprise License, the Licensee may install the Program for uses by the number of concurrent users as defined in the Site, District, or Enterprise License Agreement for the applicable Edition and License. The Licensee may install a Site, District, or Enterprise License on a Local Area Network (LAN) server, however, the concurrent number of users of the software cannot exceed the number concurrent users as defined in the Site, District or Enterprise License Agreement. The Licensee may copy the program for backup purposes to preserve the program. These copies and the original Program may be stored in the possession of another person, so long as the storage does not result in the program being used in violation of the terms set forth above in this section. Your Use as an End User must be consistent with these installation and use requirements
5.3 Ownership of Intellectual Property.
Freedom Scientific owns all right, title, and ownership of the copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in and to the Program. The Program is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws and treaties. Except as may be expressly stated herein, this Agreement does not grant to You any rights to the Software or accompanying documentation or any rights to use the documentation apart from the Software. Whenever the Program or instructional materials are reproduced, then the copyright notice must also be reproduced and displayed in its original form.
6. TERM AND TERMINATION 6.1 Term.
The Agreement shall be effective from the Effective Date and extend for the Term of the applicable License for the Edition or Mode or until otherwise terminated, and this Agreement shall immediately terminate concurrently with the termination of any Organizational License under which the License of this EULA is granted.
6.2 Renewal.
The License under this Agreement will automatically terminate at the end of the initial Term (and any subsequent term), unless renewed pursuant to the then-current renewal requirements posed on the Freedom Scientific Website, including payment of all Fees applicable to any renewal period. For limited duration Licenses, to keep your License in force, you must timely pay the renewal Fee, and failure to pay any required renewal fee, or any other required Fee, shall be grounds for termination of the License by Freedom Scientific without notice. For the Jaws Limited Time License (90-Day License), upon the expiration of the ninety (90) day period, the Program will revert to the 40 Minute Mode.
6.3 Termination by End-User.
You may terminate the License at any time by removing or destroying all copies of the Program and all copies of related Materials and instructions, regardless of the form from Your Computer or device.
6.4 Termination by Cause.
Your License to the Program and This EULA will automatically terminate under any of the following:
6.4.1
If You breach or fail to comply with any of the terms of This EULA,
6.4.2
if You remove from your Computer(s) and destroy all copies of the Program in your possession or that You control or
6.4.3
if your License Term ends, terminates or lapses including for failure to pay any renewal Fee or pay any other applicable Fee;
6.4.4
This license is immediately terminated in the event the Licensee fails to comply with any term or condition of this agreement, whether or not Freedom Scientific has knowledge of the failure to comply.
Upon termination of this Agreement, You are required to immediately cease use of the Program and destroy, delete or remove all copies of the Software from your
Computer(s). You agree to destroy, delete and remove all copies of the Program together with all related Materials instructions, regardless of form, at such time this agreement is terminated.
7. LIMITED WARRANTY 7.1 LIMITED WARRANTY.
FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC HEREBY MAKES THE FOLLOWING LIMITED WARRANTY THAT THE MEDIA ON WHICH THE PROGRAM IS FURNISHED OR ELECTRONIC COPY OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, WHEN IN NORMAL USE, FOR A PERIOD OF NINETY (90) DAYS FROM THE DATE OF DELIVERY OR DOWNLOAD AS EVIDENCED BY A COPY OF YOUR RECEIPT. IN THE EVENT THAT THE COPY OF THE SOFTWARE IS CORRUPTED AFTER DOWNLOAD, YOU MAY DOWNLOAD A REPLACEMENT COPY OF THE SOFTWARE. THE LIMITED WARRANTY WILL BE HONORED BY FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC PROVIDED THAT THE MEDIA IS PROPERLY STORED IN AN AREA FREE OF MAGNETS AND/OR MAGNETIC FIELDS AND PROVIDED THAT DEFECTS IN THE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP OF THE MEDIA OR ELECTRONIC COPY DO NOT RESULT FROM AN ACT OF GOD OR OTHER CAUSE BEYOND THE CONTROL OF FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC OR THE MEDIA MANUFACTURER. LICENSOR MAKES NO OTHER REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE SOFTWARE OR RESULTS OF USE THEREOF.
AS-IS AND DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY IN THE SECTION 7.1 AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWABLE BY LAW, FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC PROVIDES THE PROGRAM TO YOU AS LICENSEE "AS IS" AND WITH ALL FAULTS, MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE, AND PROVIDES THE PROGRAM WITHOUT ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC DOES NOT WARRANT, AND YOU HEREBY WAIVE ANY WARRANTY, THAT USE OF OR ACCESS TO THE SOFTWARE BY END USER WILL BE ERROR FREE. FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE PROGRAM WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS.
LICENSOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES (AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES) WITH RESPECT TO ANY HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, DATA OR INFORMATION NOT SUPPLIED BY FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC, ANY INFORMATION, DATA, FORMULAS OR ALGORITHMS USED, ACCESSED BY OR INCORPORATED INTO THE SOFTWARE, OR ABOUT ANY DEFECTS RELATED TO DOWNLOAD OR INTERNET CONNECTIVITY PROBLEMS DURING DOWNLOAD OF THE SOFTWARE.
YOU AS END USER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL BE AT YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RISK AND SUBJECT TO ALL APPLICABLE RULES, REGULATIONS AND APPLICABLE LAWS. YOU HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN ERRORS, INACCURACIES AND OMISSIONS. YOU ASSUME ANY AND ALL RISKS AS TO THE RESULTS AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ANY RISK, DAMAGE, LOSS OR HARM INCURRED BY YOU ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE OR DOWNLOADING THE SOFTWARE.
AS THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE NOT PERMITTED BY SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS, THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN THAT CASE, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO NINETY (90) DAYS FROM THE EARLIER DATE OF DOWNLOAD OR ACTIVATION OF THE LICENSE.
8. LIMITATION OF REMEDIES 8.1
FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC'S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND THE LICENSEE'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THE LIMITED WARRANTY DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL BE THAT FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC, AT ITS SOLE OPTION, WILL EITHER REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY MEDIA OR ELECTRONIC COPY NOT MEETING FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC'S LIMITED WARRANTY OR ALLOW FOR FURTHER DOWNLOAD OR UPGRADES OF THE SOFTWARE OF THE PROGRAM.
8.2 LIMITATION OF DAMAGES.
TO THE FULLEST AND MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT ANY REMEDY SET FORTH HEREIN FAILS IN ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE, IN NO EVENT WILL FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR OTHER DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS), ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR PROGRAM, ANY DATA, INFORMATION, RESULTS PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE SOFTWARE OR PROVISION OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, AND WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF FREEDOM SCIENTIFIC HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF LICENSOR FOR ANY DAMAGES UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS EULA SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE ACTUAL FEES PAID TO LICENSOR BY END USER OR ON BEHALF OF END USER FOR THIS SINGLE LICENSE.
9. REPLACEMENT, MODIFICATION AND/OR UPGRADES.
Freedom Scientific may, from time to time, and for a fee, replace, modify or upgrade the Software or provide new release versions of the Software. If and when You accept any such replacement, modified or new version of the Software or any upgrade to the Software (“Additional Software”), the Additional Software will be considered part of the Software and your use of the Additional Software will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (or any Agreement that supersedes this Agreement which governs the use of such Additional Software). If You do not agree to be bound by such superseding Agreement, You may not use the Additional Software, and in the event that You are currently using or have used any Additional Software without agreeing to any superseding agreement, You must cease such use and remove such Additional Software from your Computer and all Licenses will be considered terminated. Freedom Scientific reserves the right to discontinue support for all versions of the Software other than the then-current released version or updated Software. To be eligible to use any Software identified as an upgrade or new version of the Software, you must be first licensed and current in your License for the Software eligible for the Upgrade.
10. INDEMNIFICATION.
User agrees to indemnify and hold Freedom Scientific, its officers, directors, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries, successors, assigns, directors, officers, agents, service providers, suppliers, employees, and representatives harmless from any and all claims, losses, demands, fines, penalties, costs, and expenses including reasonable attorney fees and court costs, made by any third party due to or arising out of, or Your violation of any rights of another made by or on behalf of End User or any third party in connection with or arising out of your download, access, and/or use of the Program, including any content or services provided therein, any information transmitted during Your use of the Program, Your violation of any term or condition of this Agreement or the Organizational License, Your breach of any of the representations and warranties herein, and your violation of applicable laws or any rights of another person or entity.
11. OTHER PROVISIONS
11.1 Restrictions on Assignment and Transfer.
You may not sublicense, assign, or transfer this License or Agreement to another party. Any attempt to sublicense, assign or transfer any of the rights, duties or obligations under this agreement shall be null and void and without any legal effect.
11.2 Consent to Use of Information.
By using the Program, You explicitly consent to use by Freedom Scientific of any personally identifiable information about You collected by Freedom Scientific or that You provide to Freedom Scientific, in accordance with the Freedom Scientific Privacy Policy available at:
11.3
This product uses the ETI-Eloquence text-to-speech system that contains material copyrighted by Nuance, Inc.
11.4 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue.
This Agreement shall be governed interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. The parties agree that the sole and exclusive venue and jurisdiction for filing and maintaining any lawsuit or other action or proceeding related to this Agreement shall be in the state or federal courts sitting in Pinellas County, Florida. Each party, by executing this Agreement, consents and submits itself to the personal jurisdiction of such court. The parties agree that no UCITA or similar provision from the states of Washington, Maryland and any other shall apply to this Agreement.
11.5 Export Restrictions.
You may not export, ship, transmit or re-export the Program in violation of any applicable law or regulation, including but not limited to, Export Administration Regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce. Unless in compliance with applicable law and specifically authorized in writing by Freedom Scientific, You shall not export the Program under any circumstances whatsoever. In any case, You will indemnify and hold Freedom Scientific harmless from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising from, or relating to, any breach by You of Your obligations under this section.
11.6 Waiver.
No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.
In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement are held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, the enforceability of the remaining provisions shall be unimpaired and enforced to the full extent permitted by law.
11.8 Injunctive Relief.
User agrees that in the event of a breach by You of any provision of this Agreement, Freedom Scientific shall be entitled to seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, or both, in each case without the requirement to post any bond or other form of security, and without such act constituting an election of remedies or disentitling Freedom Scientific to each and every remedy available at law or in equity for a breach of this Agreement by You.
11.9 Entire Agreement.
Except to the extent governed by an Organizational License, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between You and Freedom Scientific related to the Program and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, proposals, negotiations, representations and communications between You and Freedom Scientific related to the Program. You acknowledge that You have not been induced to enter into this Agreement by any representations or promises not specifically stated herein.
If You have questions concerning this agreement, contact Freedom Scientific for
clarification at 11800 31st Court North, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, or phone (727) 8038000.
Next
Back Section
System Requirements
The system requirements for JAWS are listed below.
Specification Minimum Requirement
Windows® 8.1, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows Server 2008
Processor speed Minimum 1.5 GHz processor
4 GB recommended (64-bit)
Memory (RAM) 2 GB recommended (32-bit)
|Required hard disk space |1.6 GB required during installation |
|Video |20 MB to 690 MB required per voice for installing Vocalizer Expressive, Vocalizer Direct, or |
| |RealSpeak Solo Direct voices (file sizes will vary depending on the voice installed) |
| |A display adapter capable of at least 800 x 600 screen resolution with 16-bit color (1024 x 768 |
| |screen resolution with 32-bit color recommended) |
Windows compatible sound card
Sound (for speech)
|Note: Older Versions of JAWS needed for Windows XP installations are still available from the Previous JAWS Downloads Web page. |
Installing JAWS for Windows
This topic contains information on the available installation options for JAWS. For information on JAWS Network Setup, please see Network JAWS.
|Note: Close all applications before beginning JAWS Setup, including screen readers, screen magnification programs, and anti-virus |
|software. If your firewall software interferes with the installation process, refer to Troubleshooting Firewall Software. |
For minimum system requirements, please visit JAWS System Requirements. You must be logged on to an account with administrator privileges to install JAWS.
The following topics contain detailed information on installing and setting up JAWS for use on your computer:
JAWS for Windows Setup
Maintenance Setup
Activating JAWS
JAWS Startup Wizard
Operating System Considerations
JAWS for USB Thumb Drives
Freedom Scientific offers a version of JAWS that can be installed on and run from a portable USB thumb drive. However, you cannot use the version of JAWS on your program DVD. You must download a special version of JAWS from . For more information on running JAWS from a thumb drive, visit our Web site or see JAWS for USB Thumb Drives - Questions and Answers.
Back Next
Product Activation Overview
After you install JAWS, you must activate your software. JAWS runs in 40 minute mode until it is activated on your computer. Internet License Manager (ILM) allows you to quickly activate JAWS using the Internet. If you do not have an Internet connection, you can activate JAWS by telephone or fax. Alternatively, you can activate JAWS with the assistance of a trusted friend, relative, or organization that has access to the Internet.
If you purchased a network (multi-user) license of JAWS, refer to ILM Multi-User Network Authorization for instructions on installing the license server and activating your software. For information on installing and setting up JAWS on a network, refer to Network JAWS.
If you purchased a single-user license of JAWS, you are asked to activate when you first start the program. You can activate JAWS at a later time by opening the Help menu and choosing Update Authorization. When the Activation dialog box opens, choose Start Activation. Depending on how you want to activate, select either the Internet (RECOMMENDED), OR Manual, by telephone, fax, or radio button and then choose Next.
Select one of the following topics for detailed instructions on completing the activation process using each method.
Activate using the Internet (recommended) Activate by Telephone
Activate by Fax
Activate with the Help of a Trusted Third Party
|Note: Your user account must have power user or administrator privileges to activate JAWS. Contact your network administrator if your |
|account does not have the required level of access. |
You can also use a dongle (a hardware device that connects to your computer's USB port) to make your JAWS license more portable. A dongle allows you to use an authorized version of JAWS on any computer as long as the dongle remains connected. For more information, see Dongle Authorization.
|Note: If you need to request more activations, go to . |
Related Topics:
Frequently Asked Questions about Activation
Activating with Internet License Manager
You can use Internet License Manager (ILM) to activate JAWS using an Internet connection. This is the easiest and quickest way to activate your product.
When you first start JAWS, you are asked to activate the program. You can also begin the activation process by opening the Help menu and choosing Update Authorization. To activate JAWS using the Internet, do the following:
1. In the Activation dialog box, choose Start Activation.
2. Read the message that displays and then use the ARROW keys to select Internet (RECOMMENDED), and then press ENTER.
3. Insert the Authorization CD into your CD-ROM drive and choose Activate Using Authorization CD, then press ENTER. You can find your Authorization CD in the same sleeve as your JAWS program DVD. If you do not have your Authorization CD, choose Enter Your Authorization Number Manually.
|Note: If you have previously inserted your Authorization CD, you will not be asked to insert it again. Continue to step 4 of the |
|activation. |
4. If you used your Authorization CD, your 20-digit Authorization number is automatically inserted into the Authorization Number edit box. If your Authorization number is not shown, type it into the edit box. You can find your Authorization number in print and Braille on your JAWS CD sleeve.
5. Press ENTER to continue. You will be asked to connect to the Internet if you have not already done so. You must establish an Internet connection before continuing with the activation.
6. If you have not registered JAWS, you are asked to do so now. Registering JAWS lets you receive technical support. Choose Register Now and complete the online registration form by following the instructions provided. You can choose to register later, but you must register the next time you activate JAWS.
7. After you submit your registration, Internet License Manager attempts to activate JAWS. This process may take several minutes. When the activation is successful, choose Finish.
|Note: If Internet License Manager cannot activate JAWS because of your firewall software, see Troubleshooting Firewall Software. |
Related Topics:
Activating by Telephone Activating by Fax
Activating through a Trusted Third Party
Back Next
Activating by Telephone
If you do not have an Internet connection, you can call Freedom Scientific Customer Service. Customer Service will send you a CD in the mail that will automatically activate JAWS.
When you first start JAWS, you are asked to activate the program. You can also begin the activation process by opening the Help menu and choosing Update Authorization. To activate JAWS by telephone, do the following:
1. In the Activation dialog box, choose Start Activation.
2. Read the message that displays and then use the ARROW keys to select Manual, by telephone, fax, or , and then press ENTER.
3. Insert the Authorization CD into your CD-ROM drive and choose Activate Using Authorization CD, then press ENTER. You can find your Authorization CD in the same sleeve as your JAWS program DVD. If you do not have your Authorization CD, choose Enter Your Authorization Number Manually.
|Note: If you have previously inserted your Authorization CD, you will not be asked to insert it again. Continue to step 4 of the |
|activation. |
4. Call (727) 803-8015. Provide the customer service representative with the Authorization number and Locking code shown in this dialog box. If your Authorization number is not shown, you can find it in print and Braille on your JAWS CD sleeve.
5. Choose Cancel. You can continue using JAWS in 40 minute mode until you receive your CD.
When you receive the CD with your Activation License code from Freedom Scientific, insert it into your CD-ROM drive to automatically activate JAWS.
|Note: If the CD does not automatically activate your software, press WINDOWS Key+R, type "D:\ActivationCode.exe" and press ENTER. If |
|your CD-ROM drive is not D:, then substitute the correct letter. |
Related Topics:
Activating with Internet License Manager
Activating by Fax
Activating through a Trusted Third Party
Back Next
Activating by Fax
If you do not have an Internet connection, you can send a fax to Freedom Scientific with your Authorization number and Locking code. You will then receive an Activation License code either in an e-mail message or on a CD.
When you first start JAWS, you are asked to activate the program. You can also begin the activation process by opening the Help menu and choosing Update Authorization. To activate JAWS by fax, do the following:
1. In the Activation dialog box, choose Start Activation.
2. Read the message that displays and then use the ARROW keys to select Manual, by telephone, fax, or , and then press ENTER.
3. Insert the Authorization CD into your CD-ROM drive and choose Activate Using Authorization CD, then press ENTER. You can find your Authorization CD in the same sleeve as your JAWS program DVD. If you do not have your Authorization CD, choose Enter Your Authorization Number Manually.
|Note: If you have previously inserted your Authorization CD, you will not be asked to insert it again. Continue to step 4 of the |
|activation. |
4. Choose Printable Form.
5. Complete the form by typing the required information into the edit boxes. If you want to receive your Activation License code in an e-mail message, enter your e-mail address. If you do not enter an e-mail address, Freedom Scientific will send you a CD in the mail that will automatically activate JAWS.
6. If you used your Authorization CD, your 20-digit Authorization number is automatically inserted into the Authorization Number edit box. If your Authorization number is not shown, type it into the edit box. You can find your Authorization number in print and Braille on your JAWS CD sleeve.
7. Choose Print to send the form to your printer. After you have printed the form, choose Cancel.
8. Fax the printed form to (727) 803-8001.
If you entered your e-mail address, you should receive an e-mail message from Freedom Scientific within one or two business days. Follow the instructions provided in the message to activate JAWS. If you do not enter an e-mail address, you will receive a CD from Freedom Scientific in the mail. Insert the CD into your CD-ROM drive to automatically activate JAWS.
Note: If the CD does not automatically activate your software, press WINDOWS Key+R, type "D:\ActivationCode.exe" and press ENTER. If your CD-ROM drive is not D:, then substitute
the correct letter.
Related Topics:
Activating with Internet License Manager Activating by Telephone
Activating through a Trusted Third Party
Back Next
Activating through a Trusted Third Party
If you know a friend, relative, or other trusted person with an Internet connection, they can help you activate JAWS. Alternatively, you can use an Internet connection in a library, at work, or anywhere else. You or a trusted third party can visit to obtain your Activation License code.
|Tip: A free program from Freedom Scientific called Activation Media Image Creator lets you create a CD, 3.5-inch disk, or e-mail |
|attachment containing JAWS license information. |
To obtain an Activation License code from , do the following:
1. Point your Web browser to .
2. Enter your 20-digit Authorization number and Locking code. Your Authorization number appears on your JAWS CD sleeve in both print and Braille. To find your computer's Locking code, open the JAWS Help menu and choose About JAWS for Windows.
|Note: The Locking code is unique for each individual computer. Be sure you enter the Locking code of the computer you intend to use |
|with JAWS when it is activated. |
3. Choose Submit License Request to receive an Activation License code.
4. The remaining steps must be completed on the computer where the copy of JAWS you want to activate is installed. Begin by starting JAWS on this computer. From the JAWS Help menu, choose Update Authorization.
5. In the Activation dialog box, choose Start Activation.
6. Read the message that displays and then use the ARROW keys to select Manual, by telephone, fax, or , and then press ENTER.
7. Insert the Authorization CD into your CD-ROM drive and choose Activate Using Authorization CD, then press ENTER. You can find your Authorization CD in the same sleeve as your JAWS program DVD. If you do not have your Authorization CD, choose Enter Your Authorization Number Manually.
|Note: If you have previously inserted your Authorization CD, you will not be asked to insert it again. Continue to step 8 of the |
|activation. |
8. Type the Activation License code you received from into the edit box and then press ENTER.
9. After you have successfully activated JAWS, choose Finish to complete the process.
Using Activation Media Image Creator
Activation Media Image Creator is a free program from Freedom Scientific that allows a user with an Internet connection to retrieve Activation License codes from Internet License Manager. The user can then distribute these Activation License codes on CD, 3.5-inch disk, or e-mail. Users without Internet connections can use the files created by this program to activate JAWS without having to type the lengthy Activation License code.
To download the installation package for Activation Media Image Creator, visit . After you install the program, follow the instructions in the Activation Media Image Creator online Help to retrieve and distribute Activation License codes from Internet License Manager.
Related Topics:
Activating with Internet License Manager Activating by Telephone
Activating by Fax
Back Next
Dongle Authorization
A dongle is a hardware device that you can connect to a computer's USB port. JAWS is authorized to run on that computer as long as the dongle remains connected. This is useful if you frequently need to use JAWS on many different computers and do not want to activate the program on each of them.
When JAWS starts, it first determines whether a dongle is connected to the computer. If one is connected, JAWS uses the features and information for the license associated with the dongle to authorize JAWS. If no dongle is connected, JAWS searches for the license information stored on the computer. You can use the Dongle Viewer utility to view information on the license associated with the dongle currently connected to your computer. To start this utility, go to the JAWS program group, open the Tools submenu, and choose Dongle Viewer.
|Note: It is recommended that you do not connect the dongle to your computer until after you install JAWS. If the dongle was connected |
|before or during installation, you must restart your computer to receive proper authorization. |
Dongles are sold separately or as an additional JAWS feature. Contact Freedom Scientific Sales if you want to purchase one.
|Note: Certain international versions of JAWS require a dongle for authorization. Using one of these versions without a dongle displays|
|an error message. |
Related Topics:
Product Activation Overview
Back Next
Frequently Asked Questions about Activation
Below are frequently asked questions about the Internet License Manager (ILM) activation process.
What is the Authorization number?
It is a 20 digit code that can be found on the sleeve that holds your JAWS program DVD in print and Braille. This number is also contained on your Authorization CD.
What is the Locking code?
The Locking code is a digital fingerprint of your computer system that “locks” your copy of JAWS to your computer. You must install JAWS to generate your computer's Locking code. After you install JAWS, start the program, open the Help menu, and choose About JAWS for Windows to find your Locking code.
What is the Activation License code?
The Activation License code is the final piece of encoded data needed for activation. It is an alphanumeric code that has over 100 characters.
Can I remove the Activation License Code from my computer?
Yes. This code can be deleted from a computer, but cannot be moved to a different system. To do this, open the Start menu and go to the JAWS program group. Then, open the Tools submenu and choose Remove Product Activation.
If I don’t have an Internet connection, how can I activate JAWS?
You can contact Freedom Scientific or anyone who has an Internet connection and have them complete the process for you. Refer to Activating through a Trusted Third Party for more information.
What will happen to the ability to use older versions of JAWS, such as 4.51, once the new authorization scheme is in place?
Older versions will still use the older scheme. The new scheme will only be used for JAWS 5.10 and later.
Will there be any potential conflicts between the old system and the new authorization when someone uses a new version of JAWS on the same system as an older version?
No. The different solutions will not conflict with each other. You can continue to use 4.51, 3.7U, and 5.10 all on the same computer provided you have both authorizations in place.
Will users of JAWS 5.0 or earlier be able to continue with the 3.5-inch disk-based authorization system, and will authorization disks and keys continue to be replaced as needed?
Yes.
How long will Freedom Scientific support the old authorization scheme?
For as long as our customers require it. We expect this will continue for many years to come.
Do you still have my serial number?
Yes. You can find your serial number in the About JAWS dialog and on the status line of the JAWS user interface.
Will I ever need more than three activations?
This depends on the number of computer systems you own and install your license on. To see how many keys are currently available for use, visit .
How do I get more activations?
Visit and complete the Request for Product Activation Reset form. Alternatively, you can call (727) 803-8015 and register with Customer Service to obtain additional activations.
What does the Authorization CD do?
The Authorization CD included with your software is provided in order to offer you a quick way to enter your 20 digit Authorization number without typing it. This is the same number that appears in print and braille on your program DVD sleeve. You do not need the Authorization CD to activate your software because you can always manually enter your Authorization number when requested.
Will I need to have the Authorization CD if I lose it?
No, provided you record and safely store your Authorization number, you can always enter it manually if needed. This code is brailled and printed on the JAWS DVD sleeve.
Can I order a replacement Authorization CD?
Yes, Freedom Scientific will be able to assist you in processing an order for a nominal fee. To avoid any delays in this process, you should be sure to register your product license as soon as possible.
What if I do consulting on other people’s machines and might need to work on a different machine every couple of months?
A solution for you might be to get a dongle to use for these cases. You can then just carry the dongle and that JAWS version if you intend on using lots of machines for short periods of time. Dongles are sold separately. Contact Freedom Scientific Sales for further information.
What about Network installations? Is there an Internet solution for that too?
Yes, there is a good network solution. The documentation for this network solution is available on the CD, or you can refer to the Network Authorization Quick Start Guide.
How can I use JAWS on multiple computers connected to the same network?
If you have a network license for JAWS, you can install a license server that provides "tokens" to authorize JAWS on client computers. The number of tokens available is determined by the type of license you purchase. If you set up a license server, you can use JAWS on any computer connected to the network as long as a token is free. For more information, refer to the Network Authorization Quick Start Guide.
How do I implement a multi-user license if my computers that use JAWS are not on the same local area network (LAN)?
You can purchase a non-network multi-user license. When you have this type of license, there is no need to set up a license server. Each computer will receive its own Authorization number. You then follow the steps for activating a single-user license on each computer.
What type of license do I need to use JAWS in remote sessions with Citrix, Microsoft Terminal Services, or Microsoft Remote Desktop?
The Remote Access feature is available for licenses of JAWS Professional and JAWS Home Use Edition that use Internet License Manager (ILM) for authorization.
Do I need to purchase the Remote Access option to use PAC Mate Desktop?
No. PAC Mate Desktop works with any license of JAWS Professional or JAWS Home Use Edition. You do not need to purchase the Remote Access option for your license to use this feature. You only need to purchase the extra license option if you want to connect remotely from one PC to another using Citrix, Microsoft Terminal Services, or Microsoft Remote Desktop.
Back Next
Registering JAWS
Taking the time to register your JAWS software helps Freedom Scientific help you. After you submit your registration information, you will become a registered JAWS user. This means that you can receive technical support, and that your software can be more easily replaced if it is damaged, lost, or stolen. There are different ways to register, depending on how you authorize your license of JAWS.
Internet License Manager (ILM) Registration
If you are using Internet License Manager, and you activate JAWS using the Internet, you register your product during the activation process. For more information, see Activating with Internet License Manager. If you register by phone or fax, a customer service representative will enter your registration information.
Registration is optional the first time you activate your software. However, if you try to activate JAWS on another computer, you must register before completing the activation process. After you successfully register, you will not be asked to register again the next time you activate JAWS. If you need to change your registration information, contact Freedom Scientific Customer Service at (800) 444-4443.
Back Next
JAWS Startup Wizard
The JAWS Startup Wizard is a helpful tool that contains a series of dialog boxes. It lets you quickly configure some of the more commonly used JAWS parameters. This can save time since you do not have to search multiple menus and managers to customize your copy of JAWS.
The Startup Wizard automatically runs the first time you install a new version of JAWS.
|Note: You must choose the Finish button in the wizard's last dialog box to save and activate any changes. If you cancel or escape |
|at any point in the wizard, your changes will not be saved. |
Training Materials
This dialog box only appears when you install JAWS from the program DVD. To install the JAWS Basic Training, the What’s New, and the FSReaderGettingStarted DAISY books, select the Install Training Material check box.
Speech Settings
The following options appear for the Speech Settings. Rate
This scroll bar allows you to adjust the rate of speech for JAWS. Press LEFT ARROW, DOWN ARROW, or PAGE DOWN to decrease the speech rate. Press RIGHT ARROW, UP ARROW, or PAGE UP to increase the speech rate. The default rate is 57.
Punctuation
This combo box allows you to specify how much punctuation JAWS speaks. Available options are None, Some, Most, and All. The default setting is Most.
Typing Echo
This group box allows you to select to have the information you type echoed in one of several ways. The default is to echo your typing by character. Set your preferences by selecting one of four radio buttons:
Off: Select this option if you do not wish to hear typing echoed.
Characters: Each character you type is echoed. This is the default setting. Words: Each word you type is echoed after pressing SPACEBAR or ENTER. Characters and Words: Characters are echoed as you type them and words are echoed after you press SPACEBAR or ENTER.
Run JAWS Settings
The following options appear for the Run JAWS Settings. Automatically Start JAWS
Having JAWS start automatically, which is also known as running JAWS as a service, is a great help to those who require speech immediately. Use these settings to determine if JAWS starts before or after you log on and start Windows.
|Note: The default values of the Start JAWS Option dialog box assure that JAWS is always loaded and running before and after you start |
|Windows. If you have an Administrator account, three options appear. If you have a Standard User account, only the Start JAWS after |
|log on for this user combo box appears. There is no need to change the default values. |
Automatically start JAWS at the Log On screen: When this check box is selected, JAWS will load and start when the Windows log on screen appears. The check box is selected by default.
Administrator rights are required to change this setting. If you have Standard user rights, you cannot change the value of this check box, and you will not hear it using JAWS. Clear this check box if you want JAWS to be off when the log on screen appears. The check box value applies to all users who log on to this version of JAWS on this computer.
Automatically start JAWS after log on for all users: When this check box is selected, JAWS will load and start after you log on to Windows. It is cleared by default.
|Note: The only time that it is necessary to change the value of this check box is if you have an Administrator account on this |
|computer, and you want to control how JAWS starts for all subsequent users who log on to Windows using this computer. If you do not |
|have Administrator rights, you cannot change the value of this check box, and you will not hear it using JAWS. |
|If you have Standard user rights on this computer, refer to the combo box labeled Start JAWS after log on for this user for |
|information that describes how to start JAWS after logging on to Windows. |
Start JAWS after log on for this user: This combo box allows an individual user to
values: Always, Never, and Using the All Users Setting. The default value is Always.
|Note: This combo box is available to users with Administrator and Standard user rights. The value selected for the combo box overrides|
|the value of the Automatically start JAWS after log on for all users check box. |
|If Always is selected, JAWS will start every time the current user logs on to Windows. |
|If Never is selected, JAWS will never start after the current user logs-on to Windows. |
|If the current user selects the value labeled Using the All Users Setting, then the following can happen: |
|JAWS will start after the current user logs on if the Administrator selected the Automatically start JAWS after log on for all users |
|check box. |
|JAWS will not start after the current user logs on if the Administrator cleared the Automatically start JAWS after log on for all |
|users check box. |
Run JAWS from System Tray
This option removes JAWS from the TAB order and places it in the system tray. This change takes effect the next time you start JAWS. To access JAWS from the system tray, press INSERT+J. This brings up a shortcut menu with the Options, Utilities, Languages, and Help items listed. Press RIGHT ARROW to access sub-menus for each of these items. Press ALT to close this shortcut menu.
This check box is not selected by default.
Keyboard Settings
The following options appear for the Keyboard Settings. Use Virtual Ribbon Menu
Select this check box to turn on the Virtual Ribbon Menu. The Virtual Ribbon Menu provides predictable navigation, lets you see everything in the Ribbon, and offers consistency when navigating with ARROW Keys. It is off by default. When it is on, the Ribbon is navigated using a traditional menu and submenu format familiar to most JAWS users.
To move between tabs on the Upper Ribbon, press LEFT ARROW or RIGHT ARROW. To move to the Lower Ribbon of the current tab, press DOWN ARROW.
To leave the Upper Ribbon and return to the document, press ESC or ALT.
If a keystroke sequence that uses ALT combined with a letter to invoke a command is available for an application, JAWS uses that keystroke; and the Virtual Ribbon Menu does not appear.
This check box is cleared by default. Note that the Virtual Ribbon Menu can also be turned on or off using Settings Center.
Use Keyboard Layout
Use this combo box to select the desired keyboard layout. Select from desktop, laptop, or kinesis. JAWS keystrokes frequently use keys located on the numeric keypad, which usually is on the right side of the keyboard. Most laptop computers do not have the numeric keypad, so JAWS provides alternate keystrokes, called laptop keystrokes. If your keyboard has the numeric keypad, choose the desktop keyboard option. For those of you who are using any of the Kinesis keyboards, select kinesis as this implements the features of these keyboards. If your keyboard does not have a numeric keypad, choose the laptop keyboard option.
Initial State of NUM LOCK Key
JAWS uses the numeric keypad to perform numerous speech functions. By default, the NUM LOCK key is turned off so that you can easily use these functions. However, you may have a job that requires extensive use of the numeric keypad, in which case, you must always turn on the NUM LOCK key after JAWS starts.
The Initial State of NUM LOCK Key option allows you to control whether or not the NUM LOCK key is enabled when JAWS starts. This option is only available in Default.jcf.
Turn off at startup: This is the default value. When selected, the NUM LOCK key is off when JAWS starts.
Turn on at startup: Enables the NUM LOCK key so that it is on when JAWS starts. Do not modify: JAWS uses the current NUM LOCK key setting.
Verbosity Settings
The following options appear for the Verbosity Settings. Tutor Messages
Use this series of radio buttons to determine which Tutor messages are spoken. Tutor messages provide navigation tips in applications and Windows.
Turn Off Menu and Control Help: No Tutor messages are spoken.
Announce Menu and Control Help: All Tutor messages are spoken. This is the default setting.
Announce Custom Messages Only: Only custom Tutor messages added through Prompt Manager are spoken.
Access Keys
Access keys are the keys you press to move directly to a control or an item in a menu. Use this group of radio buttons to specify which access keys are announced:
Off: No access keys are spoken.
Speak all: JAWS speaks access keys for both menus and dialog boxes. This is the
default setting.
Speak Menus Only: JAWS only speaks access keys for menu items.
Speak Dialogs Only: JAWS only speaks access keys for controls in dialog boxes.
Verbosity Level
There are three levels of verbosity: Beginner, Intermediate, and Advanced. The beginner level provides the maximum amount of information spoken, while intermediate and advanced levels provide fewer details. Beginner is the default setting.
Graphic Verbosity
This series of radio buttons allows you to determine if JAWS announces when graphics are encountered, and which graphics are announced.
No Graphics: If this option is selected, JAWS does not announce graphics as they are encountered.
Labeled Graphics: If this option is selected, JAWS only announces graphics that have been labeled with the graphics labeler.
All Graphics: If this option is selected, JAWS announces all graphics as they are encountered. JAWS reads the labels for the graphics, if they are assigned. If no labels are assigned for a graphic, JAWS assigns a unique number. This is the default option.
Braille Settings
The following options appear for the Braille Settings. Contracted Braille Translation
Use this combo box to configure your braille display to both read and write in contracted (Grade 2) braille. When set to Off, you cannot read or type in contracted braille using your braille display. When set to Output Only, you can read contracted braille on your braille display, but you can only type in computer braille using the Perkins-style keyboard on your braille display. When set to Input and Output, you can both read and type in contracted braille using your braille display.
Expand Current Word
Select this check box to have the word at the current cursor position display in computer braille. Clear this check box to display the word in contracted braille. The check box is selected by default. The Expand Current Word check box is available only when Contracted Braille Translation is set to Output Only.
Braille Mode
This combo box is used to determine the format of the information sent to the braille display. The following options are available:
Line: In this mode, the line of text at the current cursor position is sent to the braille display.
Structured: In this mode, information relevant to the current cursor position is sent to the braille display. The information sent includes things such as control type, dialog name, or number of items in a list. This is the default setting.
Speech Output: In this mode, the same information is sent to the braille display as is sent to the synthesizer.
Enable Flash Messages
Select this check box if you want JAWS to announce information by using Braille Flash Messages. These are short announcements that appear on your braille display for a few seconds. Clear this check box to turn off Braille Flash Messages. This option is selected by default.
Enable Word Wrap
If you select this check box, JAWS does not split a word that is too large to be shown on the braille display. When you pan to the next increment, you can read the word in its entirety. If you clear this check box, JAWS displays as much of the word as possible, but a portion may be cut off. JAWS shows the remainder of the word when you pan to the next increment. This check box is selected by default.
Reverse Panning Buttons
Select this check box to switch the direction of left and right panning buttons on a braille display. This means that when you press a left Navrow or panning button, panning advances to the right. Likewise, when you press a right Navrow or panning button, panning advances to the left. Clear this check box to restore normal panning operation. This check box is cleared by default.
Placement of Status Cells
Specify if the informational status cells on the Focus display are located on the left or right end of the display, or choose to not display them at all. The status cells are located at the left end of the display by default.
Dot Firmness
Specify the firmness of the braille dots on the Focus or PAC Mate display. There are five levels of firmness. Adjust the display to the level of firmness most suited to the sensitivity of your fingers. The default setting is 100 percent.
Back Next
Updating JAWS
Freedom Scientific is continually seeking to improve and expand JAWS for Windows. Periodically, updates to JAWS will be released. It is recommended that you keep your software up-to-date so that you experience the greatest possible performance.
Checking for Updates
|Note: When JAWS starts, it can alert you if a software update is available. You then have the option to install it now or later. This |
|notification method is controlled using the Automatic Notification of Updates check box. To access the check box, choose Basics in the|
|Options menu. It is selected by default. If you turn off automatic notification, you must manually check for updates as described |
|below. |
Updating your software is quick and easy. To search for updates to JAWS, do the following:
1. Establish a connection to the Internet.
2. Start JAWS.
3. From the Help menu, choose Check for Updates.
4. JAWS searches the Internet for updates and displays a list of any that are available to download. Use the arrow keys to move through the list, and press the SPACEBAR to select the check box next to any updates that you want to download and install. You can choose the Details button to view more information about the currently selected update.
|Note: If your computer has active firewall software (such as Windows Firewall), you may receive a warning indicating that either the |
|FSAutoUpdate Application or FSAutoUpdate.exe is attempting to access the Internet. You must allow this process to access the Internet |
|through the firewall in order to retrieve updates. If you are using Windows Firewall, you can do this by choosing the Unblock button |
|when the warning message displays. For other firewall software, refer to the product's documentation. The firewall must allow JAWS to |
|access the Internet using ports 20 and 21 or port 80. |
5. When you are finished selecting updates, choose the Install button. You may be required to restart your computer. If the updates are not installed successfully, repair your installation of JAWS and then try the procedure again.
Downloading Special Updates
Some users will be provided with a Freedom Scientific access code so that they can download special or private beta versions of JAWS. To search for these special updates, do the following:
1. Establish a connection to the Internet.
2. Start JAWS.
3. From the Help menu, choose About JAWS.
4. Choose the Special Update Code button.
5. Type your Freedom Scientific special update code in the edit box and then press ENTER.
6. From the Help menu, choose Check for Updates and follow the procedure described in the previous section to download and install updates.
Updating Network JAWS
When you check for updates on the Network JAWS Server, only the version of JAWS installed on the server computer is updated. Each Network JAWS Client must then be updated separately. It is recommended that administrators update the Network JAWS Server before updating any Network JAWS clients. When you update the Network JAWS Server, ensure that no Network JAWS clients are running JAWS.
|Note: When you update a Network JAWS client, JFWX.version.rpt and JFWX.version.dmp (where X is the JAWS version number) are modified |
|on the client, as well as JAWSUpdate.log in the network shared folder on the server. Therefore, administrators should grant Network |
|JAWS clients read/write/append rights to these files. |
Disabling Automatic Updates
If you do not want users to be able to update JAWS by opening the Help menu and choosing Check for Updates, you can disable this feature. This can prevent users from overwriting custom scripts that you have installed by performing an update. Organizations that use special JAWS versions or otherwise want more centralized control over updates may also want to disable this feature. This requires entry of a special access code.
To disable Automatic Updates, do the following:
1. From the Help menu, choose About JAWS.
2. Choose the Special Update Code button.
3. Type the Freedom Scientific special update code in the edit box and then press ENTER.
4. Choose OK to close the About JAWS dialog box. The Help menu will no longer show Check for Updates.
Back Next
Uninstalling JAWS
To uninstall JAWS, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key to open the Start menu, and then choose All Programs.
2. Choose the correct JAWS submenu version, and then choose Tools.
3. Select Uninstall JAWS X, where X is the version number, and then press ENTER.
4. If the User Access Control dialog box opens, select Continue or Yes to continue.
5. Choose whether you want to uninstall JAWS only, or uninstall JAWS and all shared components. For more information, see Removing Shared Components.
6. Choose the Next button and follow the instructions on your screen to uninstall JAWS. Setup provides you with speech during this process and, if you have a Focus or PAC Mate Braille display, allows you to read the screen using braille.
Removing Shared Components
When you uninstall JAWS, you can choose to remove shared components. This refers to DAISY training materials, video drivers, and other components that are shared between different versions of JAWS, as well as among several other Freedom Scientific products, such as MAGic.
If you have another version of JAWS, or other Freedom Scientific products, installed on your computer, it is recommended that you choose not to remove shared components. If you remove them, your other Freedom Scientific products will no longer have all the necessary files. If you have no other Freedom Scientific products or versions of JAWS on your system, it is recommended that you choose to remove the shared components.
User Settings
When you uninstall JAWS, you are asked if you also want to delete your user settings files. These are configuration files, scripts, and other settings that you have customized or created. If you choose Yes, the files are deleted. If you choose No, the files are retained in the following location:
C:\Users\User Name\AppData\Roaming\Freedom Scientific\JAWS\Version Number\Settings\ENU
|Note: If you want to keep any customized or modified script files saved in your user settings folder, it is recommended that you copy |
|those scripts to a folder outside of the JAWS installation folder before uninstalling the program. |
Note: Shared settings files are always removed.
Personal Settings (.jsi) Files
Any .jsi files that you created while making changes to certain settings within JAWS are not deleted when you uninstall the program. These .jsi files remain in the JAWS installation folder.
Silent Uninstall
If you are a network administrator and need to uninstall JAWS silently, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key+R.
2. Choose the Browse button.
3. Navigate to the folder C:\Program Files\Freedom Scientific Installation Information, and then select and open the appropriate GUID (Global Unique Identifier). For JAWS, the GUID begins with the digits 356. The digits at the end of the GUID identify the JAWS version number.
4. Select the file UninstallJAWS.exe and press ENTER.
5. Focus returns to the Run dialog box. If necessary, press TAB to make sure that focus is in the Open combo box.
6. Press END and then press the SPACEBAR.
7. Type one of the following:
/Type Silent - Uninstalls JAWS.
/Type SilentRemoveShared - Uninstalls JAWS and removes all shared components.
8. Press ENTER.
9. If the User Access Control dialog box opens, choose Continue or Yes to continue.
10. Follow the remaining instructions that appear to uninstall JAWS.
Back Next
Help!
JAWS provides a variety of ways to get help. JAWS tries to help you by providing information as you use your computer. To learn more about JAWS Help, follow the links below.
Using JAWS Help
Help at Your Fingertips
Tutor Mode
Virtual Viewer
JAWS Training Materials (in DAISY format)
Back Next
Using JAWS Help
JAWS help is accessed from the JAWS application window by pressing F1. The help window is a split window that contains the contents of the various topics on the right side. The left side of the window contains the Table of Contents (ALT+C), Index (ALT+N), and Search (ALT+S) tabs. Press CTRL+TAB or the access keys to switch between these tabs. Which ever of these tab pages is in use when you close the help window will be active the next time you access help.
Information is provided in the following sections to assist you in using this help system.
Using The Table of Contents
Using the Index
Using Search
Using the Topic Window
Conventions
Using The Table of Contents (ALT+C)
When you first open the JAWS help system, the Table of Contents is displayed on the left side of a split window. The Table of Contents lists a number of books and pages. Books are categories containing a number of pages. The pages are topics containing information. UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW are used to move through the Table of Contents. RIGHT ARROW is used to open a book. LEFT ARROW is used to close a book. Press ENTER on a selected page to access the text of that topic, and then press F6 to move to the topic window. Press F6 to return to the Table of Contents,or press ALT+C to return to the Table of Contents from any section of the help system.
Using the Index (ALT+N)
Press ALT+N to move to the Index. Type in keywords to locate related topics. Keywords are help related terms or concepts. After typing in a keyword, press UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW to move through a list of matching index entries. Press ENTER to select a keyword. If there is only one matching topic, it is displayed in the topic window. Press F6 to move to the topic window. If there are multiple matching topics, they are displayed in a list. Select a topic from the list, press ENTER, then press F6 to move to the topic window.
Using Search (ALT+S)
Press ALT+S to move to the Search page. Type in the word or phrase you are looking for, and then press TAB to move to the List Topics Button. Press ENTER, and then press TAB to move to the list of topics.
Use the arrow keys to locate topics and press ENTER to open them. Press F6 to move to the topic window.
Using The Topic Window (F6)
Once you select a page in the Table of Contents, Index, or Search window and press ENTER to open it, press F6 to switch to the Topic window.
Navigate through the text and links in the topic in the same manner as you would navigate on a web page. Read by line, sentence, or paragraph. Press ENTER on links to follow them. For more information on available navigation features, see Internet Explorer.
Conventions
A shortcut key can be a single key on the keyboard or several keys that are pressed in combination. In this help system, the plus sign (+) indicates when keys are to be pressed in combination. For example, INSERT+RIGHT ARROW can be used to read the next word in a document.
Shortcut keys can also consist of sequences of pressed keys, where some keys are
pressed and released, and then other keys are pressed. A comma (,) indicates when keys are to be pressed one after the other. For example: ALT+F, X can be used to close many applications. In this example, press ALT and F together, release the keys, and then press X.
When referring to shortcut keys that require the use of the number pad, the word NUM PAD always precedes that shortcut key. For example: INSERT+NUM PAD 5. If the shortcut key does not say NUM PAD, use the number from the number row.
Back Next
Help at Your Fingertips
The following commands provide quick access to Help as you use JAWS.
Keyboard Help - INSERT+1
Turn on this feature to explore JAWS commands. As you press key combinations, JAWS tells you which keyboard commands do what, safely - without actually performing the command. Press INSERT+1 again to exit keyboard help.
Screen Sensitive Help - INSERT+F1
Press INSERT+F1 and JAWS provides messages that describe the current control or window. Screen Sensitive Messages will appear in the Virtual Viewer, from which you can follow links to other related topics.
Read Control and Help - INSERT+TAB
INSERT+TAB speaks the tutor message for the current control or window, and the access key to move directly to that control, if one exists. Using this keystroke is a great way to review tutor and access key information without moving away from a control and back, and without needing to turn on automatic announcement of these messages.
Windows Key Help - INSERT+W
Windows Key Help presents a message that lists Windows hot keys that you may find helpful within the context in which you are presently working. Windows Key Messages will appear in the Virtual Viewer.
Hot Key Help - INSERT+H
Hot Key Help presents a message in the Virtual Viewer that lists JAWS hot keys that you may find helpful within the context in which you are working.
Screen Sensitive Help Technical - CTRL+INSERT+F1
When writing JAWS scripts, use this keystroke to display a message in the Virtual Viewer that lists the Control ID, Class, and Handle information for the current control.
Back Next
Virtual Viewer
The Virtual Viewer is a message window allowing you much greater functionality with many JAWS messages. Press INSERT+F1 to experience a message in the Virtual Viewer. While INSERT+F1 messages are the messages most frequently displayed in the Virtual Viewer, other messages appear there as well:
Hot Key Help Messages (INSERT+H)
Windows Key Help messages (INSERT+W)
Screen Sensitive Help Technical messages (CTRL+INSERT+F1)
Several types of informational messages within Microsoft Office applications
Easily review information with standard reading commands. Read by line, word, or character. Select text as you would in any word processing program and copy it to the clipboard. Press CTRL+HOME or CTRL+END to move to the top or bottom of the message.
Links take you to other messages or activate commands within your applications or within Windows. Press ENTER to select a link, or press INSERT+F7 to list all links in a message and select the one you want from the list.
Press ESC to close a message, or just TAB to the next control in a dialog and the message closes automatically. The following commands also perform their normal actions and automatically close the Virtual Viewer: SHIFT+TAB, CTRL+TAB, F1, INSERT+J, INSERT+F1+F1, CTRL+ESC.
By default, messages are visible on the screen in the Virtual Viewer, and this is very helpful for sighted trainers. However, the Virtual Viewer can be set so it is not visible on the screen. Change this in the Basic Settings Dialog under the Options menu in the JAWS application window, or in the User group in Settings Center.
If you want the Virtual Viewer visible in some applications, but not others, do the following:
1. Open Settings Center (INSERT+F2) and select an application in the Applications combo box.
2. Expand the User group.
3. Select or clear the Show Virtual Viewer on Screen check box to toggle the Virtual Viewer setting on or off.
Tutor Mode
Tutor messages provide navigation tips in Windows and applications. Tutor messages are spoken in a different voice than other JAWS messages. An example of a common tutor message is after pressing the ALT key to access the JAWS menu bar, you will hear, "To move through items press LEFT or RIGHT ARROW." You can activate or deactivate JAWS' Tutor messages, by first selecting the Options menu, and then choosing Basics.
You can also set up your own custom Tutor messages through the new Prompt Creator utility. This lets you specify messages that will be spoken each time you use a control - just a quick reminder, or a short tip reminding you of what other controls might need to be used with the current one. To learn more about creating custom Tutor messages and control prompts, refer to Creating a Prompt.
Access Key Announcement
JAWS can announce access keys as you navigate through menus or dialogs or both. Use access keys to move directly to a control in a dialog box or an item in a menu. For example, with Speak All Access keys turned on, press ALT to move to the JAWS menu bar. Press DOWN ARROW to open the Options menu and select Basics. JAWS announces the name of the selected command and then says "B." B is the access key for the menu item called Basics. The next time that you go to the Options menu, you know that you can press B to quickly activate that menu item. As you navigate through the menus, make note of the access keys, so next time you use the menu, you will not have to use the arrow keys to move through each menu item. Instead, you can press the access key to automatically activate that menu item.
You can specify which access keys you want to hear in the Basics dialog, activated from the Options menu. You can turn off access key announcement, you can have JAWS Speak All access keys, Speak menu access keys only, or Speak dialog access keys only.
Back Next
JAWS Training Materials
The Basic Training for JAWS and other training materials are included in DAISY format on your JAWS program DVD. You can listen to and read the training modules by using the FSReader DAISY reader included with JAWS. To start FSReader, open the Help menu and choose Training. You can also download training materials in FSReader using the JAWS Training Table of Contents located in the File menu. For more information on using FSReader, select the "FSReaderGettingStarted" DAISY book and press ENTER.
For information on installing the Training Materials, see JAWS for Windows Setup. You can also download training materials from the Freedom Scientific Web site. To install downloaded training materials, extract them into the C:\Program Files\Freedom Scientific\Training\JAWS\Enu folder.
The JAWS Basic Training modules give you the best possible start on your road to mastering Windows with JAWS. The set takes you logically from starting JAWS to working in the Windows environment. The modules include actual samples of what you will hear as you perform various Windows and JAWS operations. All users are encouraged to take advantage of this training. Once JAWS is running, you should listen to all modules and perform the operations along with them.
|Tip: There is even more training material that discusses and demonstrates specific features of JAWS on the Freedom Scientific Training |
|Headquarters. |
Updating Your Training Materials
Periodically, Freedom Scientific will release new DAISY training materials that you can download by using FSReader. To search for new training materials, start FSReader, open the File menu, and choose JAWS Training Table of Contents. When this book opens, each training module is represented as a link. Press ENTER on the book you want to open. If there is an updated book available, FSReader will automatically download and install it.
Next
Back Section
The JAWS Program Group
When you install JAWS, the JAWS program group is added to your Windows Start menu. To access this program group, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key to open the Start menu.
2. Use the UP ARROW key to select All Programs and then press RIGHT ARROW.
3. Use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select JAWS and then press RIGHT ARROW. This is the JAWS program group.
4. Each command in the JAWS program group is described in the next section. To carry out one of these commands, use the ARROW keys to select the command and then press ENTER.
Explore JAWS
The items in the Explore JAWS submenu are shortcuts to folders that contain important JAWS files. These shortcuts display the contents of the various folders in Windows Explorer.
Explore My Settings - View your user-specific settings files. These are the settings associated with your user profile.
Explore Program Files - View the JAWS program files.
Explore Shared Settings - View shared settings files for this computer.
Explore the Manuals - View electronic copies of printed JAWS documentation and other useful materials, including the JAWS Quick Start Guide.
Tools
To open the Tools submenu, use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select it and then press RIGHT ARROW. The Tools submenu contains the following shortcuts.
Synthesizer and Braille Manager
Use this command to change which synthesizer and braille display drivers are installed on your computer. You can also change output port options for your currently installed braille displays. For more information, see Synthesizer and Braille Manager.
Dongle Viewer
Use this command to view license information for the dongle currently connected to your computer. For more information on using a dongle to authorize JAWS, refer to Dongle Authorization.
PAC Mate Desktop
PAC Mate Desktop is a program that allows you to establish a connection between your PAC Mate and a computer with JAWS installed. You can connect your PAC Mate and computer using a USB cable, network connection, modem, or wireless local area network. Once you establish a connection, you can run programs, read documents and Web pages, and work with files and folders on your computer using only your PAC Mate. For more information, see Using PAC Mate Desktop.
Settings Packager
Use this command to start Settings Packager. Settings Packager is a program that allows you to import and export speech and sound schemes, PlaceMarkers, and personalized Web settings (including custom labels). For information about using this program, start Settings Packager, open the Help menu, and choose Help Topics.
Start JAWS with Eloquence
Use this command to start JAWS with the default Eloquence speech synthesizer. Network JAWS Admin
Use this command to start HJ Administrator. You can use HJ Administrator to set up and manage user accounts for Network JAWS. For more information, see Introduction to HJ Administrator. This command only appears if you installed Network JAWS.
ILM Authorization Viewer
Use this command to view details of your ILM software licenses. Remove Product Activation
This command is only present if your license of JAWS uses Internet License Manager (ILM) for authorization. Use this command to delete your licenses for all versions of JAWS, 5.10
and later, installed on this computer. Until you acquire a new license, you will only be able to use JAWS in 40 minute mode. For more information on activating JAWS with Internet License Manager, see Product Activation Overview.
Braille Viewer
Braille Viewer is a program that provides textual representation on the computer screen of the output received on a refreshable Braille device. Braille Viewer can assist sighted instructors or testers that do not read Braille or may not have access to a Braille display. For more information, see Braille Viewer.
Help
Use this command to view the JAWS Help system. For more information, see Using JAWS Help.
JAWS
Use this command to start JAWS. For more information, see Starting JAWS for Windows.
Run HJPad
Use this command to start HJPad. HJPad is a word processing program intended for use as a training tool for JAWS users. For more information, see HJPad.
Back Next
Starting JAWS for Windows
After installing JAWS, you can configure it to start manually, or to launch automatically when your computer starts. The latter is known as running JAWS as a service. Starting automatically is useful for those who require speech immediately.
Manually Starting JAWS
To manually start JAWS, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key+R to open the Run dialog box.
2. Type "JAWSX" (where X is the version number) and press ENTER.
Tip: To override your user settings and start JAWS with only the default factory settings, type "JAWSX /default" (where X is the version number). You can also assign a shortcut hot key to the JAWS shortcut. For more information, please see Define a Hot Key.
Automatically Starting JAWS
When you first install JAWS, the JAWS Startup Wizard launches. The Run JAWS Settings page in the wizard provides several options for starting JAWS. Use the default settings on this page since these will ensure that JAWS always loads, starts, and runs before and after Windows launches. If these settings change and later you want to restore the default values, do the following so that JAWS starts automatically:
1. Start JAWS manually as previously described, and press INSERT+J to access the JAWS application window.
2. Press ALT+H to select the Help menu, and then Z to launch the JAWS Startup Wizard.
3. Choose Next until the Run JAWS Settings page opens. If you have an Administrator account, several options appear in the wizard. If you have a Standard User account, only the Start JAWS after log on for this user combo box appears.
4. For an Administrator account, do the following:
Select the Start JAWS at the Log On Screen check box.
Clear the Start JAWS after Log On for all Users check box.
Select Always in the Start JAWS after Log On for this User combo box. Clear the Run JAWS from System Tray check box.
For a Standard User account, do the following:
Select Always in the Start JAWS after Log On for this User combo box.
5. Choose Next to continue through the remaining pages of the wizard.
6. On the last page of the JAWS Startup Wizard, choose Finish to accept the changes and close the wizard. The next time you start Windows, JAWS starts automatically, and is one of the first programs available.
Back Next
Reading Screens and Documents
Many speech functions in JAWS are accessed by using the numeric keypad (NUM PAD) located on the far right side of your keyboard. Usually this NUM PAD is used to type numbers so you must turn off the number lock function. Do this by pressing the NUM LOCK key in the upper left corner of the NUM PAD.
JAWS uses the INSERT key at the bottom left of the NUM PAD in combination with the other keys on this keypad to control what JAWS will speak.
To start JAWS reading the screen, press the key combination INSERT+DOWN ARROW. This is the Say All command. While using the Say All command, you can press the LEFT or RIGHT ARROW keys to rewind or fast forward through the text. You can also press PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN to increase or decrease the speech rate. To halt speech, press the CTRL key. To make slight reading adjustments, see Say All Options Dialog.
Below are additional reading keystrokes that are available using the NUM PAD. For more reading features, refer to Advanced Reading of Screens and Documents.
NUM PAD 5 Say Character
INSERT+NUM PAD 5 Say Word
INSERT+NUM PAD 5 twice Spell Word
INSERT+LEFT ARROW Say Prior Word
INSERT+RIGHT ARROW Say Next Word
INSERT+UP ARROW Say Line
INSERT+HOME (7) Say To Cursor
INSERT+PAGE UP (9) Say From Cursor
INSERT+PAGE DOWN (3) Say Bottom Line Of Window
INSERT+END (1) Say Top Line Of Window
Back Next
Advanced Reading of Screens and Documents
This topic describes the following advanced reading features:
Virtualize Window : INSERT+ALT+W
Virtualize Current Control: INSERT+ALT+SHIFT+W Word Index: INSERT+CTRL+W
Skim Reading: CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW
Virtualize Window
The Virtualize Window (INSERT+ALT+W) feature captures everything in the current application window. This includes the static text that appears in the window, so that you can avoid trying to recall something to type into a message in order to communicate it to others such as support staff. This is a great way to capture error codes and dialog messages since the text can easily be copied into an e-mail message.
Try the following example to see how this works:
1. Press INSERT+F4. The Quit JAWS dialog box appears.
2. Next, press INSERT+ALT+W. The dialog box title, message, and command buttons appears in the virtual viewer, for example:
"Quit JAWS
Are you sure you want to quit JAWS? Press Enter to quit now, or Escape to cancel. OK Cancel"
3. To select and copy the contents of the virtual viewer, press CTRL+A then CTRL+C.
4. You can now open your e-mail application and paste (CTRL+V) the contents of the virtual viewer into your e-mail message.
Virtualize Current Control
In some cases, such as lists, you might want to only virtualize the current control, such as a specific list, combo box, or screen area, instead of the entire window. Pressing INSERT+ALT+SHIFT+W results in getting only the text located within the current control.
Try the following example to see how this works:
1. Open Windows Explorer (WINDOWS Key+E).
2. Press TAB to navigate to the list of files.
3. Press INSERT+ALT+SHIFT+W. Only the file list appears in the virtual viewer.
4. To select and copy the contents of the virtual viewer, press CTRL+A then CTRL+C.
5. You can now open your e-mail application and paste (CTRL+V) the contents of the virtual viewer into your e-mail message.
Word Index
Word Index (INSERT+CTRL+W) is the ideal tool for those who do a lot of reading for study and research purposes. Word Index generates a list of words that appear in a document or on a Web page. The words are sorted so that the highest occurrence appears first, followed by an alphabetized list of words that only appear once. You can scan the list for a specific word or concept, and then jump to that occurrence of the word. If the word
appears multiple times, use the Navigational Quick Key W or the Word Index Summary button to select and skip to the next occurrence of the word. The Summary button opens the virtual viewer with a list of links. Each link is a sentence that contains the selected word. Press ENTER to activate the link. This is a useful timesaver since you can get a feel for the context of the word, and then move to the appropriate section of the document and continue reading.
Use Word Index when reading Web pages or Microsoft Word, Outlook, Notepad, WordPad, or Adobe Acrobat files.
Skim Reading
The Skim Reading feature lets you quickly browse through long documents by reading the first part of each paragraph. To begin skim reading in a document, press CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW. By default, JAWS reads the first line of each paragraph, but you can choose to read the first sentence of each paragraph instead or set up your own skim reading rules. To change your skim reading preferences, press CTRL+SHIFT+INSERT+DOWN ARROW. For more information on these options, see Skim Reading Dialog.
|Tip: While skim reading, you can begin reading the entire document by pressing INSERT+DOWN ARROW to carry out the Say All command. To |
|begin skim reading again, press CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW. |
Back Next
Adjusting JAWS Options
JAWS options can be configured using either Settings Center or Quick Settings. Both features contain various options that you can apply to the program you are currently using. With Settings Center, you can apply changes globally to all applications, while with Quick Settings, you can make changes to specific applications and determine whether changes will still be in effect after your JAWS session has ended, when the computer is rebooted, or when a new window gains focus.
To open Settings Center, press INSERT+F2 and select Settings Center. For more information, see Settings Center Overview.
To open Quick Settings, press INSERT+V. For more information, see Quick Settings Overview. Note that some options are specific to certain programs. For example, if you press INSERT+V in Microsoft Word, you will see special settings that only apply to Word. Below are some of the options available for all Windows programs. For more information on specific options for Windows programs, refer to the appropriate help topic in the Popular Applications section.
Touch Cursor Options Group
The following describes the items in the Touch Cursor Options group. Automatic Activation
This option is used to automatically turn on the Touch Cursor for the current application. The default setting is Off. However, it is on by default in several Windows 8 applications including News, Weather, and Store.
Touch Quick Keys
Use this option to enable or disable quick key navigation for the touch cursor. Touch Navigation Quick Keys are disabled by default.
>Use Sounds
This option specifies whether sounds or spoken messages are used to notify you when entering or exiting the text review mode of touch navigation. The default setting is to play a sound.
Configure Types
Use this option to configure the types of controls available when navigating with the Touch Cursor. In the list of types, use the SPACEBAR to select or clear an item. When a type is selected, it is announced as you navigate with the Touch Cursor, otherwise, it is ignored.
General Options Group
The following describes the items in the General Options group. User Verbosity
There are three levels of verbosity: Beginner, Intermediate, and Advanced. The beginner level provides the maximum amount of information spoken, while intermediate and advanced levels provide fewer details. To customize your own settings for any one of these levels, open Settings Center and select the Speech Verbosity group.
Virtual Ribbon Menu
Select this check box to turn on the Virtual Ribbon Menu. This is applicable for applications where Ribbons are present instead of the classic menu bar and menus. When it is on, an application's Ribbon is organized and navigated using the traditional menu and submenu format that is familiar to most users. By using the ARROW and TAB keys, it is easier to move focus between Upper Ribbon tabs and Lower Ribbon groups. These same keys are also used to select items within a group. In addition, SPACEBAR, ENTER, and ESC are used to expand or collapse submenus. This check box is cleared by default.
Progress Bars
Programs often use progress bars to show the status of a process, such as an installation. This option controls whether or not JAWS announces progress bar updates. When set to Spoken, JAWS will periodically read the percentages in installations, or when performing other tasks like copying large files or burning CDs. To control how often JAWS announces progress bar changes, see Progress Bar Updates Announcement in Settings Center. The default setting is Spoken.
Top and Bottom Edge
This option controls whether or not JAWS beeps when it encounters a top or bottom boundary while you navigate.
Silent: No beep is heard when a top or bottom boundary is encountered.
Alert with Sound: A beep is heard when a top or bottom boundary is encountered. Note that for Word and Outlook 2007 or later, JAWS beeps and rereads the first or last line when it comes across a top or bottom boundary when navigating using the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW keys. This causes JAWS to read the line over and over if you try to move past the boundary. The default setting is Alert with Sound.
Graphics
This option controls which graphics JAWS announces when reading with ARROW keys or with a braille display. It applies to graphics such as button icons found in an application's toolbar or menu bar. It does not apply to graphics in virtualized messages in Outlook, Web pages, or PDF documents.
None: JAWS does not announce graphics as they are encountered.
Labeled: JAWS only announces graphics that have been labeled with the graphics labeler.
All: JAWS announces all graphics as they are encountered. JAWS reads the labels for the graphics, if they are assigned. If no labels are assigned for a graphic, JAWS assigns a unique number. This is the default setting.
Screen Echo
This option allows you to select what information is echoed when text on the screen changes.
Off: Changes to displayed text are not echoed.
Highlighted: Changes to highlighted text are echoed. This is the default setting.
All: Changes to any displayed text are echoed.
Focus Loss Announcement
Use this option to toggle the Lost Focus message on or off. This option is off by default. The Lost Focus message is a JAWS alert feature that lets you know when a window loses focus, becomes invisible, or becomes inoperable. When these conditions exist for longer than three seconds, JAWS will announce, “Lost focus,” and if tutor messages are turned on, you will also hear, “Press ALT TAB,” which will let you regain focus of an open application, window, or desktop. The Focus Loss Announcement is off by default. The setting of this option is saved to the Default.JCF file and is constant across applications and JAWS sessions.
Convenient OCR
The following describes the items in the Convenient OCR group. Primary Recognition Language
Use this item to specify the language used to read and decipher text. Select the language that corresponds to the language of the printed page you are acquiring. This allows correct recognition of characters (such as accent marks and umlauts) unique to that language.
Secondary Recognition Language
Use this item to specify a second recognition language used to recognize acquired text. It uses the languages selected for both the primary and secondary options to recognize text. This is helpful if the document contains text from more than one language.
Reading Options Group
The following describes the items in the Reading Options group. Text Analyzer
Use this option to identify inconsistencies such as unmatched parentheses, unintentional format changes, extra whitespace, and stray or unspaced punctuation when editing or proofreading a document by line, sentence, paragraph, or during a Say All (INSERT+DOWN ARROW).
Off: Inconsistencies in text are not reported as the document is navigated. This is the default setting.
Indicate with Sound: A sound is played to identify inconsistencies.
Speak Count: The number of inconsistencies in the current text is announced. Describe Inconsistencies: Gives a description of the error.
Smart Word Reading
This option controls how JAWS reads words with punctuation in them, such as phone numbers. When off, JAWS reads the punctuation symbol under the cursor. When on, JAWS reads the entire word. The default setting is on.
Language Detect Change
This option controls whether or not JAWS detects changes in languages within documents which support language tags. For example, if JAWS finds Spanish text on a Web page, that text is spoken in Spanish. This detection only affects those synthesizers, such as Eloquence or Vocalizer Expressive, that support multiple languages. In Microsoft Word, the default setting is On. The default setting is Off in all other applications.
Custom Labels
This option allows you to enable or temporarily disable custom labels that you have defined for Web pages or forms. This feature allows individuals, such as support staff, developers, and testers, to suppress their custom labels while working with a document or Web page, without permanently deleting them. For more information, see Custom Labels. The default setting is On.
Stopwords Exception Dictionary
This option controls whether or not a stop words dictionary is used by the Word List (INSERT+CTRL+W) feature. A stop words dictionary is a list of words that will be ignored by the search. These are common, recurring words; examples include words such as and, of, the. The default setting is on.
Say All Options Group
The following describes the items in the Say All Options group Scheme
Use this option to control how links and headings are announced when reading using the Say All command (INSERT+DOWN ARROW). Select Say All Text with Sounds to hear a subtle WAV file sound, such as a Ding, when JAWS reads a link or heading. Select Say All Text Only to ignore an indication of elements like links and headings. Select No Change to continue using the current speech and sounds scheme in use. The default setting is No Change.
Say All Reads By
This option allows you to determine how JAWS reads text when you use the Say All command (INSERT+DOWN ARROW).
Line with Pauses: JAWS reads by line, pausing slightly at the end of each line. Line without Pauses: This option allows for smoother reading and is the default setting.
Sentence: Select this option for programs where Say All sounds choppy. This moves the pauses between elements to the ends of sentences, making the reading sound smoother.
Paragraph: This option is very useful in large documents, since you can press the right SHIFT key to quickly move through the paragraphs without needing to interrupt Say All.
Capitalization
Use this option to specify if JAWS should announce capitalization when reading with Say All (INSERT+DOWN ARROW). If you choose Indicate, JAWS says, "Cap" for single capital letters, and, "All cap," for capitalized words. The default setting is Ignore.
You can also use the Indicate Caps During Say All option in Settings Center to toggle this option on or off. It is located in the Say All group.
Editing Options Group
The following describes the items in the Editing Options group.
Typing Echo
This option controls how JAWS speaks as you type.
None: Select this option if you do not want JAWS to echo what you are typing. Characters: Each character you type is echoed. This is the default setting. Words: Each word you type is echoed after you press SPACEBAR or ENTER. Both Characters and Words: Characters are echoed as you type them and words are echoed after you press SPACEBAR or ENTER.
Caps Indicate
This option controls when JAWS indicates capitalization while reading with reading keys or typing text. Available settings are On Character; On Character and Word; On Character, Word, and Line; and Never. The default setting is On Character.
Punctuation
This option controls the amount of punctuation JAWS will speak. Available settings are None, Some, Most, and All. To control which punctuation is spoken at a given level, see Customize Punctuation in Settings Center. The default setting is Most.
Indentation
This option controls whether or not JAWS will indicate indentation as you navigate using reading commands. By default, when using the Classic Speech and Sounds scheme, JAWS indicates indentation by announcing the number of spaces. To control what indentation to indicate, and how it should be indicated, See the Speech and Sounds Manager Indentation page. The default setting is Ignore.
Spelling Options Group
The following describes the items in the Spelling Options group. Text Spell
This option controls how JAWS spells text when you issue one of the Spell commands, such as Spell Word, which is the Say Word command twice quickly, or Spell Line, which is the Say Line command twice quickly. The available options are phonetically or alphabetically.
For example, when set to spell alphabetically, JAWS spells the letters one by one, such as "J A W S." When set to spell phonetically, JAWS uses words to represent the letters, such as: "Juliet Alpha Whiskey Sierra." The default setting is Alphabetically.
Alphanumeric Text
This option controls how JAWS speaks letter and number combinations, such as license plate numbers. Available settings are Read as Word, which is the default, Spell, and Spell Phonetically.
Numbers Options Group
The following describes the items in the Numbers Options group. Speak Single Digits Threshold:
When JAWS encounters a number string, it can read the string as a single number or as individual digits. Use this option to set the minimum threshold at which JAWS will read individual digits. For example, if JAWS is configured to read 5 or more digits, then the number string 54321 is read as 5 4 3 2 1.
This is useful when reading long number strings such as telephone numbers, serial
numbers, and part numbers. Note that this rule will apply under the following conditions: the number string is not preceded by or followed by an alpha character, and it does not contain a dash, colon, decimal, or slash to separate the digits similar to what is used for telephone, time, or date formatting. If you want to override the dash exception of this rule, toggle on the Speak Single Digits if Number Contains Dashes option located in the Numbers Options group.
Other values for this option are Six or More Digits, Seven or More Digits, Eight or More Digits, and Controlled by Synthesizer. When the latter is selected, the current synthesizer determines how numbers are read. The default setting is 5 or more digits.
Speak Single Digits if Number Contains Dashes
Select this option so that number strings containing dashes are read by JAWS as individual digits. This will apply when the dash is preceded by and followed by a digit similar to telephone number formatting. The default setting is On.
Braille Options Group
The Braille Options group is only available if JAWS is being used with a refreshable braille display. For more information about the options in this group, see the Adjust Braille Options topic.
Last Changed Settings
This group contains the last 25 options that were recently changed for an application or document. When you select an item in the tree view, its corresponding settings appear in the configuration display pane on the right side of the Quick Settings window. Note that once this group has 25 items, the last setting in the list is deleted when another item is added. To remove an item from the list, select it, press SHIFT+F10, and then select Remove. To remove all items from the list, select the Last Changed Settings group in the tree view, press SHIFT+F10, and then select Remove All.
Back Next
The JAWS Application Window
The JAWS application can be configured to run in a normal window, or to run from the system tray. This topic provides a detailed description of the options available in the JAWS application window. If you run JAWS from the system tray, these same options are still available through a shortcut menu.
When open, the JAWS application window displays the following menus:
Options Utilities Language
Help
Back Next
Options Menu Overview
This topic describes the menu items found in the Options menu of the JAWS application window.
Basics
Select this menu item to open a dialog containing basic JAWS settings. for more information, please refer to JAWS Basic Settings.
Voices
Open this submenu to access voice profile dialog boxes to adjust speech settings or select a voice profile for an application.
Voice Adjustment
Select this item to create a new voice profile based on a synthesizer's factory default settings, or to edit the settings of an existing voice profile. For more information, please refer to Voice Adjustment.
Select a Voice Profile
Select this item to open the Select a Voice Profile dialog box, which lets you select an existing profile that JAWS can use globally with all applications, or an existing profile that JAWS can use with the currently open application, or both. A voice profile consists of a synthesizer, language, voice, and various settings that control speech. For more information, refer to Voice Profiles.
Braille
Select this item to open a dialog to adjust Basic Braille settings. For more information, please refer to Braille Basic Settings.
Manage Application Settings
Select this item to enable or disable applications in which the settings have been modified. Changes may have been made through Settings Center or with custom scripts. This dialog allows you to temporarily disable those application-specific settings quickly, so that you can troubleshoot by ruling out any changes made in JAWS. This dialog is ideal for technical support personnel who are assisting users with their installed version of JAWS. For more information, please refer to Manage Application Settings.
Exit
If you select this item, a dialog is brought up to confirm whether or not you wish to exit the JAWS application. Press ENTER to exit JAWS, or press ESC to return to the JAWS application window.
Back Next
Utilities Menu Overview
This topic describes the Utilities menu items found in the JAWS application window. For more information on the options accessible from this menu, please see Overview of the JAWS Utilities.
JAWS Tandem
Use this menu item to start a JAWS Tandem session.
Merge Utility
This menu item provides access to the Merge Manager.
Synthesizer and Braille Manager
This menu item provides access to the Synthesizer and Braille Manager.
Sound Cards
Use this menu item to select a sound card for JAWS speech output when multiple sound cards are installed in your computer. See Sounds Cards for more information.
Search for Commands
Use this menu item to perform a JAWS Command Search.
Settings Center
Use this menu item to open the default configuration (JCF) file in Settings Center.
Keyboard Manager
This menu item provides access to the Keyboard Manager.
Dictionary Manager
This menu item provides access to the Dictionary Manager.
Frame Viewer
This menu item provides access to the Frame Viewer.
Script Manager
This menu item provides access to the Script Manager.
Navigation Quick Key Manager
Use this menu item to open the Navigation Quick Key Manager.
Re-Initialize Authorization
This menu item allows you to force JAWS to search for valid ILM authorization. If the search is successful, JAWS displays your serial number.
Back Next
Language Menu Overview
This topic describes the Language menu items found in the JAWS application window.
JAWS Language
Choose this item to open a submenu of language version choices for JAWS. This menu is not available in English only versions of JAWS.
Voice Profiles
A voice profile consists of a synthesizer such as Eloquence, SAPI 5, or Vocalizer Expressive, and a collection of voice settings such as the synthesizer voice, speech rate, amount of punctuation spoken, and volume. Use this submenu item to quickly select and set a default voice profile for JAWS, select a voice profile for the current application, or turn off speech by selecting the No Speech option. (Note that speech will remain off until you select a voice profile or restart JAWS.)
If you want to create a new voice profile, or edit an existing voice profile, use the Create New option from the Voice Profiles submenu to open the Voice Adjustment dialog box.
Back Next
Help Menu Overview
This topic describes the Help menu items found in the JAWS application window.
Training
Choose this menu item to start FSReader and open the JAWS Training Materials Table of Contents book. From here you can choose from various links to open the JAWS Basic Training or What's New. These DAISY books guide you through the new features of your JAWS version and help you learn the basics of using JAWS.
More Voices
This menu item opens The Vocalizer Expressive Voices Web page where you can listen to samples and download additional Vocalizer Expressive voices.
JAWS Help Topics
This menu item provides access to the JAWS help system.
Keyboard Commands
This menu item opens the JAWS help system, and moves you to topics providing information on available commands in JAWS.
What's New
This menu item allows you to view descriptions of the new features added in this version of JAWS. You can also view new features added in previous versions.
End User License Agreement
This menu item opens the help system to the JAWS License Agreement.
Technical Support
This menu item provides access to information on how to contact Freedom Scientific Technical Support.
Web Resources
Web Resources provides the following helpful links to Freedom Scientific products and resources:
JAWS Headquarters – a one-stop resource for JAWS. Use these pages to download software updates, locate resources, and learn new ways to use JAWS.
Technical Support – Use this link to access support bulletins and FAQs.
FS Activate – Use this link to verify the number of available JAWS activation keys, request a reset of the number of activations allowed for a registered user, or retrieve an activation license code based on your Authorization number and Locking code. Surfing the Internet – Use this link to access Surf's Up! A useful tool that teaches you how to work with and read HTML pages with JAWS.
MAGic Screen Magnification – Learn more about MAGic, Freedom Scientific's screen magnification software.
Training Headquarters – Learn more about training options and tutorials available from Freedom Scientific.
PAC Mate Headquarters – Use this link to access information, documentation, and tools available for the PAC Mate accessible PDA.
Free Training Webinars – Access archives of free online training for JAWS and
MAGic. You will find a wealth of information on topics ranging from how to use JAWS and MAGic reading commands, to using social media with JAWS, and much more. – Use this link to open the Freedom Scientific home page.
About JAWS for Windows
This menu item provides access to the version number, serial number, copyright notices, your computer's unique locking code, and other important information about JAWS. It also contains information about your SMA, or software maintenance agreement. Purchasing an SMA for JAWS provides you with automatic upgrades at a reduced price for a specific amount of time. Note that although the About box gives SMA information, if the information in the Freedom Scientific database differs, the database information is assumed to be accurate and up to date.
Startup Wizard
The JAWS Startup Wizard is a helpful tool that allows you to configure specific JAWS parameters, such as automatically starting JAWS when you turn on your computer, or install training material, like FSReader, which is Freedom Scientific’s DAISY book reader, or load various other JAWS items and functions. During a new JAWS installation, the Startup Wizard appears after you complete product activation. However, it can always be accessed later from the JAWS Help menu by pressing ALT+H and choosing Startup Wizard.
Update Authorization
Use this command to activate JAWS. JAWS runs in 40 minute mode until you activate the software. You will need your authorization number, locking code, and a connection to the Internet. You can also use this command if you want to enter an activation license code that you received from , Freedom Scientific Customer Service, or your distributor.
|Note: If you change certain components of your computer's hardware, you may need to reactivate JAWS. You can use this command at any |
|time to activate your software. |
For more information on activating JAWS, see Activating with Internet License Manager. For information on activating JAWS if your computer cannot connect to the Internet, see Activating by Telephone, Activating by Fax, or Activating through a Trusted Third Party.
Check for Updates
Choose Check for Updates from the JAWS Help menu to search for new versions of the software on the Web. JAWS then checks to see if any updates are available and displays a list for you to choose from. You can then choose to download and install any of the new software versions in order to keep JAWS up-to-date. This service helps Freedom Scientific make minor changes and improvements to JAWS much more frequently.
Internet access and administrative rights are required to check for updates. Automatic updates are available for the English, Spanish, and German language versions of JAWS only.
|Tip: By default, JAWS will automatically notify you when an update is available when it first starts. If you want to disable automatic|
|notification of updates for any reason, open the Options menu, choose Basics, and clear the Automatic Notification of Updates check |
|box. |
Back Next
Manage Application Settings
This dialog allows you to enable or disable customized settings created for an application using either Settings Center or a script.
Application Settings
This list box is a directory of applications in which the default configuration values were changed using either Settings Center or a script. A check box appears before each modified application. If the check box is checked, JAWS uses the customized settings. If the check box is unchecked, JAWS will not use the customized settings.
Enable All
Select this button to check the check boxes for all applications in the list box. The modified settings will be used for each application.
Disable All
Select this button to uncheck the check boxes for all applications in the list box. The modified settings will not be used for each application.
Remove Selected
Select this button to remove any checked application from the list box.
OK
When you select this button, any changes you have made are saved, and you are returned to the JAWS application window.
Cancel
When you select this button, any changes you have made are discarded, and you are returned to the JAWS application window.
Back
JAWS Basic Settings
To change your JAWS basic settings, open the Options menu and choose Basics. This topic documents the settings available in the Basic Settings Dialog.
Tutor Messages
Use this series of radio buttons to determine which Tutor messages are spoken. Tutor messages provide navigation tips in applications and Windows.
Turn Off Menu and Control Help: No Tutor messages are spoken. Announce Menu and Control Help: All Tutor messages are spoken. Announce Custom Messages Only: Only custom Tutor messages added through Prompt Manager are spoken.
Access Keys
Access keys are the keys you press to move directly to a control or an item in a menu. Use this group of radio buttons to specify which access keys are announced: all access keys, only access keys for menu items, only access keys for controls in dialogs, or no access keys.
Automatically Start JAWS
Having JAWS start automatically, which is also known as running JAWS as a service, is a great help to those who require speech immediately. This option appears as a button that opens the Start JAWS Options dialog box. Use it to determine if JAWS starts before or after you log on and start Windows.
|Note: The default values of the Start JAWS Option dialog box assure that JAWS is always loaded and running before and after you start |
|Windows. If you have an Administrator account, three options appear. If you have a Standard User account, only the Start JAWS after |
|log on for this user combo box appears. There is no need to change the default values. |
Automatically start JAWS at the Log On screen: When this check box is selected, JAWS will load and start when the Windows log on screen appears. The check box is selected by default.
Administrator rights are required to change this setting. If you have Standard user rights, you cannot change the value of this check box, and you will not hear it using JAWS. Clear this check box if you want JAWS to be off when the log on screen appears. The check box value applies to all users who log on to this version of JAWS on this computer.
Automatically start JAWS after log on for all users: When this check box is selected, JAWS will load and start after you log on to Windows. It is cleared by default.
|Note: The only time that it is necessary to change the value of this check box is if you have an Administrator account on this |
|computer, and you want to control how JAWS starts for all subsequent users who log on to Windows using this computer. If you do not |
|have Administrator rights, you cannot change the value of this check box, and you will not hear it using JAWS. |
|If you have Standard user rights on this computer, refer to the combo box labeled Start JAWS after log on for this user for |
|information that describes how to start JAWS after logging on to Windows. |
Start JAWS after log on for this user: This combo box allows an individual user to control if JAWS starts after he or she logs on to Windows. This combo box has three values: Always, Never, and Using the All Users Setting. The default value is Always.
Automatic Notification of Updates
Select this check box to have JAWS indicate when a software update is available. You then have the option to install it now or later. When this check box is cleared, you will not be alerted when software updates are available. In this case, you must manually check for updates using the update feature in the JAWS Help menu. This check box is selected by default.
Automatically Start PAC Mate Desktop
If you select this check box, PAC Mate Desktop automatically starts when you start Windows. PAC Mate Desktop allows you to issue commands to your computer from your PAC Mate via an ActiveSync connection. For more information, see Using PAC Mate Desktop.
|Warning: Do not select this check box if Microsoft ActiveSync is not installed on your computer. To download ActiveSync, visit |
|. |
Run JAWS from System Tray
This option removes JAWS from the TAB order and places it in the system tray. This change takes effect the next time you start JAWS. To access JAWS from the system tray, press INSERT+J. This brings up a shortcut menu with the Options, Utilities, Languages, and Help items listed. Press RIGHT ARROW to access sub-menus for each of these items. Press ALT to close this shortcut menu.
Show Virtual Viewer on Screen
Use this check box to specify whether the Virtual Viewer is visually displayed on the screen when you access context-sensitive (INSERT+F1) help and other helpful messages. It may be useful in training environments to show the Virtual Viewer. However, in a presentation application like PowerPoint, it might disrupt your presentation to display the Virtual Viewer. JAWS functions the same in these messages regardless of whether the Virtual Viewer is visible. For more information on using the Virtual Viewer, see Virtual Viewer.
|Note: You must quit and restart JAWS for changes to this option to take effect. |
Use Keyboard Layout
Use this combo box to select the desired keyboard layout. Select from desktop, laptop, or kinesis. JAWS keystrokes frequently use keys located on the numeric keypad, which usually is on the right side of the keyboard. Most laptop computers do not have the numeric keypad, so JAWS provides alternate keystrokes, called laptop keystrokes. If your keyboard has the numeric keypad, choose the desktop keyboard option. For those of you who are using any of the Kinesis keyboards, select kinesis as this implements the features of these keyboards. If your keyboard does not have a numeric keypad, choose the laptop keyboard option.
Windows System Parameters
Select this button to open the Windows System Parameters dialog. The Windows features selected in the Windows System Parameters dialog are disabled when JAWS starts, and are enabled again when JAWS closes. Features that were disabled before JAWS started are not enabled when JAWS is closed. Disabling these items improves JAWS functionality, so we recommend you leave all items checked. For more information on these features, refer to Windows Help.
Enable Enforced Write Protect
The Enable Enforced Write Protect check box is available in the Windows System Parameters dialog box. It is recommended that you leave this check box cleared if you use your computer for multi-session work, such as Citrix/Terminal Services remote access or fast user switching. You should also leave this check box cleared if your network administrator uses service management software to install updates or make changes to your computer remotely. If you select this check box, your network administrator cannot update or modify JAWS files remotely.
|Note: You cannot select this check box if Fast User Switching is enabled in Windows. |
Advanced
Choose the Advanced button to open a dialog box containing the following additional JAWS options:
Try Remote Access Speech on Startup - If you clear this check box, JAWS uses the host's speech synthesizer and sound card to provide speech feedback during remote JAWS sessions and when using PAC Mate Desktop. For example, if you clear this check box and use PAC Mate Desktop, JAWS speaks through your computer's speakers rather than your PAC Mate's speakers.
Try Remote Access Braille on Startup - If you clear this check box, JAWS uses the host's default braille display during remote JAWS sessions and when using PAC Mate Desktop. For example, if you clear this check box and use PAC Mate Desktop, JAWS displays information on the braille display connected to your computer rather than your PAC Mate's braille display.
Use Authorization from PAC Mate - Clear this check box if you want to make use of third-party scripts that are locked to your JAWS serial number while using PAC Mate Desktop. Remote JAWS will use the computer's authorization information (including the serial number) instead of the PAC Mate's information. This check box is selected by default.
Enable Remote Access Client - Select this check box if you want to use JAWS during terminal sessions. You can clear this check box if you will not be using JAWS when you connect remotely to another computer. You must purchase the remote access option for your software license to use JAWS during terminal sessions. Enable Remote Access Server - Select this check box if users that connect remotely to your computer will be using JAWS during their terminal sessions. If you clear this check box, remote JAWS users will not have speech and braille access to terminal sessions.
Run JAWS Without Speech - Select this check box if you want JAWS to run without speech. Note that you will still have braille support while speech is off. The setting takes effect immediately and does not require a JAWS restart. If you want to temporarily run JAWS without speech, but you want speech available the next time you start JAWS, choose No Speech from the Voice Profiles submenu, which is located in the JAWS Language menu.
Back Next
Braille Basic Settings
To change your braille basic settings, open the Options menu and choose braille. This topic documents the settings available in the Braille Basic Settings Dialog.
Default Braille Display
Use this combo box to select the default braille display. The default braille display is active each time you start JAWS.
Modify Settings
Select this button to open a dialog to modify connection settings for the default braille display.
Add Braille Display
Select this button to add a braille display for use with JAWS.
Advanced
Selecting this button opens the Settings Center and places you in the Braille group so you can configure additional braille options. This button is not available when running a Network Client version of JAWS.
Show Braille Load Error
If this check box is checked, when JAWS starts, a message is displayed when the default braille display driver cannot be loaded.
OK
When you select this button, any changes you have made are saved, and you are returned to the JAWS application window.
Cancel
When you select this button, any changes you have made are discarded, and you are returned to the JAWS application window.
Back Next
Voice Adjustment
Use the Voice Adjustment dialog box to create a new or edit an existing voice profile. A voice profile consists of a synthesizer, voice, and other speech parameters. You can customize these settings to create a unique voice profile for any application on your computer, and then give the profile an easily identifiable name for quick selection in the future. For example, if you want to create a proofreading profile to use when reviewing Word documents, you could start with the Eloquence synthesizer, slow the speech rate, and then save it as the Word Proofreading voice profile. The next time you are reviewing a Word document, you can press INSERT+CTRL+S and select Word Proofreading for the Microsoft Word voice profile.
The Voice Adjustment dialog box lets you start with a synthesizer's factory default settings to use as a template, so that in addition to application specific profiles, you can change and save speech settings so that they apply globally for all JAWS speech in any application. After configuring a JAWS default profile, you can quickly switch between it and others by pressing INSERT+CTRL+S.
The following describes the Voice Adjustment settings.
Profile Name
Use this combo box to select the voice profile that you want to use. This provides a starting point for you to modify various options in this dialog box. After customizing your voice settings, you can name it and save it as a new profile using the Save As button.
Delete Profile
Use this button to delete a voice profile. This button is not available for the standard Eloquence - (factory), SAPI 5 - (factory), and Vocalizer Expressive - (factory) voice profiles.
Synthesizer Language
Use the combo box to select a synthesizer language that you want the selected profile to use. The available languages are determined by the speech synthesizer you are using. This combo box also lists different dialects, or accents, for the same language if voices for those dialects are installed. For instance, English (United States) or English (United Kingdom).
You can configure different voice settings for each available language and save them in the same voice profile. For example, if English is the primary language in the profile, you can configure the Rate, Punctuation, Pitch, and so on. If you also have one or more Spanish voices available, you could then select Spanish from this combo box, and then configure a different rate, pitch, or punctuation level that will automatically be used when JAWS switches to that language. Note that if you have voices for different dialects in the same language, such as English (United States) and English (United Kingdom), the same voice settings will apply for all dialects in the same language.
|Tip: Press CTRL+WINDOWS Key+L to switch languages in the currently active voice profile. |
Set Language as Primary
This button sets the currently selected synthesizer language as the primary language for this profile. This option is not available if the primary language is currently selected.
By default, the primary language is the same as the language of the installed version of JAWS. For instance, if you are using English JAWS, the primary language for the profile is English. For Spanish JAWS, the primary language for the profile is Spanish.
Speak Sample
This button speaks a sample of the currently selected voice using the current voice settings.
Voice Group Box
Use the Voice controls to change various characteristics of synthesized speech in JAWS. Adjust
You can configure JAWS so that slight variations to JAWS speech are heard when using different cursors, for example, the PC Cursor versus the JAWS Cursor, or when navigating different parts of an application's interface, for example, menus and dialog boxes, or when listening to helpful information such as tutor messages. The Adjust combo box lets you select specific voice context and then set various voice parameters, such as speech rate and pitch, so that you can easily distinguish where and what JAWS is reading on your computer screen. The following describes the items in the Adjust combo box.
All Context - When selected, you can make one set of changes to the Voice controls that can then be applied at once to the PC Cursor Voice, JAWS Cursor Voice, Keyboard Voice, Tutor and Message Voice, and Menu and Dialog Voice items listed in this combo box.
PC Cursor Voice - The PC Cursor is the primary cursor used in JAWS. It corresponds to the system focus. To use a specific voice to distinguish when JAWS is reading a document, moving through or selecting options or icons, and performing most standard Windows functions, select PC Cursor and then change voice parameters such as speech rate, pitch, person, and so on.
JAWS Cursor Voice - The JAWS Cursor is linked to mouse pointer functions in Windows and other applications. Select JAWS Cursor and then change other voice settings in the Voice group to differentiate when the JAWS Cursor is active. Keyboard Voice - Use the Keyboard voice when you want JAWS to announce characters and words in a different voice when typing echo is on. To customize the Keyboard voice, select this item and then change voice settings such as rate, pitch, and so on.
Tutor and Message Voice - Use this item when you want tutor messages announced in a specific voice. A tutor message can provide navigation tips in Windows and other applications. For example, if you press ALT to access an application's menu bar, JAWS announces the message, "To navigate, press LEFT or RIGHT ARROW." To customize the Tutor and Message voice, select this item and then change voice settings such as rate, pitch, and so on.
Menu and Dialog Voice - Use this item to hear menus and dialog boxes announced using different voice settings.
Person
Use the Person list to select which synthesizer voice you want to use with a specific synthesizer language from the Language combo box or voice context from the Adjust combo box. The voices that are available are determined by which speech synthesizer is currently in use.
Rate
Use this scroll bar to adjust the rate of speech for the currently selected synthesizer. Press RIGHT ARROW, UP ARROW, or PAGE UP to increase the speech rate. Press LEFT ARROW, DOWN ARROW, or PAGE DOWN to decrease the speech rate.
Punctuation
This combo box allows you to specify how much punctuation JAWS speaks. Available options are None, Some, Most, and All. Most is selected by default.
|Note: The punctuation level can only be configured for the All Context item in the Adjust combo box. |
Pitch
The Pitch slider allows you to adjust the pitch for the currently selected voice. Note that some SAPI5 synthesizers do not support pitch change like Eloquence, Vocalizer Expressive, and some other hardware and software synthesizers.
Volume
Use this scroll bar to adjust the volume of some hardware speech synthesizers. Press LEFT ARROW, DOWN ARROW, or PAGE DOWN to decrease the synthesizer volume. Press RIGHT ARROW, UP ARROW, or PAGE UP to increase the synthesizer volume. If you are using Eloquence as the speech synthesizer, use the system volume to adjust volume control.
Spell Rate Change Percent
Enter a value that will decrease the speech rate when JAWS spells words or lines. This item is only available for some synthesizers and when the Adjust combo box is set to All Context.
Upper Case Pitch Case Percent
Enter a value to vary the pitch when you type or navigate across capital letters. This item is only available for some synthesizers including Eloquence and Vocalizer Expressive, and when the Adjust combo box is set to All Context.
OK
This button saves any changes made and then closes the Voice Adjustment dialog box. This button is not available when changes are made to any factory default voice profile template. You must use the Save As button to save any changes made to a factory template.
Save As
Choose this button to save your current voice settings as part of a voice profile. Type a name for your voice profile or select an existing profile from the list. If you select an existing profile, that profile's individual voice settings will be overwritten by the new settings when you choose OK.
Apply
Use this button to apply and save any changes made to the voice profile settings without exiting the Voice Adjustment dialog box.
Cancel
When you select this button, any changes you have made are discarded, and the Voice Adjustment dialog box closes.
Back Next
Application Specific Voice Settings
You can define voice settings so that JAWS uses a particular synthesizer, voice, and language for any application on your computer. These settings are saved as voice profiles, which you can easily select on the fly for any application by pressing INSERT+CTRL+S. JAWS ships with several factory voice profiles based on the synthesizers installed on your computer. (At a minimum, the Eloquence speech synthesizer will always be available.) This makes it easy for you to use these settings as a template for future voice profiles that you create and save for JAWS and other applications.
Note: The Vocalizer Expressive Profile is only available if you have downloaded and installed a Vocalizer Expressive voice.
Selecting a Voice Profile for an Application
To select a voice profile for an application, do the following:
1. Make sure that JAWS focus is in the application and then press INSERT+CTRL+S to open the Select a Voice Profile dialog box. It contains a combo box labeled Default, which assigns a voice profile that is used globally by JAWS, and the For combo box, which assigns a voice profile for a specific application.
2. If JAWS focus is in the Default combo box, press TAB to move to the For combo box.
3. Press UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW to scroll through the list of voice profiles, and then press ENTER to select a voice profile. The dialog box closes and JAWS now uses the selected profile for the open application.
Note: If you select Use Default, which is the first item in the combo box list, JAWS will use the same voice profile currently selected in the Default combo box for the current application.
Creating a New Voice Profile
To create a new voice profile using a factory template, do the following:
1. Press INSERT+J to make the JAWS window active.
2. Press ALT+O to choose the Options menu.
3. Press V and then press ENTER to open the Voice Adjustment dialog box.
4. In the Profile Name combo box, select a factory template voice profile, for example, Eloquence - (factory), SAPI 5 - (factory), and Vocalizer Expressive - (factory) voice profiles.
5. Press TAB to move through and change voice settings. For additional information about voice settings, see Voice Adjustment.
6. When finished, do one of the following:
Press ALT+S to open the Save Voice Profile dialog box, type a unique name that can easily be identified with the voice profile, and then press ENTER, or Press ALT+S to open the Save Voice Profile dialog box, and press ENTER to save the profile using the factory template name. This action will create a new voice profile using the same template name, for example, Eloquence, but will not overwrite the original factory template, for example, Eloquence - (factory).
7. Select Yes to make the new voice profile the JAWS default, or select No to continue.
8. Press ENTER to close the Voice Adjustment dialog box.
Deleting a Voice Profile
To delete a voice profile, do the following:
1. Press INSERT+J to make the JAWS window active.
2. Press ALT+O to choose the Options menu.
3. Press V and then press ENTER to open the Voice Adjustment dialog box.
4. In the Profile Name combo box, select the voice profile that you want to delete.
5. Press TAB to move to the Delete button and then press SPACEBAR twice to delete the profile. Eloquence - (factory) now becomes the voice profile.
|Note: You cannot delete factory voice profile templates. The Delete button is not available for the standard Eloquence - |
|(factory), SAPI 5 - (factory), Vocalizer Expressive - (factory), and other factory voice profiles. |
6. Select another voice profile in the Profile Name combo box, or press ENTER to close the Select a Voice Profile dialog box.
Back Next
Adding Speech for Special Symbols
While JAWS correctly represents the most frequently used symbols with speech, you may need to add new ones. If you are reading a document and find that JAWS misrepresents or does not announce a symbol, do the following:
1. Open Settings Center (INSERT+F2) and expand the Images and Symbols group.
2. Select the Speak Character Value in Hex check box.
3. Choose OK to save changes and close Settings Center.
4. Return to your document. Move the cursor to a lowercase letter "a" (type one if none are present) and press NUM PAD 5 three times quickly. JAWS should say, “Character U+61HEX”. If you hear anything else, do not proceed with these steps.
5. Move the cursor to the character whose speech representation you want to change and press NUM PAD 5 three times quickly to obtain the hexadecimal unicode value of the character. Be sure to make a note of this value, as you will need it in the next steps.
6. Using a text editor like Notepad, open the .sbl file for the active synthesizer. This file is located in your user settings folder (C:\Documents and Settings\[User Name]\Application Data\Freedom Scientific\JAWS\X (where X is the JAWS version number)\Settings\Enu). If your user settings folder does not contain Eloq.sbl, then look for it in the shared settings folder.
|Note: Character definitions are specific to your synthesizer and selected language. For example, if you are using Eloquence and |
|American English, you should open the file named Eloq.sbl and modify the section named [American English]. |
8. At the bottom of the appropriate section for your language, add a new entry for the specific symbol you want JAWS to speak. The entry should be in the following format:
U+XXXX=SpokenRepresentation
(Where XXXX is the unicode hexadecimal value of the symbol, and "SpokenRepresentation" is the desired pronunciation).
9. Save your changes to the .sbl file, and then quit and restart JAWS. Your speech changes should now take effect.
Related Topics:
Adding and Modifying Braille Symbols
About Cursors
JAWS provides many ways to access information and navigate within Windows. The cursor you use to access Windows determines what information JAWS reads. This section provides an overview of the means for accessing Windows, and detailed information on the cursors used within JAWS. You will find information on the following topics:
Using the PC Cursor Using the JAWS Cursor Using the Virtual PC Cursor Using the Braille Cursor
Using the Touch Cursor
Back Next
Using the PC Cursor
The PC Cursor is the primary cursor used in JAWS. It corresponds to the system focus. The PC Cursor is used to navigate menus, edit text in documents, and to navigate in dialog boxes. The PC Cursor is used for most standard Windows functions, and provides a high degree of functionality. The PC Cursor is active when JAWS is first started, but if you switch to another cursor, you can press NUM PAD PLUS to make the PC Cursor active once again.
The PC Cursor can only go where the system focus can go, and this does limit the access it provides to the Windows environment.
See also:
JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text
Navigation - Information Keystrokes
JAWS Keystrokes for Working in Dialog Boxes
Back Next
Using the JAWS Cursor
The JAWS Cursor is very useful when working in Windows. It corresponds to the system mouse. The JAWS Cursor is used to manipulate the system mouse, read static text to which the PC Cursor does not have access, and to access other parts of Windows to which the PC Cursor cannot be moved. The JAWS Cursor is also used to provide a quick overview of the information currently available on the screen. Press NUM PAD DASH to make the JAWS Cursor active.
Find information in the following areas: Restricting the JAWS Cursor
Using the Mouse Buttons
Restricting the JAWS Cursor
The JAWS Cursor has several separate levels related to where it can move on the computer screen. Each time you press INSERT+R with the JAWS Cursor active, the next level of restriction is set and announced. The following describes these restrictions.
Real Window Restrictions
Technically, a real window is any window having a name. Although this is not always the case, most real windows have names. Examples of real windows include dialog boxes and application main windows. The Real Window Restriction limits the JAWS or Invisible cursors to these windows.
Application Window Restriction
When the JAWS Cursor is within the Parent Window with focus, the cursor does not move outside the Parent window when using standard navigation keys such as PAGE UP PAGE DOWN, HOME, END, or arrow keys.
Current Window Restriction
When put in this mode, the JAWS Cursor is restricted to the current window that it is in at that moment. This is useful to restrict movement and reading to a control such as a list box without having to hear other information outside of that specific control. The cursor does not move outside the Window with standard navigation keys such as PAGE UP PAGE DOWN, HOME, END, or arrow keys.
Focus Window Restriction
A focus window is the window that currently has the system focus. This generally refers to the window that contains the insertion point, caret, or highlight bar. Focus Window Restriction limits the JAWS or Invisible cursor to the window that currently has system focus. For example, an edit window where you type an e-mail reply is considered to be the focus window because it contains the insertion point or system focus.
Frame Restriction
When put in this mode, the JAWS Cursor is restricted to the current frame that it is in at that moment. This is useful to restrict movement and reading to an area of an application you define. The cursor does not move outside the frame with standard navigation keys such as PAGE UP PAGE DOWN, HOME, END, or arrow keys. For more information about frames, refer to Introduction to Frames.
Unrestricted
In Unrestricted Mode, with the JAWS Cursor active, you can freely roam the entire screen regardless of the number of Windows open or how they appear on the screen. Using this mode, you can easily browse the screen line by line and get an understanding of everything available on the screen.
Using the Mouse Buttons
The JAWS Cursor corresponds to the system mouse, allowing you to move the mouse pointer. JAWS provides the additional functionality of keystrokes to simulate clicking the mouse buttons. For more information, please see Keystrokes for Cursors and Mouse Simulation.
Back Next
Using the Invisible Cursor
The Invisible Cursor allows you to move around the screen without changing the position of the PC Cursor or mouse pointer. You can use this cursor to read text and access options that you cannot move to with the PC Cursor. You can also use the Invisible Cursor to provide a quick overview of the information currently available on the screen. To activate the Invisible Cursor, press NUM PAD MINUS twice quickly. Use the standard JAWS reading commands to move the Invisible Cursor around the screen.
Like the JAWS Cursor, the movement of the Invisible Cursor is restricted by the boundaries of the window unless you change the cursor restriction by pressing INSERT+R. However, the Invisible Cursor is not visible on the screen because it does not bring the mouse pointer to its location.
|Tip: For more information on restricting the Invisible Cursor, see Using the JAWS Cursor. |
If you do not want to move the JAWS Cursor from its current position, it is recommended that you use the Invisible Cursor. For example, sometimes informative text appears on the screen, usually in the status bar, when the mouse pointer is at a particular location. If you try to use the JAWS Cursor to read this text, the mouse pointer moves with it and the text disappears.
Back Next
Using the Virtual Cursor
Text in a web page is very much like the static text in a Windows status message. The PC Cursor cannot move to this text as there is no insertion point. The JAWS Cursor can access this text, but this is not the most effective way to access larger documents such as those often found on the World Wide Web.
When using Internet Explorer 5 or later (or programs that tie into the core components of Internet Explorer), JAWS provides the Virtual Cursor to simulate an insertion point. This provides you similar functionality to that found in any word processing document. Read text by word, line, sentence, or paragraph, or select and copy text to the Windows clipboard. The Virtual Cursor is active by default in applications that support it. If you switch to another cursor, press NUM PAD PLUS to make the Virtual Cursor active again.
You can turn the Virtual Cursor off entirely, but this seriously limits functionality. Toggle the Virtual Cursor on and off by pressing INSERT+Z.
Routing the Virtual Cursor to the PC Cursor
Press INSERT+DELETE to route the Virtual Cursor to the PC Cursor. Using this command moves the Virtual Cursor to the current location of the PC Cursor. This makes using Web forms easier, and is also useful on pages where a form control is automatically made active when the page loads.
Routing the PC Cursor to the Virtual Cursor
You can press CTRL+INSERT+DELETE to route the PC Cursor to the Virtual Cursor. Using this command moves the PC Cursor (and the application focus) to the current location of the Virtual Cursor. Visually, the page will scroll so that the area containing Virtual Cursor is visible on the screen. This command is the opposite of the Route Virtual to PC Cursor command (INSERT+DELETE).
Routing the Virtual Cursor to the JAWS Cursor
You can press INSERT+NUM PAD PLUS to route the Virtual Cursor to the JAWS Cursor. Using this command moves the Virtual Cursor to the current location of the mouse pointer and can help sighted users navigate Web pages.
An Overview of Internet Explorer
Microsoft Internet Explorer is a web browser. It allows you to view HTML based documents, and navigate through the World Wide Web. JAWS, when used with Internet Explorer 5 or later, provides unparalleled access to the Internet. Navigate and read framed information in the order in which it is presented. Navigate and read tables in a logical order. Access dialogs listing the links on a page, or the frames on a page. Access and fill out web-based forms. For more information on using Internet Explorer with JAWS, please see Internet Explorer.
Forms Mode
Forms and form controls are often found within web pages. These form controls are very similar to the controls found in standard dialog boxes. In Internet Explorer, JAWS provides Forms Mode for easy access to these form controls. To use Forms Mode, use the Virtual Cursor to locate a form control you would like to access. Press ENTER to enter Forms Mode. Enter information or change settings in the form control in the same manner you would in any dialog box. Press TAB or SHIFT+TAB to move between form controls without leaving Forms Mode. Press NUM PAD PLUS to exit Forms Mode.
|Note: If you use the Virtual Cursor to navigate to a form control, and attempt to make changes without entering Forms Mode, no changes|
|are made. JAWS echoes keyboard activity, so it may sound like information is being entered, but the form controls can only be accessed|
|after entering Forms Mode. For more information, please see Internet Explorer. |
Back Next
Using the Braille Cursor
The Braille Cursor allows you to review text in a document, separate from any of the other cursors in JAWS. Unlike the other JAWS cursors, the Braille Cursor is not limited to one particular character. Instead, the term Braille Cursor refers to the line of text currently shown on the braille display. As you use a braille display, you may notice raised or blinking dots under one character. The dots represent the active cursor, which is usually the PC cursor.
Movement of the Braille Cursor is done solely through the use of the display that you are using. Some displays may have commands that are not available to others, and the commands to perform each action vary. Some of the commands available using most or all displays include:
Move the Braille Cursor up or down by line
Move the active cursor up or down by line
Route the Braille Cursor to either the JAWS or PC cursor
Link or unlink the Braille Cursor to the active cursor
Pan left or right on the current line
Route the PC Cursor to a particular character on the braille display
Linking Cursors
JAWS provides three ways to link your Braille Cursor with the active cursor. Each of these modes can be helpful at different times, and can be changed through Settings Center.
The Braille Cursor can be completely unlinked from the active cursor. This allows you to navigate using either the Braille or the active cursor, without changing the position of the other. However, if you change the active cursor from JAWS to PC or vice versa, the Braille Cursor moves to the location of the activated cursor.
The Braille Cursor can be set to follow the active cursor. In this mode, moving the active cursor causes the Braille Cursor to move. You can still move the Braille Cursor without moving the active cursor. Most braille displays have a command which can be used to toggle between this mode and the previous one.
You can choose to tether the Braille Cursor to the active cursor. In this mode, moving either the Braille or the active cursor causes the other to move. When moving the Braille Cursor, the active cursor follows but does not cause JAWS to speak.
|Note: The above options only affect line mode. If you use structured mode, and are viewing a structured line, movement of either the |
|Braille or the active cursor automatically moves both cursors. |
Back Next
Using the Touch Cursor
Certain applications, especially many of the modern-style apps found in Windows 8, do not always work as expected with JAWS when navigating with the standard cursors such as the PC and Virtual PC cursors. Activating the new Touch Cursor enables you to use the ARROW keys on your computer's keyboard, or the controls on your braille display, to navigate through the actual objects in an application similar to using gestures on the touch screen of a tablet. Application objects include everything from menu bars, toolbars, and progress bars, to form controls, regions, links, etc. Press SHIFT+NUM PAD PLUS, or SHIFT+CAPS LOCK+SEMICOLON if using the laptop keyboard layout, to activate the Touch Cursor. To turn it off, activate one of the other cursors, like the JAWS or PC Cursor. Pressing the PC Cursor command (NUM PAD PLUS) will cause JAWS to say "Touch Cursor" and the Touch Cursor will remain active. If Tutor Messages are enabled, JAWS will also speak the message "Double tap to activate PC cursor". Press the PC Cursor command twice quickly to turn off the Touch Cursor and activate the PC Cursor.
The Touch Cursor is enabled by default in certain Windows 8 applications to improve navigation. These apps include News, Weather, and Store. Whenever you move focus to one of these apps, the Touch Cursor is automatically activated. To automatically enable the Touch Cursor in another application, press INSERT+V to open Quick Settings while focused in the application where you want to use the Touch Cursor, expand the Touch Cursor Options group, and then select Automatic Activation. You must do this for every application where you want to have JAWS automatically turn on the Touch Cursor.
Navigating With the Touch Cursor
To move to the next or previous object on the screen, press RIGHT or LEFT ARROW. You can also use TAB or SHIFT+TAB.
To move by a specific object type, press UP or DOWN ARROW. By default, the UP and DOWN ARROWS will move by regions, or by groups if you are on the Windows 8 Start Screen. To change what object type these commands move by, press PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN to cycle through the available types using the navigation rotor.
For example, if you want the UP or DOWN ARROW keys to move by headings, press PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN until you hear "headings. Now, pressing UP or DOWN ARROW will move to the next or previous heading.
Press CTRL+HOME to move to the first object and press CTRL+END to move to the last object. To announce the current object, press INSERT+UP ARROW. To perform a Say All, which will cause the Touch Cursor to move through the application and speak each object, press INSERT+DOWN ARROW.
As you navigate using the ARROW keys, the system focus does not follow the Touch Cursor. This allows you to freely navigate through objects without changing the position of the PC Cursor or mouse pointer. Pressing SPACEBAR or ENTER on the current object will move focus to that object and perform the appropriate action. For instance, opening a menu, selecting a check box, or activating a button or link. In addition, a rectangle will be displayed around the currently selected object to visually indicate the location of the Touch cursor for sighted users.
To quickly move the Touch Cursor to the object that currently has focus, press INSERT+NUM PAD PLUS, or CAPS LOCK+APOSTROPHE if using the laptop keyboard layout. JAWS will route the Touch Cursor to the currently selected object and announce it. The Touch Cursor will remain active after performing this command.
To determine what object types will be announced as you navigate with the Touch Cursor, press INSERT+V to open Quick Settings, expand the Touch Cursor Options group, then move to Configure Types. This group lists all available types that can be navigated to using the Touch Cursor. Use the SPACEBAR to select or clear a type. Types that are selected are announced while types that are not selected are ignored.
|Note: The Configure Types option only appears in Quick Settings if the Touch Cursor is currently active when Quick Settings is opened.|
Navigating the Windows 8 Start Screen
Previously, navigating Tiles on the new Windows 8 Start Screen was difficult to understand. Like a traditional desktop, the columns did not wrap, and because tiles can be different sizes, it was very difficult to orient yourself when moving with the PC focus. We now suggest you consider using the Touch Cursor mode to offer a more seamless and predictable way of learning the tiles and where they are located.
To begin, move focus to the Windows 8 Start Screen by pressing the WINDOWS key until you hear "Start Screen." Now you can activate the Touch Cursor by pressing SHIFT+NUM PAD PLUS on a Desktop keyboard or SHIFT+CAPS LOCK+SEMICOLON on a Laptop keyboard. With the Touch Cursor on, you can use the single-finger flick up and down gestures to move between the groups, or use UP and DOWN ARROWS to simulate the gestures, even if you do not have a touch screen. Note that groups are generally not named by default, so JAWS will refer to the Group name based on whatever the first tile is in the group that gains focus. At any point, you can use either a single-finger flick right or left on a Touch Screen or use the RIGHT and LEFT ARROWS to explore all tiles from your current location. If you locate a Tile for an application you wish to launch, simply double tap the touch screen with a single finger, or just press ENTER to launch the tile you are on.
Touch Cursor Navigation Quick Keys
While the Touch Cursor is active, you can use Navigation Quick Keys to quickly jump to various types of objects, such as regions, headings, links, form controls, and so on. These commands are similar to the Navigation Quick Keys that are used when navigating HTML and PDF documents with the Virtual PC Cursor.
By default, Touch Navigation Quick Keys are not enabled when the Touch Cursor is activated. This allows you to fully use applications that support typing in the main window. For example, the Windows 8 News app lets you type so you can quickly locate specific stories.
If you would like Touch Navigation Quick keys to be enabled automatically when the Touch Cursor is activated in a specific application, press INSERT+V to open Quick Settings while focused in the application, navigate to the Touch Cursor Options group, and select Touch Quick Keys. You can also press INSERT+Z while the Touch Cursor is active to temporarily toggle Touch Navigation Quick Keys on or off.
The following Navigation Quick Keys are available:
|Note: You can add the SHIFT Key to any of these commands to move to the previous occurrence of that element. |
A - Next radio button
B - Next button
C - Next combo box
D - Next document
E - Next edit field
F - Next form field
G - Next image
H - Next heading
I - Next list item
K - Next link
L - Next list
M - Next menu
O - Next tool bar
P - Next pane
Q - Next tab
R - Next region
S - Next occurrence of static text
T - Next table
U - Next group
V - Next tree view X - Next check box Z - Next status bar
Text Review
Text Review allows you to read the text contained inside an element using standard reading commands. If the element at the current Touch Cursor position has text, such as a news article, pressing NUM PAD SLASH or INSERT+ENTER will activate Text Review. You can then use the ARROW keys to read the text as if you were reading a regular document. Pressing the ESC key will exit Text Review and return to Touch Cursor navigation.
For example, in the News app, where the Touch Cursor is enabled by default, you could press UP or DOWN ARROW to move to the Top Stories region and then press RIGHT ARROW to move to a particular story. When you find the article you want to read, you can press INSERT+ENTER or NUM PAD SLASH to switch to Text Review so you can use the ARROW keys or the braille display to read the article. Once you are finished, press ESC to close Text Review and then use RIGHT or LEFT ARROW to select another article from the current region, or UP or DOWN ARROW to move to a different region.
By default, JAWS will play a sound when you enter or exit Text Review mode. If you would rather have JAWS speak a message, press INSERT+V to open Quick Settings, expand the Touch Cursor Options group, and clear the Use Sounds option.
Advanced Navigation
For advanced users, specifically those who may be involved with developing applications, Advanced Navigation provides more detail about all objects in the UIA (User Interface UAutomation) structure.
With the standard Touch Cursor, you can only navigate to objects that are visible on the screen in the current application. In Advanced Navigation, the Touch Cursor traverses all UIA objects in a hierarchical manner. All Objects, whether visible or not, can be traversed in Advanced Navigation.
To enable Advanced Navigation, press NUM PAD STAR, or CAPS LOCK+A if using the laptop keyboard layout, while the Touch Cursor is active. Once active, use the LEFT or RIGHT ARROW keys to move to the previous or next sibling object and the UP or DOWN ARROW keys to move to the parrent object or the first child object. To view more Advanced Navigation commands, press INSERT+H while this mode is active. Press NUM PAD STAR once more to turn off Advanced Navigation and return to the standard Touch Cursor.
See also:
Using JAWS with a Touch Screen
Back Next
Using JAWS with a Touch Screen
If you have a computer running Windows 8 or later that includes a touch screen, such as the SurfaceTM Pro tablet from Microsoft, you can control JAWS directly from the touch screen. To use a touch screen, you will use one or more fingers to perform various gestures right on the surface of the device's screen to to control JAWS and the tablet. To take full advantage of this feature, you need a touch screen that offers five or more touch points. This topic describes how you can use a touch screen to control JAWS.
Exploring the Screen
When you place a finger on the screen, JAWS will announce the object under your finger. You can then move your finger around the screen and JAWS will announce each object you encounter. This is a good way to explore and find out what items are available and where they are located. When you lift your finger and then tap the screen once, the current object at that point is spoken and selected. If you perform a double tap at that current point, the current object is activated. Once you become familliar with the location of objects, you can tap the part of the screen containing the object instead of having to explore to locate it. For example, in the Windows 8 Mail app, the Preview pane where the message body is displayed for the user, is positioned on the right side of the screen. So if you have moved through the inbox, and then want to move your focus to the message you are on, tapping on the right side of the screen will quickly get you to the message.
Gestures
Performing JAWS commands from a touch screen is accomplished by different touch gestures using one or more fingers. Gestures include taps, flicks, and swipes. The following sections describe these gestures.
Taps
Tap the screen quickly with one or more fingers. Tapping with one finger is called a tap, using 2 fingers is a 2-finger tap, and so on.
Tapping more than once quickly performs a multi-tap gesture. Tapping twice is a double tap, and three times is a triple tap. You can also use more than one finger in multi-tap gestures. For example, you can do a 2-finger double tap or three-finger triple tap.
Flicks and Swipes
Flicking and swiping are the primary navigation gestures and are used constantly. To flick, move one or more fingers very quickly across the screen in the direction of the flick. You can flick up, down, left, or right. For example, flick up, or two-finger flick right.
To swipe, move two or more fingers in a slower motion across the screen in a particular direction. You can swipe up, down, left, or right. For example, two-finger swipe up, or three-finger swipe right. You can also swipe in one direction and then quickly swipe in the opposite direction. For instance, two-finger swipe up-down.
Rotate
Place two fingers on the screen and then turn them in a circular motion either clockwise or counterclockwise as if you were turning a dial.
Pinch
To pinch in, place your thumb and index finger on the screen and pinch them together. To pinch out, place your thumb and index finger together on the screen and then spread them apart.
Touch Modes
The rotate gesture allows you to cycle between three gesture modes; Touch Navigation, Text Reading, and Speech Settings. Certain touch gestures will work differently depending on which mode is active. The following sections describe each mode.
Touch Navigation
In Touch Navigation mode, which is always the default mode, gestures move you to various objects on the screen.
To move to the next or previous object, flick right or flick left.
To move by a specific object type, flick down or flick up. To change what object type these gestures move by, perform a two-finger flick left or right to cycle through the available types using the navigation rotor.
For example, if you want the flick down and flick up gestures to move by headings, flick left or right with two fingers until you hear "headings. Now, flicking down or up will move to the next or previous heading.
Double tapping on the current object will move focus to that object and perform the appropriate action. For instance, opening a menu, selecting a check box, or activating a button or link.
Text Reading
Text Reading mode allows you to use gestures to navigate by character, word, line, and paragraph. You could activate this mode if you were on an object containing text, such as the body of a news article. Text Reading will also activate automatically if a text window opens, for instance, the Results Viewer.
To move to the next or prior character, perform a flick right or flick left.
To move to the next or prior word, perform a two-finger flick right or two-finger flick left. To move to the next or prior line, perform a flick down or flick up.
To move to the next or prior paragraph, perform a two-finger flick down or two-finger flick up.
Speech Settings
Speech Settings mode gives you a quick way to change commonly used settings that might normally require several steps to access. Currently, you can adjust the speech rate and change the main system volume.
To increase or decrease the speech rate, perform a flick right or flick left. To increase or decrease the main volume, perform a flick up or flick down.
JAWS Specific Touch Gestures
The following lists the available JAWS commands that can be performed using touch gestures:
Flick Right or Left: Move to the next or prior object (Touch Navigation), move to the
next or prior character (Text Reading), or increase or decrease the speech rate (Speech Settings).
Two-Finger Flick Right or Left: Cycle forward or backward through object navigation types such as regions, headings, list items, and so on (Touch Navigation) or move to the next or prior word (Text Reading).
Flick Down or Up: Move to the next or prior object by type as specified using the two-Finger Flick Left or Right gesture (Touch Navigation), move to the next or prior line (Text Reading), or decrease or increase the main volume (Speech Settings). Two-Finger Flick Up: Say the current object (Touch Navigation) or move to the prior paragraph (Text Reading).
Two-Finger Flick Down: Begin a Say All (Touch Navigation) or move to the next paragraph (Text Reading).
Three-Finger Flick Left or Right: Move to the beginning or end of the current line in Text Reading.
Three-Finger Flick Up or Down: Move to the first or last object (Touch Navigation) or move to the beginning or end of the text area (Text Reading).
Two-Finger Swipe Right-Left: Same as pressing the ESC key on the keyboard. Two-Finger Swipe Up-Down: Close the current application.
Three-Finger Swipe Down: Scroll up.
Three-Finger Swipe Up: Scroll down.
Three-Finger Swipe Left: Scroll right.
Three-Finger Swipe Right: Scroll left.
Two-Finger Pinch In or Out: Enable or disable the Windows 8 Semantic Zoom feature.
Two-Finger Tap: Silence speech.
Double Tap: Activate the currently selected object. For example, it will expand or
collapse a tree view, select or clear a check box, increase the value in a slider control, or activate a button or link.
Two-Finger Double Tap: Same as pressing the APPLICATIONS key on the keyboard to open a context menu.
Triple Tap: Select or clear an item in a list or decrease the value in a slider control. Three-Finger Double Tap: Toggle speech on or off.
Four-Finger Tap: Display gesture context help.
Four-Finger Double Tap: Display a list of all available JAWS gestures.
Four-Finger Triple Tap: Enter a gesture practice mode where you can perform gestures and receive a brief overview of each gesture. This is similar to Keyboard Help.
Five-Finger Tap: Open the Run JAWS Manager dialog box. Five-Finger Double Tap: Open the JAWS main window. Five-Finger Triple Tap: Exit JAWS.
See also:
Using the Touch Cursor
Back Next
Overview of the JAWS Utilities
JAWS provides several utilities used to customize how JAWS works with the applications you use. Customizing JAWS allows you to make any changes that might be necessary to provide you more complete access to your programs. This topic provides an overview of the JAWS utilities.
The Run JAWS Manager Dialog
Press INSERT+F2 at any time for quick access to a dialog listing the JAWS Managers and utilities. The managers and utilities available in this dialog are listed below with a brief description of each.
Custom Highlight Assign
Use Custom Highlight Assign to specify colors that are then recognized by JAWS as highlighted. This is very useful in applications that do not use Windows colors, or do not allow you to modify preset color settings. For more information, please refer to Custom Highlight Colors.
Custom Label, Custom Label Delete, and Custom Label Delete All
These options are only available in Internet Explorer, Adobe Acrobat/Reader, Microsoft Word, and HTML documents that use the virtual cursor. Use the Custom Label option to assign a custom label to the current HTML link, HTML image, or form field/control. Use the Custom Label Delete option to delete the label assigned to the current item. Use the Custom Label Delete All option to delete all custom labels on the current page or document. For more information on using this feature, see Custom Labels.
Customize List View
A list view is an area in a window or dialog box that contains one or more items, such as files, folders, records, and so on. The list view usually contains multiple columns that display information about each item in the list. You can use the Customize List View feature to change how JAWS provides you with information about the columns and items in certain list views. For more information, please refer to Customizing List Views.
Dictionary Manager
Use Dictionary Manager to specify how JAWS pronounces words, allowing you to more easily recognize spoken information and to work more effectively. For more information, please refer to Dictionary Manager.
Flexible Web
Use Flexible Web to hide content on Web pages that may interrupt the reading experience, such as advertisements. You can also specify where JAWS begins reading on a specific page. For more information, please refer to Flexible Web.
Frame Viewer
Use Frame Viewer to specify areas within an application window that can then be set to be read with a keystroke, in response to some change in the program, or to silence a change in the application that you do not want to hear. For more information, please refer to Frame Viewer
Graphics Labeler
Graphics Labeler allows you to assign text labels to graphics. The text labels are then automatically read when labeled graphics are encountered by the active cursor. For more information, please refer to Graphics Labeler.
Keyboard Manager
Use Keyboard Manager to review, add, or change keystrokes assigned to listed actions. For more information, please refer to Keyboard Manager.
Mark Colors in Braille
Use Mark Colors in Braille to specify text colors to be identified when the Color attribute is selected in the Braille Marking group in Settings Center. For more information, see Braille Group options.
Navigation Quick Keys
Use this manager to view a list of the current Navigation Quick Key assignments for the actions associated with the current application. For more, see Navigation Quick Keys Manager.
Prompt Creator/Modifier
Prompts are the labels spoken when you navigate to a control. However, these labels are not always automatically spoken. Use Prompt Creator to specify the label JAWS speaks for specific controls, and even include a custom tutor message to provide helpful navigation tips. For more information, refer to Creating a Prompt.
Quick Settings
Use Quick Settings to change settings in the application that is currently active. For more information, see Quick Settings Overview.
Research It
Research It allows you to access data and then easily return to your primary task. It uses what is known as a lookup source and the Results Viewer. You can use it to find information, whether it is the meaning of a word, your local weather forecast, top news stories, sports scores, directions to and information about a local business. For more information, see Research It.
Script Manager
Use Script Manager to write and compile scripts - small programs - that can greatly alter how JAWS functions within applications. For more information on Script Manager and writing scripts, please refer to Characteristics of the Script Manager.
Search for Commands
The JAWS Command Search feature enables you to enter a full or partial description of a JAWS command whose keystroke you do not remember and displays a list of results that match your search criteria. The results include the name of the command, a brief description, and the keystrokes that are used to perform the command. For more information, refer to JAWS Command Search.
Settings Center
Settings Center allows you to modify many settings that determine what information JAWS reads, and how much of it is read. You can also modify configuration settings for braille options and synthesizer options. For more information, please refer to Settings Center.
Settings Packager
Settings Packager is a program that allows you to import and export speech and sound schemes, PlaceMarkers, and personalized Web settings (including custom labels). For information about using this program, start Settings Packager by selecting this option, open the Help menu, and choose Help Topics.
Skim Reading Tool
Use the Skim Reading Tool to change your skim reading preferences. This also allows you to create, select, edit, and delete skim reading text rules. You can start skim reading with your current preferences at any time by pressing CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW. For more information, please refer to Skim Reading Dialog.
Window Class Reassign
A Windows class is a programming level label for a window or control. Some programs use non-standard Window classes, making it difficult for JAWS to recognize and read them properly. Windows Class Reassign allows you to specify a standard Windows class assignment that JAWS can recognize and access. For more information, please refer to Window Classes Dialog.
Merge Utility
Use the Merge Utility to import your settings from a previous version of JAWS. For more information, please refer to Using the Merge Utility.
Default or Application Settings
Settings changed in the JAWS managers and utilities can be made at a default or application level. Default level changes affect all applications, while application level changes affect only the current application. For example, if you press INSERT+F2 and select a manager while Word is active, changes you make only apply to Word.
In several of the managers, if you press CTRL+SHIFT+D before making changes, your changes take place on a default level.
Next
Back Section
An Overview of Windows Versions
Over the years, JAWS has kept pace with the numerous versions of Windows that have been released. All of the versions of Windows have marked similarities. Applications will appear similar, all have a Start Menu, all have a Control Panel. You will find Windows Explorer in each of these versions of Windows. You will also find very similar dialog boxes with familiar settings. If our directions indicate you should modify a setting in a specific section of Windows, you might not find the exact setting we mention, but you should find a variation of it within the same area. Generally, the basic concept of what needs to be done is as important as the specific directions of how to do it. Despite the similarities in appearance, there are major differences between the differing versions of Windows. While many of these differences are "behind the scenes" it can be important to remember that they exist.
Operating System Considerations
JAWS supports Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista. If you are new to JAWS and must use an older Windows operating system, please refer to the Previous JAWS for Windows Downloads page for an appropriate JAWS version.
The following topics discuss important information that can make JAWS work more effectively:
Windows 7 and JAWS
Back Next
Using the Clipboard
The Clipboard is a Windows feature that allows you to copy items from one location and then paste them in another location. You can copy text from form fields, Web pages, documents, edit boxes, the JAWS Virtual Viewer, and any other place where you can select text. You can also copy files in Windows Explorer. Items that you copy are placed on the Clipboard, an invisible region that operates in the background throughout Windows. When you copy an item to the Clipboard, it replaces any item that was already there. The keystroke for copying the currently selected item to the Clipboard in any program is always CTRL+C.
The Cut command is similar to the Copy command. However, items that you cut are deleted, in addition to being copied to the Clipboard. The Cut command is useful for moving items to other locations. The keystroke for the Cut command is always CTRL+X.
To tell Windows which item you want to copy or cut, you must select it first. The process for selecting items varies by program. For information on selecting files in Windows Explorer, see Using Windows Explorer. To select text, use the following Windows commands:
Select the next character to the left of the cursor – SHIFT+LEFT ARROW Select the next character to the right of the cursor – SHIFT+RIGHT ARROW Select the next word to the left of the cursor - CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT ARROW Select the next word to the right of the cursor – CTRL+SHIFT+RIGHT ARROW Select all text between the cursor and the beginning of the line – SHIFT+HOME Select all text between the cursor and the end of the line – SHIFT+END
Select all text between the cursor and the beginning of the current document – CTRL+SHIFT+HOME
Select all text between the cursor and the end of the current document – CTRL+SHIFT+END
Select all text in the current document – CTRL+A
After you select the text you want to copy, press CTRL+C or CTRL+X to place that text on the Clipboard.
|Note: To read the Clipboard contents, press WINDOWS Key+INSERT+X. |
Pasting Items
Any items that you have placed on the Clipboard can be inserted, or "pasted," into a document, edit box, folder, and other locations. To paste an item from the Clipboard, press CTRL+V. If there is text on the Clipboard, it is inserted at the current location of the PC Cursor. The item that you pasted remains on the Clipboard, so you can copy it elsewhere if necessary.
Using FSClipboard
FSClipboard extends the functionality of the Windows Clipboard. When you use the Windows Copy (CTRL+C) or Cut (CTRL+X) commands to place text on the Clipboard, it replaces any text already there. When using the FSClipboard feature, text that you copy is added to any text that you have previously copied to the Clipboard. This allows you to continue adding text to the Clipboard until you are ready to paste it into a document. You can only copy text with the FSClipboard feature.
To add text to the Clipboard, select it using the text selection commands, and then press INSERT+WINDOWS Key+C. The text is appended to the end of any text already on the Clipboard. To paste all the text that you have placed on the Clipboard so far, use the Windows Paste command (CTRL+V). The text is inserted into your document at the current location of the cursor. Each block of text that you copied is separated by a blank line.
|Note: If you attempt to add the same selection of text to the Clipboard more than once, the text is not added. This feature is |
|intended to reduce unintentional duplication. |
All formatting is removed from text that you copy using the FSClipboard feature. This can be useful in programs like Microsoft Word if you do not want to include styles, numbering, and other formatting information when you paste text into a document.
If you want to replace all of the text on the Clipboard with a new text selection, use CTRL+C or CTRL+X instead of WINDOWS Key+C. JAWS asks if you want to overwrite your previously saved items. Choose Yes to replace all the text on the Clipboard with the new selection.
Viewing the Contents of the Clipboard
If text has been copied to the Clipboard, you can press the layered keystroke
INSERT+SPACEBAR, C to display the contents of the Clipboard in the Results Viewer. The title of the Results Viewer window that contains the Clipboard contents is called Clipboard Text.
For example, you could use CTRL+C to copy text to the Clipboard, then use INSERT+WINDOWS Key+C to append text to the Clipboard from other sources. Once you have added all of the text you want, press INSERT+SPACEBAR followed by C to display the Clipboard contents in the Results Viewer. At this point, you can choose any portion of the text in the Results Viewer window and copy it to the clipboard. Once you do this, the clipboard text is overwritten and the text previously collected is no longer associated with the clipboard. However, the text is still available in the Results Viewer, as long as that window stays open. This means you can repeatedly copy any text to the clipboard and paste it wherever you want.
You could also use CTRL+C to copy a large block of text to the Clipboard, press INSERT+SPACEBAR, C to display it in the Results Viewer, and then select and copy smaller blocks of text from the clipboard text viewer to paste in different locations.
|Note: When using CTRL+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW to select by paragraph, text that was broken up into several paragraphs in the original |
|document it was copied from may only be considered one paragraph in the Clipboard Text viewer. This is because appending text to the |
|Clipboard may strip text to a single paragraph. In most cases, paragraphs are indicated by two blank lines between text. However, in |
|applications like Microsoft Word, a paragraph can begin where a style changes, such as going from a heading to normal body text. These|
|style changes are removed when using INSERT+WINDOWS Key+C to append the selection to the Clipboard, which results in only one |
|paragraph. |
Back Next
Window List Dialog Box
This topic documents the settings available in the Window List dialog box. This dialog allows you to switch between running applications. To access this dialog, press INSERT+F10.
Running Applications
This list box lists the running applications that are displayed on the task bar. The window state of each application is also listed. The window state will be minimized, restored, or maximized. You can select a listed application and press ENTER to switch to that application.
Only Include On Top Windows
Select this check box to make it easier to interact with topmost windows, often referred to as On Top windows. These are application windows that pop up, without gaining focus or being in the ALT+TAB order. These are often found with firewall or antivirus programs and are intended to interrupt and provide information that must be acted on before continuing. You cannot minimize them or press ALT+TAB to move focus to another application.
When this check box is selected, the On Top windows are included in the JAWS Task List (also known as the Window List dialog box) so that you can check to see if one of these windows is present. If it is, you can switch focus to the window from the Window List dialog box using the Switch To button. You can quickly identify On Top windows in the Window List because they include the term "On Top" in the name.
Switch To
This button allows you to switch to the application selected in the Running Applications list box.
Cancel
This button allows you to exit the Window List dialog box without switching to a different application.
About
This button allows you to view a dialog containing copyright information for the Window List dialog box.
Back Next
Select a System Tray Icon Dialog Box
This topic documents the settings available in the Select a System Tray Icon dialog box. This dialog box allows you to access items in the system tray. To access this dialog box, press INSERT+F11.
System Tray Icon
This list box lists the icons that are displayed in the system tray. Select an item from the list and press ENTER to simulate a right single click of the mouse on the item. This will normally bring up a context menu providing access to the item’s options.
Right Single Click
This button can be used to simulate a right single click on the item currently selected in the System Tray Icon list box.
Left Single Click
This button can be used to simulate a left single click on the item currently selected in the System Tray Icon list box.
Left Double Click
This button can be used to simulate a left double click on the item currently selected in the System Tray Icon list box.
Cancel
This button allows you to exit the Select a System Tray Icon dialog box without taking any action on any system tray icons.
Back Next
Select a Symbol to Print Dialog Box
This topic documents the Select a Symbol to Print dialog box. This dialog allows you to insert certain symbols into a document. To access this feature, press INSERT+4.
Symbols List
This list box contains textual descriptions of the symbols that you can insert into your document. To insert the selected symbol, press ENTER or activate the OK Button.
Cancel
Activating the Cancel Button closes the dialog box without inserting any symbols.
Next
Back Section
Browsing the Internet
Microsoft Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox are programs called "browsers" that allow you to access the World Wide Web, read HTML documents on your computer, or view your local intranet site. These browsers don't just display information. They also help you find information and interact with other people using message boards, Web-based e-mail, shopping carts, and much more. Support for Macromedia Flash MX makes audio and video a part of the experience. JAWS provides the same powerful features for both browsers, allowing you to choose the one that best suits your needs.
|Note: JAWS works best with the latest versions of Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox. To download the latest browser, visit |
|Microsoft's Internet Explorer home page, or the Mozilla Firefox home page. |
When browsing the Web, JAWS gives you quick access to the information you need, and provides detailed information about the structure and organization of Web pages. Tables, lists, headings, and alternate text for images are all announced. The information comes right from the HTML used to create the page. HTML 4.0 is designed with accessibility in mind, and JAWS supports more of the built-in HTML accessibility features than any other screen reader.
Any time you read an HTML document, JAWS uses the Virtual Cursor. With the Virtual Cursor, you can read Web pages using the standard JAWS reading commands, use the TAB key to move through links and easily follow them, display lists of links or headings to quickly find and move to what you need, and easily move to and fill out Web-based forms.
To learn more about using the Internet, see the JAWS Help topic for your browser:
Microsoft Internet Explorer Mozilla Firefox
Alternatively, you can learn about the commands, keystrokes, and verbosity options for working with HTML documents, all of which are available in both browsers:
JAWS Commands for HTML Navigating Web Pages
Customizing Your Web Settings
Back Next
Convenient OCR
Frequently, you will encounter images that contain textual information. These can include a PDF file, the setup screen of an application, or the menu of selections for a DVD movie. While these images contain text that is readable by a sighted person, JAWS is unable to read the text as it is part of the image.
The Convenient OCR (Optical Character Recognition) feature enables you to access any image on the screen that includes text, or recognize all of the text in a PDF document. With just a few simple keystrokes, JAWS will recognize the image in a matter of seconds and activate the JAWS cursor so you can navigate the resulting text. The recognized text will be in the same location as the actual image on the screen. In order to differentiate the recognized text from other text that may be in the window, JAWS will use a different voice when it encounters the recognized text. When you activate the PC cursor, or switch to another application or dialog box, the text is removed and you will need to perform the OCR again.
If you open a PDF document and there is no text available to read, you can perform a keystroke that will recognize the entire document and place the resulting text into the Results Viewer for reading. You can then use standard reading commands to review the text or select and copy sections of content for pasting in other applications.
To use Convenient OCR, the following layered keystrokes are available:
INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, D. Recognizes the currently open PDF document. INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, W. Recognizes the current application window that has focus.
INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, S. Recognizes the entire screen.
INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, C. Recognizes the currently selected control, such as a graphical button.
INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, Q. Cancels recognition while it is in progress. INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, QUESTION MARK. Speaks a brief help message describing the commands in the OCR layer.
The following examples illustrate just some of the uses of this feature.
You insert a DVD movie into your computer which brings up a menu allowing you to select from various DVD features. You press INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, W and after a few seconds, JAWS will alert you that OCR is complete. At this point, the JAWS cursor will be active and you can navigate around the screen using the ARROW keys and read the text of the menu. When you hear the option you want, press NUMPAD SLASH to perform a left-mouse-click, or INSERT+NUMPAD PLUS to route PC to JAWS to activate the option. Prior to JAWS 13, this menu would have been completely inaccessible.
|Note: Depending on the type of screen the DVD displays and the quality of the text, the Convenient OCR may not always work. |
|Some DVD screens will be recognized better than others. |
You open a PDF in Adobe Reader which turns out to be inaccessible. Press
INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, D to have JAWS begin recognizing the entire document. After several seconds, the contents of the PDF file are displayed in the Results Viewer for reading. Use standard reading commands to review the text or select and copy sections of content for pasting in other applications. For example, you could select all, then copy and paste into a Microsoft Word document, which you could then save.
|Note: The OCR process takes longer for larger PDF files. As text is recognized, it is added to the end of the existing text already in|
|the Results Viewer. This allows you to continue reading without interruption as the document is processed. If you are currently not |
|reading using Say All, JAWS announces the current line as new text is added to the Results Viewer to indicate that OCR is still in |
|progress. |
You try to install or use an application whose interface is not accessible, such as Acronis® True ImageTM Home 2011 or 2012. If no text is readily available when pressing TAB or when using the JAWS Cursor, you can try Convenient OCR. Start with the PC Cursor and press INSERT+SPACEBAR, O, W to recognize the text of the welcome screen graphic. You can then use the JAWS Cursor and NUMPAD SLASH (left mouse button) to move to and choose what are possible buttons and links.
If you are not getting clear recognition results or you find that text is running together when you recognize the current screen, window, or control, refer to FAQ 63556 for ways to optimize performance. When recognizing a PDF document, Convenient OCR does not use the physical image that is currently visible on the screen, so the recognition results feature a higher degree of accuracy since they are not affected by the current screen resolution.
Note that to correctly recognize text in other languages, you can configure the primary and secondary OCR language. The Convenient OCR settings are in the main tree view in Settings Center. When you expand this item, you have Primary Recognition Language and Secondary Recognition Language settings. Use the SPACEBAR to cycle through the available languages until you hear the one you want, or press F6 to move to the combo box and select a language.
When you install JAWS from the program disc, the OCR components are automatically installed. If you download JAWS from the Web site and have an active Internet connection when you begin the installation, the OCR components will be downloaded during the install.
If you do not have an active Internet connection when you install JAWS from the Web download, a message is displayed at the end of the installation stating that some components were not installed. To use the OCR feature, establish an Internet connection and run the installation again so the OCR components are downloaded.
Next
Back Section
Research It
For a quick overview, see Research It On the Fly, or continue reading the following introduction.
Research It is a versatile tool that provides quick access to data while also making it easy to return to your primary task. It uses what is known as a lookup source and the Results Viewer to find information, whether it is the meaning of a word, your local weather forecast, top news stories, sports scores, directions to and information about a local business, and more. Using just a few keystrokes, you can launch Research It from any application on your computer. The following describes keystrokes, available lookup sources, and various ways to launch and use Research It.
Keystrokes
Lookup Sources
Examples Showing How to Use Research It
Changing the Default Lookup Source Removing or Adding a Lookup Source Troubleshooting
Research It On the Fly
To quickly lookup an item of interest using Research It, do the following:
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R.
The Research It dialog box appears with focus in the Word or Phrase edit combo box.
2. Do one of the following:
Type a word, phrase, date, tracking number, or other item into the edit combo box, press TAB, and then select a lookup source from the list. Select an item from the edit combo box history list, press TAB, and then select a lookup source from the list.
Press TAB to jump directly to the Lookup Source list, and then select a lookup source. (This option is useful when using a news lookup source.)
3. Press ENTER.
After a few seconds, the JAWS Results Viewer window opens and displays the search results.
Note: For specific examples describing how to enter search parameters, refer to Research It Examples.
Keystrokes
The following briefly describes the available Research It keystrokes. Note that if JAWS is configured for Laptop Layout mode, substitute CAPS LOCK for the INSERT key.
INSERT+SPACEBAR, R: Opens the Research It dialog box, where you can then type a word or expression of interest, and then select a lookup source to perform your search. This can be a zip code, or city and state, or city and country that can be used with the Weather lookup tool to read a forecast, or a date that is used to view baseball or football schedules and scores, or a word to use with the Wikipedia search query to view its meaning or description. This convenient, layered keystroke provides the most efficient way to search for a term. Note: When using this keystroke, press and release INSERT+SPACEBAR, and then press R. INSERT+WINDOWS Key+R: Launches Research It and uses the primary lookup source to directly show results in the Results Viewer. This keystroke bypasses the Research It dialog box.
By default, Wiktionary is the primary lookup source. This means that while the cursor is on a word in a document or Web page, you can press this keystroke and quickly lookup the Wiktionary description for that word. You can always change the primary lookup source at any time using the Options button or the JAWS Settings Center, which lets you select which lookup source to use as the JAWS default or as the default for individual applications. For example, if you spend most of your day searching for or working with medical terms, the Health Search on WebMD lookup source would be a good choice to set as your default. Likewise, if your job requires that you frequently lookup UPS tracking numbers, then the UPS Tracking lookup source would be a good candidate for your primary lookup source. As you become more familiar with Research It, and as more lookup modules are created and made available to you, you will want to change the default lookup source used by JAWS, or just use a different lookup source on the fly.
INSERT+CTRL+WINDOWS Key+R: Functions the same as the INSERT+SPACEBAR, R keystroke.
INSERT+F2, R: Opens Research It from the Run JAWS Manager dialog box. It provides another way for you to select a lookup source for the word at the current cursor location. Note that this is temporary and does not change your default settings. JAWS will continue to use the primary lookup source the next time you run Research It.
ESC: Closes the Results Viewer window and returns to your original focus point.
Lookup Sources
JAWS comes with the following lookup sources.
Wiktionary: Provides a dictionary description of the word at the current cursor
location in a document or Web page. You can also use the edit combo box to type a word to lookup. Wiktionary is the primary lookup source. Refer to the Wiktionary example for more information.
Wikipedia: Provides encyclopedia results for the word at the current cursor location in a document or Web page. You can also use the edit combo box to type a word to lookup. See the Wikipedia example for more information.
Weather: Reports the current weather forecast for a city or location entered in the edit field. See the Weather example for more information.
BBC Top News Stories: Displays a link and a synopsis of news stories as reported by the BBC. Select the link to read the complete story. See the News Stories example to help you configure the news search.
CNN Headline News: Displays a link and a synopsis of news stories as reported by CNN Headline News. Select the link to read the complete story. To use this lookup source, leave the edit combo box blank, and then select it from the list.
Reuters Top News Stories: Displays a synopsis of the top five news stories as reported by Reuters news agency. A link for the complete story is also available. To use this lookup source, leave the edit combo box blank, and then select it from the list.
Technology News from CNET: Displays a link and a synopsis of the latest headlines from CNET news. Select the link to read the complete story. To use this lookup source, leave the edit combo box blank, and then select it from the list. MLB Scores: Reports major league baseball scores and schedules for the date entered in the edit field. If you do not enter a date, you will get today's schedule or game results. See the Sports League Scores and Schedules example for more information.
NBA Scores: Reports national basketball association scores and schedules for the date entered in the edit combo box. If you do not enter a date, you will get today's schedule or game results.
NCAA Football: Reports schedules and results of your favorite college football teams. Because of the number of college teams, there are several ways to get search results. One way is to open Research It (INSERT+SPACEBAR, R), type a date using the mm/dd/yyyy date format, and then select NCAA Football. This shows a full list of games scheduled or played during that week. Another is to leave the search field blank and see schedules or results for the current week. The last way is to search for your favorite college teams by typing team names separated by a semicolon. This shows the current week’s schedules or results for those schools. For example, type Florida; Texas; California to view results for teams with Florida, Texas, or California in their names. Search results display in the Results Viewer as a
link so that you can open a Web browser and read a recap of past games or a preview of future games. Press CTRL+DOWN ARROW to move between the dates displayed for the week.
NFL Scores: Reports national football league scores and schedules for the date entered in the edit combo box. If you do not enter a date, you will get today's schedule or game results.
NHL Scores: Reports national hockey league scores and schedules for the date entered in the edit combo box. If you do not enter a date, you will get today's schedule or game results.
Business Search: Allows you to search for a specific or general business in your area using its name or business category and location. The location can be in the form of a zip code, city, or city and state. Search results will provide the name, address, phone number, and, when applicable, Web site link. Always use a semicolon to separate the business name or category from the location, for example, pizza; 33716. This particular search will return a list of pizza restaurants in and around the 33716 zip code. If you know the name and location of a business, such as John Doe Plumbing in St. Petersburg, Florida, you can type john doe plumbing; st petersburg, florida to retrieve the address and phone number. If you would rather see results for more plumbers in your city, enter the term plumbers and then the location for a list of these businesses in your area. Note: Use a comma to separate the city and state location. Also, do not use a period when typing city name abbreviations, for example, type St Petersburg, or Washington, DC. For more information, refer to the Business Search example.
People Search: Allows you to search for individual using the person's first and last name, street address (optional), and location. Use semicolons to separate search terms, for example, John Smith; Main Street; St. Petersburg, Florida. Note: Use a comma to separate the city and state or province location. Use an asterisk after the last name to view a list of all individuals within that location with the same last name. See the People Search example for more information.
UPS Tracking: Returns progress and delivery status information for a valid UPSTM tracking number. Type the number in the edit combo box, and select this lookup source. Note: This lookup source is a good candidate to set as your default if your job requires you to frequently track UPS shipments.
USPS Tracking: Returns progress and delivery status information for a valid USPS tracking number. Type the number in the edit combo box, and select this lookup source.
Amazon Product Search: Displays search results from ® for the word or item entered in the edit combo box. Results appear as links followed by price and shipping information.
BookshareTM Book Search: Displays search results from based on an author’s name, a book’s ISBN number, or words found in a book title or book description. If a match is found, the result appears as a link containing the author,
title, and copyright date.
Area Code Lookup: Type a U.S. or Canadian area code into the edit combo box to learn the city, state, or province location for that area code.
Time Search: Displays the current time and time zone for any location typed into the edit field. Note: Be specific when entering a location since one name may represent multiple cities. For example, if you only type London into the edit combo box, you will receive time results for London, England, U.K., London, Ontario, Canada, and London, Arkansas, U.S.A. If no result is returned, enter another city that is close to the preferred location.
Stock Quotes: Displays current and up to 52-week historical financial information for the stock symbol entered in the edit field or selected from a document, spreadsheet, or Web page. To do this, type the stock symbol in the edit combo box, and select this lookup source.
Convert Currency: Use this lookup source to convert an amount of money from one currency into a foreign equivalent. The current day’s exchange rate is used to convert the currency values typed into the lookup edit field. Note: Three letter abbreviations are used to represent international currencies, for example, USD for U.S. dollars, GBP for British pounds, or EUR for Euros. To view a list of valid currency abbreviations, select the Convert Currency lookup without entering a monetary value. Research It will indicate that you must enter valid currency values and will then display a list of currency abbreviations for numerous countries. Run Convert Currency again, but this time use the appropriate currency abbreviations from the previous list. When typing currencies and amounts into the lookup edit field, first type the amount and currency you are converting from, and then type the currency that you are converting to. For example, to convert 100 U.S. dollars into British pounds, type 100 USD GBP using a space between each item typed. The result will appear similar to 100 U.S. dollars = 61. 2070021 British pounds. Refer to the Convert Currency example for more information.
Flight Info Lookup: Provides recent or current flight status when you type an airline abbreviation followed by a valid flight number in the edit combo box. Two letter abbreviations are used to identify an airline. A list of abbreviations will appear in the Results Viewer if you enter an invalid airline code, an invalid flight number, or no information in the edit combo box. Text typed in the edit combo box is not case-sensitive and can be entered with or without a space between the airline abbreviation and flight number.
Health Search on WebMD: Provides search results from the Web site WebMD® for the words entered in the lookup edit field or located at the current cursor position in a document or Web page. If a match is found, results appear as a link with a brief synopsis. Note: You may be interested in using this as your primary lookup source if your job requires you to search for and use medical terms.
If you are a software developer or script developer, you can create and customize your own lookup module and tailor it to your organization's needs. A law or medical office can
have a search engine for legal and medical terms, while a school or government agency can have a lookup module dedicated to specific acronyms and terminology. Visit the JAWS Documentation Web page to download a developer's guide that outlines formatting for rule sets and debugging techniques.
Research It Examples
There are several ways to run Research It. You can use the default lookup source, or you can select a lookup source from the Research It list. The following examples show different ways to search for specific information. For other ideas and ways to use Research It, listen to the August 2009 FSCast for a demonstration.
Wiktionary
Imagine that you are reading a document online and you come across an unfamiliar word. With Wiktionary set as your primary lookup source, you can do the following:
1. While the cursor is on that word, press INSERT+WINDOWS Key+R to launch Research It.
After a few seconds, the JAWS Results Viewer window opens and displays a Wiktionary-based description of the word. With the Results Viewer open, you can also select and copy the information to the Windows clipboard.
2. After reading the description, press ESC to close the Results Viewer, and JAWS returns to the cursor location in your document.
Wikipedia
You can use Wikipedia to quickly research an item.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R.
2. In the edit combo box, type the term that you want to find, and then press TAB. For example, type:
Freedom Scientific, and press TAB.
3. Use the UP and DOWN ARROWS or first letter navigation to select Wikipedia, and press ENTER.
4. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens and displays the results returned from the Wikipedia lookup. Press ESC to close the Results Viewer.
Weather
Use the Weather lookup source to receive the current weather forecast for any location based on city name, airport code, or zip code.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R.
2. In the edit field, type your current location, local airport code, or zip code, and then press TAB. For example, type:
st petersburg florida, or TPA, or
33716, and then press TAB.
3. Use the UP and DOWN ARROWS or first letter navigation to select Weather, and press ENTER.
4. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens and displays the weather forecast for the entered location. After reading the information, press ESC to close the Results Viewer.
News Stories
For a summary of current news stories, you can use the following procedure for the BBC, CNN, Reuters, and Technology News for CNET lookup sources.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R, and then press TAB to move focus to the Lookup Source list.
2. Select a news lookup source from the list, and press ENTER.
3. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens and displays a synopsis of news stories using the selected lookup source. If you want more information about a specific story, select its Full Article link. This action closes the Results Viewer window and then displays the complete story in a Web browser. Otherwise, press ESC to close the Results Viewer.
Sports League Scores and Schedules
Use the following procedure if you want to look at baseball, basketball, football, or hockey schedules and scores for a specific day.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R.
2. In the edit field, type the date using the MM/DD/YYYY format, and then press TAB.
Note: If you do not enter a date, you will get today's schedule and game results.
3. Use the UP and DOWN ARROWS or first letter navigation to select MLB Scores, NBA Scores, NFL Scores, or NHL Scores, and then press ENTER.
4. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens and displays a list of games scheduled for that day. Each game listed in the Results Viewer is a link. Select any link to launch your Web browser and read a recap and statistics of past games, or a preview of future games. If you do not select a game link, press ESC to close the Results Viewer.
Note: If you select a league that is currently in the off-season, no results will appear. Business Search
Use the Business Search lookup source to find a specific or general business in your area. Search results will provide the name, address, and phone number.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R.
2. Type a business name or business category, followed by a semicolon, and then a zip code, city, or city and state for the location. Next, press TAB. For example, type:
grocery store; 33716 and then press TAB
(These parameters will generate a list of grocery stores in and around the 33716 zip code after you select the Business Search lookup source.)
italian restaurants; st petersburg, florida and then press TAB
(These parameters will generate a list of Italian restaurants in St. Petersburg, Florida after you select the Business Search lookup source.)
Note: Always use a semicolon to separate the business name or business category from the location. Use a comma to separate the city and state location. Do not use a period when typing city name abbreviations, for example, type St Petersburg, FL, or Washington, DC.
3. Use the UP and DOWN ARROWS or first letter navigation to select Business Search, and press ENTER.
4. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens and displays your search results.
People Search
To quickly find an individual, you can enter the person's name followed by location. However, the key to a successful search is to enter as many details as possible, such as the person’s first and last name, street name, city, and state, to improve the odds of finding that person.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R.
2. Type the person’s first and last name followed by a semicolon, and then type the city, followed by a comma, and the state abbreviation.
3. Press TAB.
4. Use the UP and DOWN ARROWS or first letter navigation to select People Search, and press ENTER.
5. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens. The following results are possible:
The name that you are searching for appears in the list of results that display in the Results Viewer.
No results are returned, so you will need to try a different name.
Many results appear, but the name that you are looking for is not displayed in the Results Viewer. If the person is not in the list, the search criteria may need to be modified to narrow the search even further. In this case, repeat steps two and three, but
this time, after typing the person’s name followed by a semicolon, type the street name. For example, John Smith; Oak Street N; St. Petersburg, FL.
Convert Currency
Use the Convert Currency lookup source to quickly convert an amount of money from one currency to another currency. The lookup source uses three-character abbreviations to represent international currencies. The conversion that appears is based on the day’s current conversion rate.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R.
2. Type the amount of money and currency that you want to convert from followed by the currency that you want to convert to, and then press TAB. For example, to convert 100 U.S. dollars into Euros, type:
100 USD EUR and then press TAB.
Note: Make sure to include a space between each item. Always use the currency’s three-character abbreviation. Select currency abbreviations for a list of currencies.
3. Use the UP and DOWN ARROWS or first letter navigation to select Convert Currency and then press ENTER.
4. After a few seconds, the Results Viewer window opens and displays the conversion results, for example:
100 U.S. dollars = 67.4399784 Euros
If you did not type a valid currency, Research It will display the currency abbreviations so that you can try again.
Changing the Default Lookup Source
The fastest way to change the default lookup source is through the Research It dialog box as described in the following steps. Note that the default can also be set using the Settings Center.
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R. The Research It dialog box opens.
2. Press TAB to move to the Options button, and then press ENTER. The Research It Options dialog box opens.
3. Press the UP or DOWN ARROWS to select a lookup source, and then press TAB to move to the Set Primary button.
4. Press SPACEBAR to make the selected item the primary lookup source, and then choose OK to save changes and close the Research It Options dialog box.
Note: After setting a default lookup source, you can use INSERT+WINDOWS Key+R, which bypasses the Research It dialog box and automatically launches the Results Viewer using the new default. You can also continue to use INSERT+SPACEBAR, R to run Research It.
Using Settings Center
To assign a default lookup source using Settings Center, do the following:
1. Press INSERT+F2, and select Settings Center.
2. Press CTRL+SHIFT+D to load the JAWS default settings.
3. Press TAB to move to the tree view, and then select and open the Research It group.
4. Press SPACEBAR to choose the Configure Lookup button. The Research It Options dialog box opens.
5. Press the UP or DOWN ARROWS to select a lookup source, and then press TAB to move to the Set Primary button.
6. Press SPACEBAR to make the selected item the primary lookup source.
7. Choose OK to save changes and close the Research It Options dialog box.
8. Choose OK to save changes and close Settings Center.
Select Research It Options Dialog for more information about this dialog box.
Removing or Adding a Lookup Source
To remove or add an item to the Lookup Source list, do the following:
1. Press INSERT+SPACEBAR, R. The Research It dialog box opens.
2. Press TAB to move to the Options button, and then press SPACEBAR. The Research It Options dialog box opens.
3. Press UP or DOWN ARROWS to select a lookup source, and then do one of the following:
To remove a lookup source from the list, press SPACEBAR to clear the check box. To add a lookup source to the list, press SPACEBAR to select the check box.
4. Press TAB to move to the OK button and then press ENTER.
Note: When you update your copy of JAWS, all lookup sources are restored and appear in the list box.
Troubleshooting
If you have trouble running Research It, and your computer uses a proxy server to connect to the Internet, try the following:
1. While JAWS is running, open Internet Explorer.
2. Press ALT+T to open the Tools menu and then select Internet Options.
3. Press CTRL+TAB to navigate to and open the Advanced page.
4. Press H to navigate to the HTTP 1.1 Settings, and then select both Use HTTP 1.1 through proxy connections and Use HTTP 1.1.
5. Choose OK.
6. Restart JAWS.
Next
Back Section
Speech History
By default, JAWS retains a list of the last 50 announcements that were spoken by the speech synthesizer. For users of refreshable braille displays, JAWS has always provided a mode where you could review this spoken information in braille. When this mode is active, you can use the controls on the braille display to review the last 50 announcements that have been spoken by JAWS.
Speech History extends this functionality to users who rely on using speech more than braille. If you miss one or more messages spoken by JAWS, you can press INSERT+SPACEBAR, followed by H to open a Results Viewer window containing up to the last 50 announcements spoken by the synthesizer. When the Speech History window opens, you are placed on the line containing the most recent announcement.
To clear the history, press INSERT+SPACEBAR, followed by SHIFT+H. The history is also cleared when you lock the computer or completely log off.
If you do not want JAWS to keep a history of what is spoken, do the following:
1. Press INSERT+F2, and select Settings Center.
2. Press CTRL+SHIFT+D to load the default JAWS settings.
3. In the Search edit box, type "speech history" without the quotes.
4. Press DOWN ARROW to move to Enable Speech History in the filtered search results in the tree view.
5. Press SPACEBAR to clear this check box.
Next
Back Section
Keyboard Commands
JAWS has an extensive list of keyboard commands. Keyboard key combinations (called keystrokes or commands) provide quick and effective access to the entire scope of Windows features. Programs are opened, used, and closed. Letters are written and edited. Spreadsheets are compiled and calculated. Files are created, modified, and deleted. The Internet is browsed, and files and programs are downloaded. Through extensive use of keystrokes, the limitations of a graphical user environment are overcome.
JAWS uses cursors to track system activity and speak the necessary information. JAWS keystrokes allow you to control what information - and how much of it - JAWS speaks at any given time by controlling the movement of these cursors. Most of the time when you use a keystroke, you are also manipulating a cursor. For this reason, many keystrokes behave differently for different cursors. In fact, some keystrokes do not work at all unless the correct cursor is selected. For example, if you try to restrict the JAWS cursor (INSERT+R) while the PC Cursor is active, you receive the message, "Before you can set restriction, you must turn on either the JAWS or Invisible Cursor."
Some cursors only work in certain applications, or sections of them. The PC cursor cannot directly access every portion of the screen as it only goes where the system focus goes. The Virtual PC Cursor works in HTML-based applications such as Internet Explorer, Firefox, Outlook, as well as PDF files in Adobe Reader.
This section of the JAWS help system contains listings of commonly used Windows keystrokes and listings of all JAWS keystrokes. We have attempted to organize these keystrokes according to what they do so you can easily find the keystrokes you need at any given time.
Find the keystrokes you need in each of the following areas: JAWS Keystrokes
Standard Windows Keystrokes
JAWS Keystrokes for Popular Applications
Back Next
JAWS Keystrokes
JAWS provides many keyboard key combinations (keystrokes) to enable you to better navigate Windows and use Windows based programs. This section contains keystrokes that are specific to JAWS.
If you have used JAWS for some time, you are familiar with using the INSERT key as part of the commands you type. We refer to this key as the "modifier" key, or the "JAWS" key. The INSERT key is the default JAWS Key in the desktop keyboard layout. The CAPS LOCK key is now the default JAWS key in the laptop keyboard layout. And you can now assign your own JAWS key. For more information, please refer to the JAWS Key.
This section documents commands by listing them with the default JAWS keys for the desktop and laptop keyboard layouts. Those commands listed in the desktop keystrokes sections that are not also listed in the laptop keystrokes section should work with the INSERT or the CAPS LOCK key if you are using the laptop keyboard layout.
You will find listings of keystrokes for the following areas:
JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text
Change Voice Rate on the Fly
Navigation - Information Keystrokes
JAWS Keystrokes for Working in Dialog Boxes
Keystrokes for Working in Tables
JAWS Keystrokes for Cursors and Mouse Simulation
Miscellaneous JAWS Keystrokes
Keystrokes for Accessing the JAWS Utilities
JAWS Keystrokes for Accessing Help
JAWS Keystrokes for Using Help
Laptop Keystrokes
Built-in Search Engine for JAWS Keystrokes
JAWS provides many keystrokes to perform a variety of commands. Many commands can be performed anywhere in Windows, such as reading the window title or current line, while other commands are only available in specific applications like Microsoft Word or Internet Explorer. If you are using JAWS with a refreshable braille display, there are even JAWS commands that can be performed using the controls on the braille display.
While there are certain commands that are used by the majority of JAWS users on a daily basis, such as reading the current line (INSERT+UP ARROW) or reading the current window title (INSERT+T), there are numerous commands that even the most experienced users do not use regularly and need to be looked up. Certain types of commands can be especially difficult to remember as some of them require pressing several keys at once. The JAWS Command Search feature enables you to enter a full or partial description of a command whose keystroke you do not remember. JAWS will display all commands that match your search criteria, the description of the feature, and all the associated keystrokes, including braille commands if a refreshable braille display is currently connected.
For example, you may need to locate a keystroke for working with formulas in Excel. Instead of opening the JAWS help topic for Excel and searching through all of the available keystrokes, or starting Keyboard Help (INSERT+1) and pressing various keystroke combinations until you find the correct one, you can open the Search for JAWS Commands window while focused in Excel, type "formulas" in the search edit box, and then view a list of all keystrokes related to working with formulas. Similarly, if you are browsing the Web and you need to find the keystroke for displaying a list of headings on the current page (INSERT+F6), you can open the Search for JAWS Commands window from Internet Explorer or Firefox, type "list headings" in the search edit box, and this command will be the first result.
To search for a command, press INSERT+SPACEBAR, followed by J, to open the Search for JAWS Commands window. Alternatively, you can choose Search for Commands from the Run JAWS Manager dialog box (INSERT+F2) or the JAWS Utilities menu. An HTML window opens and places you in an edit field. If Forms Mode is set to Auto or Semi-Auto, Forms Mode will be activated when the edit field gains focus. Begin typing the description of the command you are looking for and the results area in the lower part of the window will automatically update. As you type, the first result in the list will be spoken automatically. Pressing ENTER will turn off Forms Mode and place you on the first result.
|Note: If Auto Forms Mode is set to Manual, you will need to first press ENTER to activate Forms Mode before you begin typing in the |
|edit field. |
Since this is an HTML window, you can use standard reading commands to review the search results. Each command name along with the first keystroke is displayed as a heading so you can quickly move between results using the H and SHIFT+H Navigation Quick Keys. When you locate the command you want, press DOWN ARROW to move to a
brief description of what the command does, and any additional keystrokes that can be used to perform the command. This will include non-layered, layered, and braille keystrokes. If a particular command offers a braille keystroke, but a braille display is not currently connected when you performed the search, the braille keystroke will not be listed.
Each JAWS command name and its associated keystrokes are also displayed as links. This allows you to press ENTER on the command name heading, or any of the associated keystroke links to close the Search for JAWS Commands window and activate the command. You can also exit this window by pressing ALT+F4, or the ESC key.
|Note: When performing a JAWS command search, the search results will only contain JAWS keystrokes. Microsoft Windows keystrokes, such |
|as CTRL+A for select all, are not included in the search results. |
See also:
Standard Windows Keystrokes
Back Next
JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text
Description Command
Say Prior Character LEFT ARROW
Say Next Character RIGHT ARROW
Say Character NUM PAD 5
Say Character Phonetically NUM PAD 5 twice quickly
Say Prior Word INSERT+LEFT ARROW
Say Next Word INSERT+RIGHT ARROW
Say Word INSERT+NUM PAD 5
Spell Word INSERT+NUM PAD 5 twice quickly
Say Prior Line UP ARROW
Say Next Line DOWN ARROW
Say Current Line INSERT+UP ARROW
Spell Current Line INSERT+UP ARROW twice quickly
Say Prior Sentence ALT+UP ARROW
Say Next Sentence ALT+DOWN ARROW
Say Current Sentence ALT+NUM PAD 5
Say to Cursor INSERT+HOME
Say from Cursor INSERT+PAGE UP
Spell to Cursor INSERT+HOME twice quickly
Spell from Cursor INSERT+PAGE UP twice quickly
Say All INSERT+DOWN ARROW
Fast Forward during a Say All RIGHT ARROW
Rewind during a Say All LEFT ARROW
Toggle Speech On or Off INSERT+SPACEBAR,S
Note: When using this keystroke, press and release INSERT+SPACEBAR, and then press S to mute speech.
Say Color INSERT+5
Say ASCII or Hexadecimal Value NUM PAD 5 three times quickly
viewer
Start Skim Reading CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW
Skim Reading dialog box CTRL+INSERT+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW
Copy Selected Text to FSClipboard INSERT+WINDOWS Key+C
Additional Notes
See also:
Keystrokes for Using the Clipboard
Windows Keystrokes for Working with Text
Back Next
Change Voice Rate on the Fly
JAWS allows you to temporarily or permanently change the speech rate for the current voice. This can be done at any time - even while using Say All!
When permanently changing the speech rate, the new rate is saved to the active voice profile. During a Say All, changing the speech rate is only temporary.
When not using SayAll:
Description Command
Temporarily Decrease Voice Rate ALT+CTRL+PAGE DOWN
Temporarily Increase Voice Rate ALT+CTRL+PAGE UP
Permanently Decrease Voice Rate ALT+WINDOWS Key+CTRL+PAGE
DOWN
Permanently Increase Voice Rate ALT+WINDOWS Key+CTRL+PAGE UP
|Note: JAWS states "slower" or "faster" with each press of the above keystrokes. |
During a SayAll:
Description Command
Decrease Voice Rate PAGE DOWN
Increase Voice Rate PAGE UP
To restore the speech rate to the last saved setting if changed temporarily or during a Say All, press INSERT+ESC. Switching to another application using ALT+TAB also restores the default voice rate if changed temporarily.
When using these commands to temporarily or permanently increase or decrease the speech rate on-the-fly, only the rate for the primary language in use in the currently active voice profile is affected. For example, if the primary language is English, the speech rate for all available English voices will be changed. All other languages in the profile will continue to use the rate that you configured in the Voice Adjustment dialog box.
Back Next
Navigational & Informational Keystrokes
Description Command
Say System Time INSERT+F12
Say System Date INSERT+F12 twice quickly
Say Window Title INSERT+T
Say Window Prompt and Text INSERT+TAB
Say Top Line of Window INSERT+END
Say Bottom Line of Window INSERT+PAGE DOWN
Say Selected Text INSERT+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW
Spell Selected Text INSERT+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW twice
quickly
Say Application Version CTRL+INSERT+V
Window List INSERT+F10
List System Tray Icons INSERT+F11
View System Tray Contents CTRL+SHIFT+F11
List Labeled Graphics CTRL+INSERT+SHIFT+G
Additional Notes
See Also:
General Windows Keystrokes
Back Next
JAWS Keystrokes for Working in Dialog Boxes
Description Command
Say Default Button of Dialog INSERT+E
Say Current Control Hot Key SHIFT+NUM PAD 5
Read Current Window INSERT+B
Say Window Prompt in Text INSERT+TAB
Read Word in Context INSERT+C
Open Combo Box ALT+DOWN ARROW
Close Combo Box ALT+UP ARROW
Select Multiple List Items CTRL+SHIFT or CTRL+SPACEBAR
Unselect All But Current CTRL+\
Read List View Columns 1 through 10 CTRL+INSERT+1 through 0
|Tip: Press INSERT+F1 in any control in a dialog box for context sensitive help on the type of control and keystrokes that work in that|
|control. |
Additional Notes
See Also: Windows Keystrokes for Working in Dialog Boxes
Back Next
JAWS Keystrokes for Cursors and Mouse Simulation
Description Command
PC Cursor NUM PAD PLUS (press twice quickly if the
Touch Cursor is currently active)
JAWS Cursor NUM PAD MINUS
Invisible Cursor NUM PAD MINUS twice quickly
Touch Cursor SHIFT+NUM PAD PLUS
Route Touch Cursor to Focus Location INSERT+NUM PAD PLUS
Route PC Cursor to JAWS Cursor INSERT+NUM PAD PLUS
Route JAWS Cursor to PC Cursor INSERT+NUM PAD MINUS
Tether JAWS to PC CTRL+INSERT+NUM PAD MINUS
Restrict JAWS Cursor INSERT+R
Left Mouse Button NUM PAD SLASH
Right Mouse Button NUM PAD STAR
Left Mouse Button Lock INSERT+NUM PAD SLASH
Right Mouse Button Lock INSERT+NUM PAD STAR
Drag and Drop CTRL+INSERT+NUM PAD SLASH
Say Active Cursor ALT+DELETE
Say Cursor Type CTRL+INSERT+SHIFT+C
Mouse Down ALT+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW
Mouse Left ALT+SHIFT+LEFT ARROW
Mouse Right ALT+SHIFT+RIGHT ARROW
Mouse Up ALT+SHIFT+UP ARROW
Additional Notes
Back Next
Miscellaneous JAWS Keystrokes
Description Command
Quick Settings INSERT+V
Select a Voice Profile INSERT+CTRL+S
Select Language CTRL+WINDOWS Key+L
Interrupt Speech CTRL
Custom Highlight Assign INSERT+CTRL+H
Refresh Screen INSERT+ESC
Screen Echo Toggle INSERT+S
Typing Echo Toggle INSERT+2
Pass Key Through INSERT+3
Select Symbol to Print INSERT+4
JAWS Window INSERT+J
JAWS Find INSERT+CTRL+F
JAWS Find Next INSERT+F3
JAWS Find Previous INSERT+SHIFT+F3
Shut Down JAWS INSERT+F4
Keyboard Lock INSERT+SPACEBAR, L
Say Active Configuration Name INSERT+Q, twice quickly to display in
virtual viewer.
Run JAWS Manager INSERT+F2
Open Word Index INSERT+CTRL+W
Open Skim Read Summary INSERT+WINDOWS Key+W
(Based on the last word selected from the Word Index list)
Virtualize Window INSERT+ALT+W
View Speech History INSERT+SPACEBAR, H
Clear Speech History INSERT+SPACEBAR, SHIFT+H
Select Scheme INSERT+ALT+S
Minimize All Applications WINDOWS Key+M
Copy Selected Text to FSClipboard INSERT+WINDOWS Key+C
Script Utility Mode Toggle INSERT+WINDOWS Key+NUM PAD
MINUS (Desktop layout)
CAPS LOCK+WINDOWS Key+DASH (Laptop layout)
Additional Notes
See also:
General Windows Application Keystrokes General Windows Keystrokes
Navigation - Information Keystrokes
Back Next
Keystrokes for Accessing the JAWS Utilities
Description Command
JAWS Command Search INSERT+SPACEBAR, J or INSERT+F2,
and then select Commands Search
Create a Prompt CTRL+INSERT+TAB or INSERT+F2, and
then select Prompt Create
Graphics Labeler INSERT+G or INSERT+F2, and then select
Graphics Labeler
Start Auto Graphics Labeler CTRL+INSERT+G
Set Frame Top Left CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT BRACKET
Set Frame Bottom Right CTRL+SHIFT+RIGHT BRACKET
Set Frame to Window CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT BRACKET twice
quickly
Clear Initial Values CTRL+INSERT+C
Run JAWS Manager INSERT+F2
Settings Center INSERT+6 or INSERT+F2, and then select
Settings Center
Dictionary Manager INSERT+D or INSERT+F2, and then select
Dictionary Manager
Frame Viewer INSERT+9 or INSERT+F2, and then select
Frame Viewer
Keyboard Manager INSERT+8 or INSERT+F2, and then select
Keyboard Manager
Script Manager INSERT+0 or INSERT+F2, and then select
Script Manager
Window Class Reassign INSERT+7 or INSERT+F2, and then select
Window Class Reassign
Screen Sensitive Help Technical CTRL+INSERT+F1
Say Special Window Classes CTRL+INSERT+F2
Say Frame at Cursor INSERT+X
Additional Notes
Table Layer Keystrokes
Table layer keystrokes offer a fast and convenient way to navigate tables. The table layer eliminates the need to have to hold down several keys at once to perform a table navigation command.
Below is a list of the layered keystrokes for table navigation. Press and release INSERT+SPACEBAR, followed by T to get to the table layer. Then press any of the following keystrokes.
List the keystrokes you can use in this layer, QUESTION MARK
Move to cell above, below, left, or right, ARROW Key in any direction
Say current cell, NUMPAD 5
Move to the beginning of the current row, HOME
Move to the end of the current row, END
Jump to the first cell in a table, CTRL+HOME
Jump to the last cell in a table, CTRL+END
Move to the beginning of the current column, CONTROL+UP ARROW
Move to the bottom of the current column, CONTROL+DOWN ARROW
Move to the beginning of the current row, CONTROL+LEFT ARROW
Move to end of current row, CONTROL+RIGHT ARROW
Jump to next table, CONTROL+ENTER
Jump to prior table, CONTROL+SHIFT+ENTER
Read the current row, SHIFT+UP ARROW
Read from the current cell, SHIFT+PAGE UP
Read to the current cell, SHIFT+HOME
Read the current column, SHIFT+NUMPAD 5
Read to the bottom of the column, SHIFT+PAGE DOWN
Read from the top of the column, SHIFT+END
The Table Layer remains active until you press a key that does not perform a table command, such as ESC, SPACEBAR, TAB, or ENTER.
Back Next
Keystrokes for Working in Tables
JAWS now supports standard commands for working in tables. These commands work in most popular applications, allowing you access right away - without having to learn the application specific commands. As you become more familiar with new applications, you may find it easier to use the commands specific to that program, or it might be easier for you to continue using these commands.
Commands for Moving within Tables
These commands move focus to the indicated cell and speak the contents. Cell and row
coordinates as well as column and/or row heading information may also be provided.
Description Command
Say Current Cell ALT+CTRL+NUM PAD 5
Cell to Right ALT+CTRL+RIGHT ARROW
Cell to Left ALT+CTRL+LEFT ARROW
Cell Below ALT+CTRL+DOWN ARROW
Cell Above ALT+CTRL+UP ARROW
First Cell ALT+CTRL+HOME
Last Cell ALT+CTRL+END
First Cell in Column ALT+CTRL+SHIFT+UP ARROW
Last Cell in Column ALT+CTRL+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW
First Cell in Row ALT+CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT ARROW
Last Cell in Row ALT+CTRL+SHIFT+RIGHT ARROW
Table Reading Commands
Description Command
Say Current Cell ALT+CTRL+NUM PAD 5
Read Current Row ALT+WINDOWS Key+COMMA or
ALT+WINDOWS Key+NUM PAD 5
Read from Start of Row INSERT+SHIFT+HOME
Read to End of Row INSERT+SHIFT+PAGE UP
Read Current Column ALT+WINDOWS Key+PERIOD
Read from Top of Column INSERT+SHIFT+END
Read to Bottom of Column INSERT+SHIFT+PAGE DOWN
Toggle Revision Detection On or Off INSERT+ALT+R
Back Next
JAWS Keystrokes for Accessing Help
Description Command
Screen Sensitive Help INSERT+F1
Keyboard Help INSERT+1
JAWS Help for Applications INSERT+F1 twice quickly
Hot Key Help INSERT+H
Window Key Help INSERT+W
Additional Notes See also:
JAWS Keystrokes for Using Help
Back Next
JAWS Keystrokes for Using Help
This section contains information on navigating within various help files. There are two primary help formats in use for Windows based applications: WinHelp and Microsoft HTML Help. Different keystrokes are used to navigate through these different types of help files. WinHelp will generally have a Table of Contents window separate from the Contents Display window. Microsoft HTML Help will generally be similar to a framed Web page, with the Table of Contents pane on the left and the Contents (or Topic) pane on the right.
Moving Through a WinHelp Help System
Moving through a Microsoft HTML Help system
Back Next
Moving Through a WinHelp Help System
Description Command
Read Current Help Screen CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW
Move Down One Screen and Read CTRL+PAGE DOWN
Move Up One Screen and Read CTRL+PAGE UP
Move to Prior Topic in Browse Sequence COMMA Move to Next topic in Browse Sequence PERIOD
Move to Prior topic B
Move Focus Between Links TAB or SHIFT+TAB
Activate Selected Link ENTER
View Table of Contents T
View Options O or ALT+O
|Note: Use the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW to move up and down in the Table of Contents. Use the RIGHT ARROW to |
|open a closed book, and press ENTER to open a topic. |
Back Next
Moving through a Microsoft HTML Help System
The Table of Contents Pane
Description Command
Move Up through List UP ARROW
Move Down through List DOWN ARROW
Open Book RIGHT ARROW or ENTER
Up One Level or Close Book LEFT ARROW
Display Selected Topic ENTER
Move Between TOC and Topic Pane F6
The Topic Pane
Description Command
Previous topic BACKSPACE or ALT+LEFT ARROW
Next Topic ALT+RIGHT ARROW
|Note: ALT+RIGHT ARROW does not take you to the next topic |
|unless you have previously gone back one topic or more. |
You can access the Topic Pane with the Virtual PC Cursor providing the same functionality as in a web page. Standard JAWS keystrokes for reading text allow you to read the information in each topic. Press ENTER on any link to activate it.
See also:
JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text
Windows Keystrokes for Working with Text
Back Next
Laptop Keystrokes
This section contains information on keystrokes specific to the Laptop keyboard layout. The keyboard layout can be changed in the JAWS Application Window under the Options menu, in the Basics dialog. Few Laptop systems have keyboards with a number pad, so many of these functions have been shifted to the main section of the keyboard. Many of the keystrokes are not much different from the Desktop keyboard layout. Only those that are totally different are listed here.
The other keystrokes are all listed in the Desktop keystrokes section. When using the Laptop keyboard layout, just substitute the CAPS LOCK key for the INSERT key. For most of those keystrokes, the INSERT key works as well, however, you may find the CAPS LOCK key is a very easy to use substitute.
Note: MAGic allows you to select which key is used as the MAGic Key. Since JAWS now provides the same flexibility for the JAWS Key, when the two products are used together, it is important that the MAGic Key and the JAWS key are not assigned to the same key. If they are assigned to the same key, any JAWS commands assigned to a key combination using the JAWS Key are not activated when the key combination is pressed.
Even if you use a desktop system or keyboard, you may wish to try the Laptop keyboard layout. When using the Laptop keyboard layout, most of your commands are right at your fingertips - as you type - so you do not need to continually switch your right hand to the number pad and back to the main section of your keyboard.
Laptop Keystrokes for Reading Text and Information Laptop Keystrokes for Cursors and Mouse Simulation
Choose your own JAWS Key
Back Next
Laptop Keystrokes for Reading Text and Information
Description Command
Say Prior Character CAPS LOCK+M
Say Next Character CAPS LOCK+PERIOD
Say Character CAPS LOCK+COMMA
Say Character Phonetically CAPS LOCK+COMMA twice quickly
Say Prior Word CAPS LOCK+J
Say Next Word CAPS LOCK+L
Say Word CAPS LOCK+K
Spell Word CAPS LOCK+K twice quickly
Say Prior Line CAPS LOCK+U
Say Next Line CAPS LOCK+O
Say Line CAPS LOCK+I
Spell Current Line CAPS LOCK+I twice quickly
Say Prior Sentence CAPS LOCK+Y
Say Next Sentence CAPS LOCK+N
Say Sentence CAPS LOCK+H
Say Prior Paragraph CAPS LOCK+CTRL+U
Say Next Paragraph CAPS LOCK+CTRL+O (Note: For Internet
Explorer, this command opens a list that shows the objects available on the current Web page. The HTML Object tag embeds content such as Flash movies, JAVA applets, images, audio, and video.)
Say Paragraph CAPS LOCK+CTRL+I
Say to Cursor CAPS LOCK+HOME or CAPS
LOCK+SHIFT+J
Say from Cursor CAPS LOCK+PAGE UP or CAPS
LOCK+SHIFT+L
Spell to Cursor CAPS LOCK+HOME or CAPS
LOCK+SHIFT+J twice quickly
Spell from Cursor CAPS LOCK+PAGE UP or
CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+L twice quickly
Say All CAPS LOCK+A or CAPS LOCK+DOWN
ARROW
Say Selected Text CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+A or CAPS
LOCK+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW
Say Color CAPS LOCK+5
Say Font CAPS LOCK+F
Say Top Line of Window CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+Y
Say Bottom Line of Window CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+N
Report Battery Level CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+B
Say ASCII or Hexadecimal Value CAPS LOCK+COMMA three times quickly
Say Current Table Cell ALT+SHIFT+COMMA
Move to Prior Table Cell ALT+SHIFT+M
Move to Next Table Cell ALT+SHIFT+PERIOD
Move Up One Table Cell ALT+SHIFT+Y
Move Down One Table Cell ALT+SHIFT+N
Start Skim Reading CTRL+CAPS LOCK+DOWN ARROW
Skim Reading dialog box CTRL+CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+DOWN
ARROW
Additional Notes
See also:
JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text Navigation - Information Keystrokes
Windows Keystrokes for Working with Text
Back Next
Laptop Keystrokes for Cursors and Mouse Simulation
Description Command
PC Cursor CAPS LOCK+SEMICOLON (press twice
quickly if the Touch Cursor is currently active)
JAWS Cursor CAPS LOCK+P
Invisible Cursor CAPS LOCK+P twice quickly
Touch Cursor SHIFT+CAPS LOCK+SEMICOLON
Route Touch Cursor to Focus Location CAPS LOCK+APOSTROPHE
Route PC Cursor to JAWS Cursor CAPS LOCK+APOSTROPHE
Route JAWS Cursor to PC Cursor CAPS LOCK+LEFT BRACKET
Restrict JAWS Cursor CAPS LOCK+R
Left Mouse Button CAPS LOCK+8
Right Mouse Button CAPS LOCK+9
Left Mouse Button Lock CTRL+WINDOWS Key+8
Right Mouse Button Lock CTRL+WINDOWS Key+9
Drag and Drop CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+8
Say Active Cursor ALT+DELETE
Mouse Down ALT+SHIFT+DOWN ARROW
Mouse Left ALT+SHIFT+LEFT ARROW
Mouse Right ALT+SHIFT+RIGHT ARROW
Mouse Up ALT+SHIFT+UP ARROW
Additional Notes
Back Next
Standard Windows Keystrokes
This section contains listings of keystrokes that are part of Windows. JAWS does enhance some of these keystrokes so that what is being done is spoken, but these keystrokes work even without JAWS running. We have attempted to include the most useful Windows keystrokes, but have not attempted to compile a complete listing.
General Windows Keystrokes
General Windows Application Keystrokes Keystrokes for Working in Dialog Boxes
Keystrokes for Working with Text in Documents
Keystrokes for Working in Windows Explorer Keystrokes for Using the Clipboard Keystrokes for Windows Vista Gadgets See also:
Keystrokes for Popular Applications
Back Next
General Windows Keystrokes
Description Command
Get Help F1
Open the Start Menu WINDOWS LOGO KEY or CTRL+ESC
Switch between Open Applications ALT+TAB
Open the Shortcut Menu APPLICATIONS KEY or SHIFT+F10
Minimize all Applications WINDOWS LOGO KEY+M
Find a File or Folder from Desktop F3
Move to First Item on the Taskbar WINDOWS LOGO KEY+TAB
Open Windows Explorer WINDOWS LOGO KEY+E
Open Run Dialog WINDOWS LOGO KEY+R
Additional notes
See also:
Navigation - Information Keystrokes
Back Next
General Windows Application Keystrokes
Description Command
Exit the Active Application ALT+F4
Open the Application Control Menu ALT+SPACEBAR
Move to the Menu Bar ALT
Move between Menus ALT, ARROW KEYS
Choose a Menu Item ENTER
Open a child Window Control Menu ALT+DASH
Cancel or close a Menu ESC or ALT
Additional Notes See also:
Navigation - Information Keystrokes
Back Next
Windows Keystrokes for Working in Dialog Boxes
Description Command
Move through Dialog Controls TAB
Move Backward through Dialog Controls SHIFT+TAB
Move to Another Page CTRL+TAB
Reverse Direction through Pages CTRL+SHIFT+TAB
Select/Deselect in List View SPACEBAR or CTRL+SPACEBAR
Toggle a Check Box ON/OFF SPACEBAR
Additional Notes See also:
JAWS Keystrokes for Working in Dialog Boxes
Back Next
Windows Keystrokes for Working with Text
Description Command
Move One Character Left LEFT ARROW
Move One Character Right RIGHT ARROW
Move One Word Left CTRL+LEFT ARROW
Move One Word Right CTRL+RIGHT ARROW
Move to Beginning of Line HOME
Move to End of Line END
Move One Paragraph Up CTRL+UP ARROW
Move One Paragraph Down CTRL+DOWN ARROW
Move to Top of Next Page CTRL+PAGE DOWN
Move to Top of Previous Page CTRL+PAGE UP Move to Beginning of Document CTRL+HOME
Move to End of Document CTRL+END
Scroll Up or Down One Screen PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN
Select One Character Left SHIFT+LEFT ARROW
Select One Character Right SHIFT+RIGHT ARROW
Select One Word Left CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT ARROW
Select One Word Right CTRL+SHIFT+RIGHT ARROW
Select to Beginning of Line SHIFT+HOME
Select to End of Line SHIFT+END
Select to Beginning of Document CTRL+SHIFT+HOME
Select to End of Document CTRL+SHIFT+END
Select All CTRL+A
Undo CTRL+Z
Delete Current Character DELETE
Delete Prior Character BACKSPACE
Additional Notes See also:
Keystrokes for Using the Clipboard
JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text
Back Next
Keystrokes for Working in Windows Explorer
Description Command
Delete Selected File or Folder DELETE
Rename Selected File or Folder F2
Refresh Window F5
Switch Between Tree View and List View F6 or TAB
Go Up One Folder Level BACKSPACE
Open File or Folder Properties ALT+ENTER
Untruncate Columns in List View CTRL+NUM PAD PLUS
Additional Notes. See Also:
Keystrokes for Using the Clipboard
Back Next
Keystrokes for Using the Clipboard
Description Command
Copy Selected File or Text to Clipboard CTRL+C
Cut Selected File or Text to Clipboard CTRL+X
Paste Contents of Clipboard CTRL+V
Read Clipboard Contents WINDOWS Key+INSERT+X
Display Clipboard Contents in Results INSERT+SPACEBAR, C
Viewer
Tip: You also can press INSERT+WINDOWS Key+C to copy selected text to the FSClipboard. Text that you copied with this keystroke is added to any text that you have previously copied to the Clipboard, instead of replacing it. This allows you to continue adding text to the Clipboard until you are ready to paste it into a document. For more information, see Using the Clipboard.
See also:
Using the Clipboard
JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text
Keystrokes for Working in Windows Explorer
Windows Keystrokes for Working with Text
Back Next
Keystrokes for Windows Vista Gadgets
The Windows operating system uses visual references, such as icons, to quickly access applications and files. In Windows Vista, gadgets are desktop applications and tools that provide visual updates for such items as computer performance, weather, time, and news feeds. The following table contains a list of keyboard shortcuts that can help you navigate gadgets that appear in an area on the desktop known as the Sidebar.
Description Command
Bring Sidebar and all gadgets to the WINDOWS Key+SPACEBAR
foreground
Cycle forward through the Sidebar gadgets WINDOWS Key+G
Cycle backward through the Sidebar WINDOWS Key+SHIFT+G
gadgets
To open the Sidebar, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key.
2. Type Sidebar in the Start Search edit field and press ENTER.
Back Next
Keystrokes for PAC Mate BX Remote Mode
Because the BX series of PAC Mates do not have the types of keys required to operate a computer that you access remotely with PAC Mate Desktop, a number of special keystrokes are provided. These keystrokes allow you to simulate modifier keys (such as CTRL, INSERT, and ALT), special keys not available on the PAC Mate (such as ENTER or ESC), and certain JAWS commands for navigation and selecting text.
Modified Keys Special Keys
Navigation Commands
Text Selection Commands
Modifier Keys
You can use these modifier keys to simulate key combinations that include CTRL, ALT, WINDOWS Key, SHIFT, or the JAWS Key (INSERT). To use these modifiers, hold down DOT 8 CHORD and then press the corresponding modifer keys in the keystroke. After you create the modifier portion of the keystroke, release the keys and press the remaining key. For example, to perform the keystroke CTRL+SHIFT+V you press DOTS 3-7-8 CHORD, release them, and then press V (DOTS 1-2-3-6).
Key Command
Function Keys (F1 - F12) DOT 1
INSERT DOT 2
CTRL DOT 3
WINDOWS Key DOT 4
JAWS Key DOT 5
ALT DOT 6
SHIFT DOT 7
Function Keys
To simulate the function keys (F1 through F12) on your PAC Mate BX, press DOTS 1-8 CHORD followed by A through L (which correspond to 1 through 12). For example, to simulate the F6 key, press DOTS 1-8 CHORD, then F (DOTS 1-2-4).
If the function key is part of a key combination, add the appropriate modifiers while holding down DOTS 1-8 CHORD. For example, to simulate the keystroke INSERT+F2, press DOTS 1-2-8 CHORD, then B (DOTS 1-2).
Special Keys
You can use these commands to simulate certain keys that are not available on the BX
keyboard. These keys can be combined with the modifier keys described previously.
Key Command
ESC F1
ALT F2
APPLICATION Key F2 CHORD
NUM PAD ASTERISK F3
WINDOWS Key F4
NUM PAD MINUS F6
NUM PAD SLASH F7
CAPS LOCK F7 CHORD
NUM PAD PLUS F8
ENTER DOT 8
BACKSPACE DOT 7
CTRL+BACKSPACE DOTS 1-2-3-4-5-6-7 CHORD
TAB DOTS 4-5 CHORD
SHIFT+TAB DOTS 1-2 CHORD
DOTS 1-3 CHORD or DOT 3+LEFT
HOME
ARROW
DOTS 4-6 CHORD or DOT 3+RIGHT
END
ARROW
DOT 2+UP ARROW or DOT 2+LEFT
PAGE UP
ARROW
DOT 2+DOWN ARROW or DOT
PAGE DOWN
2+RIGHT ARROW
DELETE DOTS 1-2-3-4-5-6 CHORD
EQUALS DOTS 1-2-3-4-5-6
RIGHT BRACKET DOTS 1-2-4-5-6-7
LEFT BRACKET DOTS 2-4-6-7
BACKSLASH DOTS 1-2-5-6-7
SLASH DOTS 3-4
RIGHT PARENTHESIS DOTS 2-3-4-5-6
APOSTROPHE DOT 3
DASH DOTS 3-6
GRAVE DOT 4
PERIOD DOTS 4-6
SEMICOLON DOTS 5-6
COMMA DOT 6
Navigation Commands
You can use these keystrokes to perform various JAWS navigation commands.
Description Command
Say Prior Character DOT 3 CHORD or LEFT ARROW
Say Next Character DOT 6 CHORD or RIGHT ARROW
Say Character
ARROW+LEFT ARROW
DOT 2 CHORD or DOT 5+LEFT
Say Prior Word
ARROW
Say Next Word
ARROW
DOTS 2-5 CHORD or DOT 5+RIGHT
Say Word
ARROW+LEFT ARROW
Say Prior Line DOT 1 CHORD or UP ARROW
Say Next Line DOT 4 CHORD or DOWN ARROW
Say Line
ARROW+DOWN ARROW
Say Prior Sentence DOT 4+LEFT ARROW
Say Next Sentence DOT 4+RIGHT ARROW
Say Sentence
ARROW+LEFT ARROW
Say Prior Paragraph DOT 1+UP ARROW
Say Next Paragraph DOT 1+DOWN ARROW
Say Paragraph DOT 1+UP ARROW+DOWN ARROW
DOTS 1-2-3 CHORD or DOT 3+UP
Move to Top of File
ARROW
DOTS 4-5-6 CHORD or DOT
Move to Bottom of File
3+DOWN ARROW
Say to Cursor DOTS 3-7+LEFT ARROW
Say from Cursor DOTS 3-7+RIGHT ARROW
DOTS 4-5-6-8 CHORD or DOTS 1-2-4-
ARROW
DOTS 1-2-4-5-6-7 CHORD or DOTS 4-
Say Selected Text
5-6-7-8 CHORD
Previous Document Window DOTS 2-3 CHORD
Next Document Window DOTS 5-6 CHORD
Open List Box DOT 7+DOWN ARROW
Close List Box DOT 7+UP ARROW
Exit Forms Mode DOTS 1-3-4-6 CHORD
Say Window Prompt and Text DOTS 1-2-4-5 CHORD
Microsoft Word Navigation Quick Keys
You can use these keystrokes to navigate Microsoft Word documents. Navigation Quick Keys must be enabled in order for these commands to function. For more information, see Navigation Quick Keys in Word.
|Tip: You can add DOT 7 to most of the keystrokes in the table below to move to the previous element of that type in the document. |
Description Command
Next Bookmark DOTS 1-2
Next Comment DOTS 1-4
Next Endnote DOTS 1-5
Next Form Field DOTS 1-2-4
Next Graphic DOTS 1-2-4-5
Next Heading DOTS 1-2-5
Next Footnote DOTS 1-3-5
Next Paragraph DOTS 1-2-3-4-8
Previous Paragraph DOTS 1-2-3-4-7
Next Section DOTS 2-3-4
Next Table DOTS 2-3-4-5
Next Page SPACEBAR
Previous Page BACKSPACE
Text Selection Commands
You can use these keystrokes to perform various text selection commands.
DOTS 3-7 CHORD or LEFT ARROW
Select Prior Character
CHORD
DOTS 6-7 CHORD or RIGHT ARROW
Select Next Character
CHORD
DOTS 2-7 CHORD or DOT 5
Select Prior Word
CHORD+LEFT ARROW
DOTS 5-7 CHORD or DOT 5
Select Next Word
CHORD+RIGHT ARROW
DOTS 1-7 CHORD or UP ARROW
Select Prior Line
CHORD
DOTS 4-7 CHORD or DOWN ARROW
Select Next Line
CHORD
Select Prior Screen DOT 2 CHORD+UP ARROW
Select Next Screen DOT 2 CHORD+DOWN ARROW
Select from Start of Line DOTS 1-3-7 CHORD or DOT 3
CHORD+LEFT ARROW
DOTS 4-6-7 CHORD or DOT 3
Select to End of Line
CHORD+RIGHT ARROW
DOTS 1-2-3-7 CHORD or DOT 3
Select from Top
CHORD+UP ARROW
DOTS 4-5-6-7 CHORD or DOT 3
Select to Bottom
CHORD+DOWN ARROW
Back
Keystrokes for Popular Applications
Windows
Internet
E-Mail
Word Processing
Spreadsheet, Financial, and Database
Multimedia
Utilities
Programming Tools
Miscellaneous
Next
Back Section
Quick Settings Overview
Quick Settings makes it easy to change application-specific settings as well as individual document settings. With Quick Settings you have the ability to easily:
Change settings for individual documents or applications.
Determine whether changes will still be in effect after your JAWS session has ended, when the computer is rebooted, or when a new window gains focus. Note that the persistency level cannot be set for individual document settings. Document settings will always be written to disk.
To open Quick Settings, press INSERT+V.
What is the advantage of using Quick Settings?
When using the Adjust JAWS Options tree view in previous JAWS versions, it was not clear if changes were being applied specifically to an application or document, or globally as JAWS default settings. To get around this issue, Quick Settings offers persistence levels, which are quickly accessed through a context menu by pressing the APPLICATIONS key. The current persistence setting is indicated with an icon in the tree view and a check mark in the context menu. The icons are useful for a sighted trainer since it shows the current level settings at a glance. Persistence levels are labeled as follows:
Restore settings when JAWS exits. Think of this as session specific. When you close JAWS, the setting returns to its default value. This persistence is represented by the JAWS icon in the tree view.
Restore settings when focus changes. When you change focus to another application or document, the setting returns to its default value. This persistence is represented by the double window icon in the tree view.
Save the settings. When selected, the current value becomes the default and is written to disk. This level is represented by the disk drive icon in the tree view.
|Note: If you intend to adjust persistence, from the default (save to disk), you must set the persistence level for the setting before |
|changing the setting. Persistence levels for document-specific settings cannot be changed, therefore, the context menu does not |
|display. In this case, any changes made to the setting are immediately saved to disk. |
How does it differ from Settings Center?
The Quick Settings window is very similar to that used by Settings Center. It has a search box, settings tree view pane, configuration display pane, and help message pane. The major difference is that you can set how long changes to settings will apply for individual documents or applications. This is known as the persistence level.
Note: You cannot switch to the JAWS default file (default.jcf) when using Quick Settings. To make default changes that apply to ALL applications, use Settings Center.
How do I use Quick Settings?
To launch Quick Settings in any application or document,
1. Press INSERT+V. This convenient keystroke is the same that was used to open the Adjust JAWS Options tree view.
For example, with a Word document open, press INSERT+V.
2. The cursor moves to the Search box. If you know the setting that you want to change, type a term for it in the Search box. Next, press DOWN ARROW to move to the filtered results in the tree view.
For example, type the term “typing” (without the quotes), press DOWN ARROW to move to Typing Echo in the filtered result list, and then press ENTER. Focus now moves to Typing Echo in the tree view. The default setting for Typing Echo is Characters.
3. If you want to change the persistence level, press the APPLICATIONS key, and then select Restore settings when JAWS exits, or Restore settings when focus changes. (Note that Save the settings is always the default selection when viewing persistence levels for the first time.)
For example, press the ARROW keys to move to Restore Settings when Focus Changes and then press ENTER.
4. Next, press SPACEBAR to change combo box values, or select check boxes, radio buttons, or other buttons, and then press ENTER. (You can also press F6 to jump between the tree view and the Configuration pane to change settings.) The setting now uses both the selected persistence level and the selected value. The value is saved permanently, or until you change focus, or close JAWS as set by the persistence level.
For example, press SPACEBAR to select None as the Typing Echo setting, and then press ENTER. As long as focus remains in the current Word document, typing is not echoed. When you move focus away from the document to another application and then back to the Word document, the value for Typing Echo is restored to Characters.
Which files are affected by Quick Settings?
Changes made using Quick Settings are stored in the current application’s JCF file or the current document’s JSI file. These files, along with other persistence level files, are stored in your user settings folder. It can be found by selecting Start Menu, All Programs, JAWS X (where X is version 13 or later), Explore JAWS, and then Explore My Settings.
Next
Back Section
Using the Merge Utility
Use the Merge Utility to import your settings. This utility imports all of your configuration (JCF) files, dictionary (JDF) files, graphics (JGF) files, schemes, sounds, PlaceMarkers, personalized Web settings, and voice settings from a previous version of JAWS. Any script files you created that are not already included with JAWS are also imported. This allows you to retain many of your customized settings when you upgrade to a later version.
Notes:
Due to the extensive changes to voice profiles in JAWS 16, the JAWS Merge utility will not merge any voice settings from versions of JAWS prior to version 16.
When merging script files from JAWS versions prior to JAWS 13, all file types that start with Microsoft Excel 2007, Microsoft Excel 2010, Microsoft Word 2007, and Microsoft Word 2010 are ignored during Merge because these script files do not exist in the current version of JAWS.
You cannot use the Merge Utility if you are running JAWS from a USB thumb drive.
This process does not import your JAWS startup preferences, braille settings, keyboard layout selection, or custom keyboard assignments. In addition, any changes to script files included with JAWS are not imported.
|Note: You may need to open your scripts in Script Manager and recompile them before using them with JAWS. |
To import your settings from a previous version of JAWS, do the following:
1. From the Utilities menu, choose Merge Utility.
2. In the JAWS Version list, select the version of JAWS you want to import settings from. If the version of JAWS you want to use as the source is not in the list, choose Browse to locate it.
3. Choose OK to import your settings.
Back Next
Using the Synthesizer and Braille Manager
The Synthesizer and Braille Manager allows you to add, modify, or remove synthesizer and braille display drivers. Adding synthesizers or braille displays makes them available from the JAWS user interface. Modifications can include changing the default synthesizer or braille display and changing the output port, if applicable. Removing the devices will only remove them from the JAWS user interface. The device files will remain on the computer until JAWS is uninstalled.
To start the Synthesizer and Braille Manager, do one of the following:
Open the Utilities menu and choose Synthesizer and Braille Manager, or
Choose Synthesizer and Braille Manager from the Tools menu in the JAWS Start menu program group.
When you start this utility, a tree view of all synthesizer and braille display drivers installed on your computer displays.
To add, change, or delete devices, do the following:
1. Choose the Add, Remove, or Change Devices button.
2. If you want to select synthesizers, select the Speech Synthesizers radio button. If you want to select braille displays, select the Braille Displays radio button.
3. Choose the Next button.
4. A list of available devices displays. To add or remove a device, use the arrow keys to select it in the list and then press the SPACEBAR to select or clear the check box. After you have selected all devices that you want to use, choose the Next button.
5. If you are selecting synthesizers, you are asked to choose a default synthesizer that JAWS will use each time you start the program. If you are selecting braille displays, you are asked to choose a default braille display. After you have made a selection, choose the Next button.
6. If you are modifying braille displays, you are asked to specify your device settings.
7. Choose Finish to complete the process. The braille displays and synthesizers that you selected are now installed.
Back Next
Sound Cards
For instructions describing how to select a sound card for JAWS speech output when multiple sound cards are installed, go to Selecting a Sound Card for JAWS Speech. For an overview of multiple sound card operation with JAWS, read the following information.
Windows typically makes the last sound card added to your system the default sound card. This means that JAWS speech automatically goes to the new audio device, which can be frustrating if you want to use that device for something other than JAWS.
Using JAWS, you can override the Windows default selection, and choose which sound card to use for speech and JAWS event sound output. For example, if you are editing music, you can let Windows direct your music through a higher-end audio card while JAWS directs its speech output to an inexpensive sound card in your computer. You do this by selecting an audio card for JAWS from the Sound Card submenu list under the JAWS Utilities menu.
Things to Remember About the Sound Card List
In Control Panel, a single sound card can appear as multiple sound devices, for example, as speakers, as a digital audio interface, as HDMI output, and so on. Any audio device identified in the list as a "digital" item may not have speakers connected. If you select this item, you may lose speech.
Make sure to plug in speakers or a headset to any internal or external USB device that you want to use for JAWS speech.
When only one sound card is installed in your computer, the JAWS Sound Card submenu will always show two items: the Windows default sound card, and the name of the installed sound card. These two items represent the same audio device. By default, JAWS will choose the Windows default sound card item in the list and will identify it with a check mark. This means that when you add another sound card, JAWS will use it because Windows makes the most recently added sound card the Windows default audio device. The Windows default sound card can change as you add or remove audio devices.
However, if you choose the sound card by its name, it becomes the audio device that JAWS uses for speech output. JAWS identifies it with a check mark in the submenu. When you add another sound card to your computer, the new sound card will also appear by name in the Sound Card submenu list. Although the Windows operating system will make the newly added sound card the Windows default sound card, JAWS will continue to use the first sound card since you selected it by name from the submenu list. Even as you add and remove other sound devices from the system, JAWS will continue to use this sound card for speech output.
default sound card item in the submenu list. This means that JAWS will use the same sound card that the Windows operating system identifies as the default audio card. If you later restore the sound card to the system, JAWS will again send speech output to that card instead of the Windows default sound card.
Selecting a Sound Card for JAWS Speech
To select a sound card for JAWS speech and JAWS event sounds, do the following:
1. Press INSERT+J to open the JAWS application window.
2. Press ALT+U to open the Utilities menu, and then O to open the Sound Cards submenu. It shows a list of devices currently installed. A check mark indicates which sound card is configured for JAWS output.
|Note: The first item that always appears in the list is labeled Windows default sound card. It is the same sound card that Windows |
|recognizes as the default sound device in the Control Panel. This is typically the most recent audio device added to the system. |
3. Use the UP or DOWN ARROW keys to move to a sound device, and then press ENTER to select the card. The menu closes and JAWS now uses the selected card. The next time you open the Sound Cards submenu, the selected card will have a check mark.
Back Next
Graphics Labeler Overview
Windows is a graphical user interface. A graphic can be an icon, toolbar button, or a picture in an application or on the Internet. Many graphics that you encounter in Windows are labeled. When you navigate over a graphic, JAWS reads these labels to you. Some graphics are not labeled. In this case you will hear, "Graphic XXX." The numbers you hear after the word graphic are assigned by JAWS. With JAWS, you can label graphics that don’t already have a label specified. You can label graphics automatically or manually. You may need sighted assistance, to help you determine what the graphic is so that you can label it appropriately.
After you label your graphics, you can choose to save these labels to the specific application or to the default file. If you save the graphics labels in the default file, the label will always be recognized unless it is labeled differently by an application.
Creating a Graphic Label Manually Using the Auto Graphics Labeler
Back Next
Creating a Graphic Label Manually
To practice creating a Graphic Label, use HJPad. To launch HJPad go to Start, All Programs, JAWS X (where X is the JAWS version number), Run HJPad.
Using the Graphics Labeler is easy, but before you start ensure that JAWS is set to speak graphics. Follow these steps to be sure:
1. With HJPad open, press INSERT+V to open Quick Settings.
2. In the Search box, type the term "graphics" (without the quotes), and then press DOWN ARROW to move to the Graphics option in the tree view.
3. Press the SPACEBAR until you hear JAWS say, "All."
4. Next, press ENTER to accept the change, and then close Quick Settings.
Now that all graphics will be spoken, you are ready to find a graphic to label.
1. Press the NUM PAD MINUS key to activate the JAWS cursor.
|Tip: To navigate to the toolbar, first press PAGE UP to move to the top of the window, and then press HOME to move to the top, left. |
2. Use the ARROW Keys to move to the first toolbar button. You will hear, "Graphic XXX." XXX can indicate any number.
3. Press INSERT+G to open the Graphics Labeler.
4. When the Graphics Labeler is opened, the focus is in the edit field, where you should enter the label for the graphic. It will contain the graphic and the number that is assigned to it. Type the name for your graphic.
5. Press the TAB key to move to the braille label field. Here you can enter a label for a braille display.
6. Next press the TAB key to move to a group of radio buttons that will let you
determine where you want to save the label, in the application file, default file, or both files.
7. Press ENTER to activate your graphic label.
|Note: To edit a graphic label, use the same procedure that you would to create a new graphic label, and just change the name of the |
|label in the Graphics Labeler when it opens. To delete a graphic label, do the same, but delete the name in the Graphics Labeler. |
Using the Auto Graphics Labeler
The Auto Graphics Labeler assigns a text label to all graphics that are associated with ToolTips. A ToolTip is a brief description of a graphic that appears on the screen as you point to the graphic with your mouse.
To activate the Auto Graphics Labeler, open the desired application, and press CTRL+INSERT+G.
JAWS will attempt to label all graphics. Do not move the mouse or press any keys on the keyboard until JAWS states that the Auto Graphics Labeler is finished. When JAWS finishes, it will announce the newly labeled graphics.
After using the Auto Graphics Labeler, you can use CTRL+INSERT+SHIFT+G to bring up the Select Graphic to Click Dialog box. With this dialog box, you can use your arrow keys to move through the available graphics, and then press the TAB key to move to the OK button and press ENTER to activate the graphic you selected.
Back Next
Add and Change Prompts
Prompts are labels for controls in dialog boxes. Some of the time, JAWS does not read a prompt, or the prompt that is provided is not very meaningful. Now, when you find a prompt like this, just assign the prompt you want JAWS to speak and display in Braille. And if you want a brief reminder spoken whenever you move to a particular control, just add a custom tutor message to provide this information.
Creating a Prompt
Custom Tutor Messages Deleting Prompts
Troubleshooting Prompts
Back Next
Creating a Prompt
To create a prompt:
1. Move to the control for which the prompt is not properly spoken.
2. Press CTRL+INSERT+TAB.
3. A dialog box appears to walk you through the creation of the prompt. On the first page, enter the prompt for the control as you want JAWS to speak it, and then select Next.
4. On the second page, enter the prompt for the control as you want JAWS to display it in Braille, and then select Next.
5. On the third page, specify a Tutor message to provide assistance with navigation or the use of this control. If you leave the Tutor message blank, the default message is used. Select Finish to create your prompt.
Note: You can also press INSERT+F2 to open the Run JAWS Manager dialog and select Prompt Create from the list to create a prompt.
If you wish to change a prompt you have assigned, just press CTRL+INSERT+TAB again and change the labels you entered.
Back Next
Custom Tutor Messages
The Prompt Creator dialogs can be used to create custom Tutor messages. Even if you don't want to change a control's prompt, you can still add a Tutor message that provides you tips to remind you of the purpose of a control.
When you create a Prompt, the field for specifying a spoken prompt initially contains what JAWS believes the prompt is. If you do not change this, and select the Next button, the prompt to be displayed in Braille contains this same information. If you select Next without changing this, you can add the Tutor message you wish to use without modifying the
spoken or Brailled prompt for the control.
Tutor messages are a great tool for familiarizing yourself with windows and applications. If you no longer need these messages, you can turn them off, but still hear the custom Tutor messages you have added. In the JAWS application window, Options, Basic Settings, set the Tutor Messages group of radio buttons to Announce Custom Messages Only. And if you wish to hear Tutor messages for menus and controls, as well as the custom Tutor messages you have added, just leave this group of radio buttons set to Announce Menu and Control Help. However, you cannot choose to hear both a custom Tutor message and a default Tutor message for the same control.
Back Next
Deleting Prompts
To delete a prompt you have created:
1. Navigate to the dialog or window containing the control for which you created the prompt.
2. press INSERT+F2, select Frame Viewer, and press ENTER.
3. TAB to the frame with the name of the prompt you wish to delete and press the DELETE key.
Back Next
Troubleshooting Prompts
Creating prompts is a straightforward process and you will seldom run into any difficulties. However, there are a few situations within which your prompts may need to be slightly reconfigured for best results. There are also situations within which it is necessary to create your prompts in a specific manner. Several of these situations are listed below with our recommendations for how to make your prompts work best.
A prompt is Recognized in Several Dialogs Prompts in Multipage Dialogs
A Prompt that does not Size to the Control
A Prompt is Recognized in Several Dialogs
It is possible FOR a prompt to be recognized within several dialogs within the same application. This can only occur when the dialogs in an application use similar names and the controls in them are laid out similarly.
When prompts are created, the text from the title of the dialog in which the control is located is recorded. The prompt is then available whenever a dialog in that application containing that text is opened. Because of this, if you create a prompt in a dialog titled "Options," and that same application also has a dialog named "Format Options" or something else containing the word "options," the prompt is recognized in that dialog as well. And if there is a control in that dialog in the same position as that for which you created the prompt, the prompt is spoken when you TAB to that control.
To correct this:
1. Open the dialog where you created the prompt.
2. Press INSERT+F2 to open the Run JAWS Manager dialog, select Frame Viewer, and press ENTER.
3. TAB to the frame with the name of your prompt.
4. Press ALT+ENTER to open properties for the frame.
5. Press CTRL+TAB to move to the Validation Rules page of this dialog.
6. Select the Window Title rule and press ALT+M to modify it.
7. Do not change the rule type. Move to Next and press ENTER.
8. Change the comparison type from Contains to Is and select Next.
9. Do not change the comparison value. Select Finish.
10. You should be back in the Validation Rules page of properties. Press ENTER.
11. Press CTRL+S to save changes.
12. Press ESC to exit Frame Viewer.
Your prompt should now work only in the dialog for which it was intended.
Prompts in Multipage Dialogs
Prompts created within multipage dialogs may be recognized within several pages of the dialog. This is because the title of the dialog is used to determine when the prompt is available, and the title of multipage dialogs do not change as you move from page to page.
To prevent this, the prompt must look for something unique in the page of the dialog where it was created. We recommend identifying text of some sort within the page, which is not present in any other pages of the dialog. Once you have identified such text, follow these steps to set your prompt to only be available when that text is present.
1. Open the dialog to the page where you created the prompt.
2. Press INSERT+F2 to open the Run JAWS Manager dialog, select Frame Viewer, and press ENTER.
3. TAB to the frame with the name of your prompt.
4. Press ALT+ENTER to open properties for the frame.
5. Press CTRL+TAB to move to the Validation Rules page of this dialog.
6. Press ALT+A to modify a new rule.
7. Set the rule type to Window Text. Move to Next and press ENTER.
8. Leave the comparison type set to Contains, and select Next.
9. For the comparison value, type in the text you identified as unique to the page of the dialog where you want your prompt to work. Press TAB to move to the Add button and press ENTER. Then select Finish.
10. You should be back in the Validation Rules page of properties. Press ENTER.
11. Press CTRL+S to save changes.
12. Press ESC to exit Frame Viewer.
A Prompt that does not Size to the Control
You may find situations where a prompt you create does not correctly size to the control or area of the screen in which you want to use it. One example of this is when creating prompts for use in terminal emulation software. In these cases, it may be necessary to create the prompt in another manner.
You can use the JAWS cursor to specify the exact position of the top left and bottom right corners of your prompt, limiting it to the exact area where you need it.
1. With the JAWS cursor, navigate to the top, left corner of the area you want included in the prompt.
2. Press CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT BRACKET.
3. Move to the bottom, right corner of the area you wish to include in the prompt, and press CTRL+SHIFT+RIGHT BRACKET.
4. A dialog box appears asking you if you wish to create a frame or a prompt. Select to create a prompt.
The standard Prompt Creator dialogs appear. Fill out the information on each page just like with any other prompt.
Back Next
Introduction to Frames
Frames are a quick, easy way to make your applications more accessible. A frame is a rectangular area of a window or the screen you define so JAWS knows to monitor it for any activity that might take place.
What Frames Do
Frames can do many things. Some of the more common uses are:
Speak or Braille information at the press of a keystroke.
Speak or Braille information when you TAB to a control within the borders of the frame.
Speak or Braille information when text is newly displayed within the borders of the frame.
Prevent JAWS from automatically speaking information.
Quickly list all of your currently active frames by pressing INSERT+F9. Select a frame in the list and press ENTER and the JAWS cursor is moved to that frame.
Press CTRL+INSERT+A to quickly display the names and textual content of all currently active frames within the Virtual Viewer. Easily select text and copy it to the clipboard. Use standard reading commands to read the information. Each frame's name is a link, and selecting one of these links moves the JAWS cursor to that frame. This feature makes it very easy to interact with text without moving focus away from the control or window where you were working, and will save many people a lot of time in terminal emulation programs, call centers, and many other situations.
Working with Frames
Frames are now much easier to work with and modify. We provide a totally new interface that is easier to use for everyone. In Frame Viewer, frames are visible on the screen, and standard commands let you easily move between them, move and resize them, and access their properties. Refer to Frame Viewer.
Frames also provide the support to make it possible to quickly and easily create prompts for controls when the prompt does not speak or does not provide useful information. Refer to Add and Change Prompts.
Designing Effective Frames
With frames, there are three main things to consider:
Position: Your frame needs to be properly positioned. The frame's size and location determine what areas of the screen or window are monitored. Frames should be positioned based on what information you want them to speak, what you want them to do, or what activity occurring in your application you wish to have cause the frame to do something. Frames are positioned when they are first created, and easy to use methods are provided for you to move or resize a frame within Frame Viewer.
Validation Rules: Frames set rules to compare information in your application with information that is specified when each frame is created. This ensures frames are only available where you need to use them. Frames should be limited so they only work where you need them. If you design a series of three or four frames to make a specific dialog box in Microsoft Word more accessible, the frames should only be active in that dialog box. If they are active in other Word dialog boxes, you will receive unpredictable, and possibly very confusing results.
Events and Actions: Events are the activities that cause your frames to perform some action. Set your frames to do something when a key is pressed, when text is newly displayed within the borders of the frame, when you move to a control within the borders of a frame, or when one of these events occur within another frame. Assign the actions you wish to occur to each event, and a frame can do many things, naturally responding as you work in your application.
Back Next
Creating a Frame
1. With the JAWS cursor, navigate to the top, left corner of the area you want included in the frame.
2. Press CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT BRACKET.
3. Move to the bottom, right corner of the area you wish to include in the frame, and press CTRL+SHIFT+RIGHT BRACKET.
4. A dialog box appears asking you if you wish to create a frame or a prompt. Select to create a frame.
5. A dialog appears to walk you through the creation of the frame. On the first page, enter the name of the frame and select Next.
|Note: Frame names cannot contain spaces or symbols. We recommend concatenating the names, capitalizing the start of each word. |
6. The second page asks for a synopsis of the frame's purpose. Fill out the information and select Next. This information is very important if others are going to use your frames.
7. The third page asks for a more detailed description of the frame's purpose. Fill out the information and select Next. This information is very important if others are going to use your frames.
8. The fourth page prompts you to assign a keystroke to the frame. If you choose to assign a keystroke, text within the frame is spoken when the keystroke is pressed. This functionality is added as a frame event and can be modified later.
9. The fifth page prompts you to specify how JAWS will echo text newly written within the frame. Select JAWS Screen Echo, Silent, Highlight, or All. These settings correspond to using the current JAWS screen echo setting, or specifying which screen echo setting to use. This functionality is added through use of Frame Events. For information on what Frame Event is added based on your selection, please refer to Default Frame Events. After selecting an option, select Finish to continue.
Tip: Move the JAWS cursor to a control or window, and press CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT BRACKET twice quickly to set the frame to the current control or window. Then fill in the information as stated above.
At this point, the frame is created, but not saved. Focus is on the frame, and Frame Viewer is active. Press the Applications key to open the context menu for the frame.
Select Save Changes from the menu to save the frame.
Select Properties to modify settings for the frame.
If you select Exit Frames Mode without first saving the frame, a dialog prompts you
to save your changes.
Tip: Sighted users of JAWS may find it easier and more straightforward to create a frame by opening Frame Viewer, selecting Options, Create New Frame, and after filling in the information in the Create a Frame dialogs, sizing and positioning the frame with the mouse. By default, frames created in this manner are sized to the current control or window.
Back Next
Frame Viewer
Frame Viewer is where you work with frames. Move between them, move them, resize them, or open a frame's properties and adjust settings.
To open Frame Viewer, press INSERT+F2, move to Frame Viewer, and press ENTER.
The Frame Viewer displays all active frames for the current application and the Frames Mode buttons. Focus is initially on the first of these frames. (This is determined by which frame was first created.) Press TAB to move through the frames. If you continue to press TAB until you have moved through all the frames, focus moves to the Frame Viewer buttons.
There are four Frame Viewer buttons: Options, Frames List, Help, and Close. These buttons let you access very useful features, and most all these features, and more, are accessible right from any frame. If you open Frame Viewer and no frames are active, focus is on the Options button.
Commands Available from any Frame
Frames Context Menu Positioning Frames
Frame Viewer Toolbox
Commands Available from any Frame
Description Command
Read Text in Frame INSERT+DOWN ARROW
Move Between Frames Tab or SHIFT+TAB
Open Frame Properties ALT+ENTER
Open Context Menu APPLICATIONS KEY or SHIFT+F10
Save All Changes to Frames CTRL+S
Delete Current Frame DELETE
Frames Context Menu
The context menu for a frame is opened by pressing the APPLICATIONS key. The following options are available from this context menu.
Frame Properties: Opens a multi page dialog containing General Properties, Validation Rules, Events, and Position information. Refer to Frame Properties for more information.
Status: Use this submenu to temporarily disable and enable frames.
Move: Use this option to move the frame, right from the keyboard, while receiving spoken feedback. Refer to Moving Frames for more information.
Resize: Use this option to resize the frame, right from the keyboard, while receiving spoken feedback. Refer to Resizing Frames for more information.
Events: Opens the Frame Properties dialog to the Events page. Refer to Events Properties for more information.
Save Changes: Saves changes to all frames.
Frames List: Opens a dialog listing frames currently active, or frames in the current application. Refer to Frames List for more information.
Delete: Deletes the current frame.
Hide Titles: Temporarily hides frame titles.
Exit Frame Viewer: Exits frame viewer. If changes have been made, but not saved, you are prompted to save changes.
Positioning Frames
One of the primary factors determining how well a frame will work is how effectively it is positioned. Frames are positioned in the following ways.
When you create a frame,you can size and position the frame to the current control or window, or you can specify the exact location of the top left corner and bottom right corner. For more information, refer to Creating a Frame.
Open Frame Viewer, press TAB to move to an existing frame, press ALT+ENTER to open the current frame's properties, and press CTRL+TAB to move to the position page. Modify the settings in this dialog to adjust the location and size of the frame. For more information, refer to Position Properties.
Open Frame Viewer, press TAB to move to an existing frame, and select Move or Resize from the frame's context menu, and use the arrow keys to adjust the position or size of the frame. This method allows you to adjust a frame's size and/or position right within Frame Viewer, and provides spoken feedback as you move or resize a frame.
Use your mouse to drag a frame by its title bar to a new location, or to drag a border to resize the frame.
Tip: When a person, working visually, uses the mouse to move the mouse pointer over the edge of a frame, the mouse changes shape and becomes a double arrow. If they click and hold the left mouse button they can now drag the edge to change the frame size. When they release the left mouse button, the changed size is retained. They can continue sizing by moving the mouse to another edge and repeating the process. If they simply want to move the frame they would click and hold the left mouse button with the mouse on the title bar of the frame. While the mouse button is held down the person can move the frame freely around the screen. When they release the mouse button, the new position is retained.
Enable Show Window Contents
If you select the context menu items and use the arrow keys to move or resize a frame, you first need to check the Show Window Contents While Dragging check box in the Effects page of Display Properties. This will ensure you receive the maximum feedback while you are moving or resizing a frame. To do this:
1. Press the WINDOWS KEY to open the Start Menu.
2. Select Settings, Control Panel.
3. Select Display Properties.
4. Press CTRL+TAB until you are at the Effects page.
5. TAB to the Show Window Contents While Dragging check box and press SPACEBAR to check it if it is not already checked.
This ensures you receive spoken feedback as you move or resize a frame. If you do not check this check box, you still receive spoken feedback, but only after completing the operation.
Moving Frames
To move frames with the arrow keys:
1. Press INSERT+F2, move to Frame Viewer, and press ENTER.
2. TAB to the frame you wish to reposition.
3. Press the APPLICATIONS key. Then press M.
4. Press the arrow key corresponding to the direction you wish to move the frame. As you press arrow keys and the frame moves, the distance in pixels is reported.
5. Press INSERT+DOWN ARROW to hear what text is within the borders of the frame. This should assist you in verifying the frame is positioned where you need it.
6. Press ENTER when the frame is positioned where you want it, or press ESC to cancel the operation.
Resizing Frames
To resize a frame with the arrow keys:
1. Press INSERT+F2, move to Frame Viewer, and press ENTER.
2. TAB to the frame you wish to resize.
3. Press the APPLICATIONS key. Then press R.
4. Press the arrow key corresponding to the border of the frame you wish to move.
5. Press the arrow key corresponding to the direction you wish to move the selected border.
For example, if you wish to bring the right border of the frame in (to make the frame smaller), first press RIGHT ARROW, then press LEFT ARROW to move the border of the frame. As you press arrow keys and the border moves, the distance in pixels is reported.
6. Press INSERT+DOWN ARROW to hear what text is within the borders of the frame. This should assist you in verifying the frame is sized as you need it.
7. Press ENTER when the frame border is positioned where you want it, or press ESC to cancel the operation.
Frame Viewer Toolbox
Frame Viewer includes a toolbox containing four buttons: Options, Frames List, Help and Close. The Help button opens the Introduction to Frames help topic, and closes Frame Viewer. The close button closes Frame Viewer. The Options and Frames List buttons are explained in the following sections.
Options
Select the Options button to open a context menu containing the following items:
Create New Frame: This item creates a new frame positioned on and sized to the control or window that was active when Frame Viewer was opened.
View Frames List: This item opens the Frames List dialog. Save Changes: This item saves changes to all frames.
Exit Frame Viewer: This item closes Frame Viewer. If frame settings have been changed, but not saved, you are prompted to save your changes.
Status: This item opens a submenu from which you can disable all frames and enable them again.
Hide Titles: This item temporarily hides titles for all frames. Frames List
The Frames list button opens a dialog that lists all frames for the application that was active when Frame Viewer was opened. This list provides an alternate means of working with your frames, and provides access to frames that are inactive. Frame Viewer does not display frames that are inactive, so the Frames List dialog is the only way to access and make modifications to inactive frames.
An inactive frame has Validation Rules set to check for conditions that are not met at the time Frame Viewer was opened. For example, if a frame is set to be active in the Options dialog within an application, but Frame Viewer is opened from the application's Settings dialog, the frame would be inactive.
The following commands are available from the list of Frames:
Description Command
Enable/Disable Frame SPACEBAR
Open Frame Properties ALT+P
Delete Frame ALT+D
Close Frames List ALT+C
Move to Frame ALT+M
Note: You can only move to active frames, but you can modify the
Back Next
Frame Properties
The Frame Properties Dialog is a multi-page dialog box. Use this dialog to modify general settings, validation rules, events, or to fine tune a frame's position and size.
To access the properties for a frame, press INSERT+F2 to open the Run JAWS Manager dialog. Select Frame Viewer from the list and press ENTER. TAB to the frame and press ALT+ENTER.
General Properties
Validation Rules Properties
Events Properties Position Properties
General Properties
The General page of the Frame Properties dialog contains basic settings. Many of these settings contain the information entered when a frame is created. Use this page to modify those settings you feel you need to change after you have created your frame.
Frame Name: Lists the name you assigned when you created your frame.
Synopsis and Description: Lists information that is used in Keyboard Help, INSERT+1, when you press the keystroke assigned to your frame.
Prompts - Spoken, Brailled, Tutor: Lists information for frames used to provide prompt information for controls.
Keystroke: Lists the keystroke which activates the On Frame Key event for the frame, causing any assigned actions to take place. If you copy a frame from another version of JAWS, or from another computer running JAWS, you need to reassign this keystroke.
Priority: Sets the relative priority of frames. This is useful when you have multiple frames within the same area of an application as it allows you to determine which one takes precedence over the others. The lower the value, the higher the priority.
Validation Rules Properties
The Validation Rules page of the Frame Properties dialog contains a list of the rules used to determine when the frame is active. The rules compare information from your application with information specified when the frame was created. The order in which rules are listed is the order in which they are processed.
The list specifies if the rule is on or off, the type of rule, the comparison type, and the value being compared.
Description Command
Create Rule ALT+A
Toggle Rule on/off SPACEBAR
Modify Rule ALT+ENTER
Move Rule up ALT+UP ARROW
Move Rule Down ALT+DOWN ARROW
Edit Comparison Value F2
When you select to create or modify a rule, a series of dialogs prompts you through each of the settings for the rule. Select Next after choosing each setting, and select Finish when you have completed all the dialogs. For more information, refer to Validation Rules.
Events Properties
The Events page of the Frame Properties dialog contains a list of the frame events set for the current frame. Events specify what your frame does, and what system activity causes it to do it. Events are things that happen in the application. Actions are assigned to them in this dialog so they take place whenever the event occurs. The order in which events are listed is the order in which they take place.
Description Command
Create Event F2
Modify Event ALT+ENTER
toggle Event on/off SPACEBAR
Move Event Up ALT+UP ARROW
Move Event Down ALT+DOWN ARROW
When you select to create or modify an event, a series of dialogs prompts you through each of the settings for the event. Select Next after choosing each setting, and select Finish when you have completed all the dialogs. If you are assigning multiple actions to the same type of event, after completing the dialogs, TAB past the Finish button and select the Add Another Event button. You are returned to the Actions dialog where you can assign another action to the event. The Events Properties dialog lists an event for each action you assign, and they are in the order you added the actions.
For more information, refer to Frame Events.
Position Properties
Use the Position page of the Frame Properties dialog box to specify exactly where you want the frame. The fields in this dialog are automatically filled out when you create the frame, so use these fields to tweak the exact position of your frame.
The first group of radio buttons has two choices:
Distance from Left Side of Window Distance from Right Side of Window
Press TAB to move to the Distance edit field. Specify the distance in pixels (measured either from the left or right side of the window as specified by the radio buttons).
Press TAB to move to the Width edit field. This field specifies the exact width of the frame in pixels. This field automatically updates as you change the distance of the frame from the left or right side of the window.
The second group of radio buttons is similar to the first. It also contains two choices:
Distance from Top of Window Distance from Bottom of Window
This group of radio buttons also has an edit field for the exact distance from top or bottom, and there is an edit field to specify the height of the frame. Navigate these fields in the same way as the ones discussed above.
Use the third group of radio buttons to specify whether you want the frame to be relative to the window or the screen. As you switch between these two choices, the choices above change to be relative to the screen or window. For example, if you choose relative to screen, the choices above change to state the frame’s distance from the left of the screen, instead of distance from the left of the window.
We recommend you set your frames relative to the Window for most situations. If you transfer frame files to another computer using a different screen resolution, your frame is more likely to work if it is set relative to the Window. Additionally, frames are usually designed specifically for one window; therefore they should be relative to that window.
The Lock to DPI check box allows you to specify that a frame will only be active at the DPI (Dots Per Inch) setting at which it was created.
For more information on positioning frames, refer to:
Moving Frames Resizing Frames
Validation Rules
Validation Rules are the criteria used to determine when frames are active. These rules compare information within your application to information specified within the rule. To ensure a frame is active when it is supposed to be, ensure its Validation Rules are set for conditions that are met within the area of the application where you want to use the frame.
When you open Frame Viewer, only active frames are displayed. Validation Rules ensure your frames are only active where they are to be used. If your Validation Rules are too general, your frames will be active in too many places and may speak useless information. If your Validation Rules are too specific, your frames may not work when you need them.
There are three components of any Validation Rule:
Information Types: The types of information found in your applications that are used to determine if frames are active or inactive.
Comparison Types: The types of comparisons made between the information types found in your applications and the comparison values you specify.
Comparison Values: The values you specify that are compared with the information types found in your applications.
Information Types Comparison Types Comparison Values
Information Types
Validation Rules are based on types of information found in your application.
Window Title: Window titles are the text contained within the title bars of application windows or dialog boxes. Window titles can change within applications where files can be opened. For example, the title of the open document is displayed in the title bar of Microsoft Word. If you want a frame to be active within Word no matter which file you have opened, you need to take this into account when you set up a Validation Rule based on window titles.
Window Class: Window classes are programming level labels assigned to every control and window. To verify the window class for a control or window, move focus to it and press CTRL+INSERT+F1. The "Class" line reports the window class.
Window classes usually do not change, so Validation Rules based on them usually work well. However, there are applications in which window classes are generated dynamically, and in these applications, the window class for a control or window can be different each time you reopen the application. Some applications also use different window classes from version to version.
Window Text: Window text is text that appears within a window. When you use this rule, JAWS searches the entire window for the text to determine if your frame is active.
We recommend always using other Validation Rules with this one and giving them higher priority so frames are more quickly recognized as inactive within those areas of your application where they are not used.
Frame Text: Frame text is text that appears within the borders of the frame. When you use this rule, JAWS searches the text within the borders of the frame for the text to determine if your frame is active. We recommend taking the same precautions with this type of rule as with rules based on window text.
Comparison Types
Validation rules compare information from the current application or screen with information values you specify. You also specify the type of comparison the rule makes. The following comparison types are available.
Is: The value you specify must exactly match the information within the application for the rule to validate.
Is Not: The rule will validate unless there is an exact match between the value you specify and the information in the application.
Contains: The rule will validate if the information in the application contains the value you specify.
Does Not Contain: The rule will validate unless the information in the application contains the value you specify.
Comparison Values
Comparison values are specified in your Validation Rules and compared to the information types found in your applications. These comparisons are based on the comparison types you have specified.
When deciding on what values to specify for comparisons, it is important to consider the information type, the comparison type, and how your frame is to be used.
For example, in some dialogs in Microsoft Word 2000, all controls use the window class, "bosa_sdm_Microsoft Word 9.0." If the frame is only to be used in this version of Word, a window class based rule using the comparison value of Is would work fine with the full window class specified as the comparison value. However, if you wished to use the same frame in Word 97 as well, you need to be aware that the window class in that version of Word is slightly different. It is, "bosa_sdm_Microsoft Word 8.0." To make the frame work in both versions of Word, you need to do one of two things:
Add a second comparison value of "bosa_sdm_Microsoft Word 8.0" to the rule. The advantage of this is that you do not need to modify any other part of your rule. Both values are compared to the actual window class and if either of them match, the rule is validated.
Change the comparison type in the rule to Contains, and change the comparison value to "bosa_sdm_Microsoft Word" in the rule. Since both versions of Word use a window class that contains this information, the rule will validate.
Tip: To quickly change a comparison value, move to the Validation Rules page of a Frame's properties, select the rule in the list, and press F2. Type in the new value to be compared to the information in your application and press ENTER.
Back Next
Frame Events
JAWS makes extensive use of events within Windows and your applications to determine when certain responses or actions are necessary. Events occur all the time: when you press a key on your keyboard (KeyPressedEvent), when you open a file containing text (NewTextEvent), when you TAB from one control to another (FocusChangeEvent). Recognizing events in such a way that actions can be taken allows JAWS to quickly and naturally respond appropriately as you work.
Within frames, only specific events are used. You specify which events each frame recognizes. When one of the events specified for a frame occurs, the action you have associated with that event is taken.
There are several parts to every event used with frames.
Frame Event Types: There are four types of frame events: On Focus, On Frame Key, On Play Action, and On Text. The event type determines what causes actions within your frame to take place. For example, if you want some specific action to take place whenever you TAB to a control within the borders of a frame, assign an On Focus event and associate the action to take place.
Event Actions: Event actions are the actions that occur when the event takes place. Each event you add activates only one action. If you want to have several things occur when focus moves into the borders of a frame, add the On Focus frame event several times, assigning different actions to each instance of the event.
Action Attributes: Many, but not all, event actions require that you specify an attribute of some sort. For example, if you set a frame to speak the contents of a window when some event occurs, when you assign the Say Window action to the frame event, you are prompted to specify which window is to be spoken.
Frame Event Types
Text Filters Event Scope Event Actions
Frame Event Types
The following events are available for use with frames. On Focus
This event occurs whenever the system focus moves into the borders of a frame. If you want something to happen whenever you TAB to a specific control in a dialog, create a frame at the location of the control, assign the On Focus event, and add the actions you want to take place.
On Frame Key
This event occurs when the keyboard combination assigned to the frame is pressed. The keyboard assignment is made within the General page of the Frame Properties dialog.
On Play Action
This event occurs when the action, Play Frame Actions is used from another frame and uses this frame as the attribute.
For example, assume you want several actions to take place in FrameA, but only when an event occurs in FrameB. In FrameA, set up an On Play Action event for each action you want to take place. Then in FrameB, set up the event you want to use to initiate the actions. Assign the action, Play Frame Actions to this event, and set FrameA as the attribute.
With the On Play Action event, you can specify the scope of the event to determine when the event is recognized.
On Text
This event occurs when text is newly displayed within the borders of the frame. Newly displayed text can be text typed into an edit field, or static text in a dialog when the dialog first appears on the screen.
This text can be filtered so only specific text, or text with certain attributes or colors activates the event.
For example, if you set the On Text event for a frame containing a list box, and set the filter to recognize any highlighted text, every time you arrow to a new item in the list box, newly highlighted text is displayed and the event occurs, so the associated action takes place.
With the On Text event, you can specify the scope of the event to determine when the event is recognized.
Text Filters
When using the On Text event, you can specify that the event is recognized only if the text newly written within the borders of the frame matches a "filter" you set. This filter allows you to specify:
Foreground (Text) Color
Background Color
Text attributes (Bold, Highlight, Italic, Underline, etc.) A String of Text
Foreground and background colors can be specified based on the text colors at the location of the JAWS cursor (where it was before Frame Viewer was started), by selecting the color names from the edit combo boxes, or by typing in the RGB (Red, Green, Blue) numeric values.
When you specify a string of text for the filter, for the text in the frame to be considered a match, it must be displayed all on one line, and it cannot be interrupted by other text, symbols, or graphics.
Event Scope
The On Play Action event and the On Text event can be set so these events are only recognized under certain conditions. This allows you to limit when the actions associated with these events occur.
Set these Events to be recognized:
All the time, regardless of the location of the system focus Only when the system focus is within the frame
Only when the system focus is not within the frame
Event Actions
Actions are what make frames so powerful. Set actions to read the frame or window, play a sound file, reposition cursors, or run a JAWS script. Each event you add to your frame is associated with one action, but you can have several instances of the same event type with different actions associated with each, so when the event occurs, all the actions take place.
|Note: Actions take place in the order the associated event types are listed in the Events page of the Frame Properties dialog. |
When you add an event and choose an action to assign to it, as you move through the list of actions, a description of each action is provided. Below are summarized the types of actions that are available.
Speak or Braille Information
There are actions to speak or Braille the following types of information:
Text within a frame or window: You specify which frame or window.
Text with specific attributes in a frame or window: Specify the frame or window, and specify the attributes or colors of the text.
A string of text: Just specify what you want spoken or displayed in Braille.
A structured message: Specify a combination of specific text and information gathered through use of script functions.
|Note: The actions related to Braille only work while you are in structured mode. |
Move Cursors
There are actions to move cursors as follows:
Move the JAWS cursor to the top left corner of a frame Move the JAWS cursor to the top left corner of a window Move the JAWS cursor to the PC cursor
Play Sounds
There are actions to play sounds you specify, system sounds, or to produce a beep from the system speaker.
Other
There are also actions to:
Load JAWS Configuration Files: Specify the configuration files you wish to use. Play Actions Specified in other Frames: An event occurring in one frame can be set to cause actions in another frame to take place.
Run JAWS Scripts: Enhance your frames even further by using them together with JAWS scripts.
Suppress Script Events: Prevent script events from causing information to be spoken or Brailed so as to avoid duplicating the information your frame is providing.
Back Next
Frame Defaults
When you create a frame, several default settings are used for Validation Rules and Frame Events. It is helpful to be aware of these defaults if you need to change the rules under which a frame is active, or if you need to change the functionality of a frame.
Default Frame Events
When a frame is created, one frame event is always assigned, On Frame Key, set to speak the contents of the frame. This frame event is added even if you do not assign a keystroke to the frame.
The other frame events that are assigned depend on the options selected during creation of the frame.
The fifth page of the frame creation dialogs prompts you to specify how your frame will echo text newly displayed within the frame. The choice you select determines the other frame event that is added.
Silent: An On Text frame event is added with the action set to Suppress Script Event. This prevents the JAWS scripting New Text Event from causing text to be spoken.
Highlight: An On Text frame event is added set to filter for highlighted text only, with the action set to Speak Text Filter. This frame event speaks the text that caused the frame event to take place, in this case, the highlighted text.
All: An On Text frame event is added that does not filter for any specific sort of text, and with the action set to Speak Text Filter. In this case, all text within the frame is spoken any time new text is displayed within the frame.
JAWS Screen Echo: No frame event is added when this choice is selected, and the way JAWS echoes text newly displayed in the frame is determined by default JAWS screen echo settings.
For more information, please refer to Frame Events.
Default Validation Rules
When a frame is created, two default Validation Rules are added:
A rule is added based on the Window Title in the application. When you later use this frame, it is active if the window title in the application contains the same text as was present in the window title when the frame was created. If you create a frame in an application in which the name of the open document is reflected in the title bar, you will need to modify this rule or your frame will only be active when that document is open.
A rule is added based on the window class in the application window or control. When you later use this frame, it is active if the window class in the application window or control contains the same information as was present when the frame was created.
For more information, please refer to Validation Rules.
Back Next
Troubleshooting Frames
Creating and configuring frames to do what you want is a series of fairly simple steps, but there are quite a few steps, and frames can do a lot. Some of the time, frames will not work, or they might not work the way you expect. This topic addresses several situations you might encounter when working with frames, and provides some tips for correcting the situation.
Tips are provided for the following situations:
When a frame is inactive where you want to use it
When a frame is active where you do not want to use it
When a frame does not perform the actions you set for it
When a frame performs actions more frequently than you expect When information sent to a Braille display is not properly updated When Braille Information is not Displayed
When a Frame is Inactive Where you Want to Use it
If your frame is inactive when you expected it to be available, or when you open Frame Viewer, first make sure you opened Frame Viewer from the location at which the frame was created. All frames are application specific. You cannot create frames in one application and use them in another.
If you open Frame Viewer and your frames are inactive, you cannot move to them.
1. TAB to the Frames List button and press SPACEBAR.
2. Move to the frame you wish to work with, and press ALT+P to open the frame's properties.
When you first create a frame, two Validation Rules are set. A rule is set for the window title to contain the text it did at the time the frame was created. A rule is also set for the window class to contain the text it did at the time the frame was created. Verify this information has not changed in the application, or turn off one of the rules. In the Validation Rules page of frame properties, select a rule in the list and press SPACEBAR to toggle it off or back on again.
Add another comparison value. The rule will be valid if one or the other of the values match the information in the application.
Change the comparison type to something less specific, for example, from Is to Contains. Shorten the comparison value so it only contains text that does not change.
When a Frame is Active Where you do not Want to Use it
If your frame is active in places where you do not want it speaking information or performing other actions, your validation rules are too general. Look at the window title (INSERT+T), window class (CTRL+INSERT+F1), or text within the area (or areas) where you wish to use the frame. Look for something unique to that area or those areas. Set up a validation rule for that unique information.
When a frame does not perform the actions you set for it
All frame actions are based on events. Make sure the event is occurring as you expect. There are only three events that directly cause actions to take place: focus moving into the area of the frame (On Focus), new text (of some type) being newly displayed within the area of the frame (On Text), or pressing an assigned keystroke (On Frame Key). The fourth event type (On Play Action) lets you set an action in one frame to occur when one of the other events takes place in another frame.
Create events to try and verify when events are occurring. Create an On Focus event with the action, Say String. Have it state, "Focus Event." Try a similar test with the On Text event. Try assigning the action to the On Frame Key event, assign a keystroke, and test it.
When a Frame Performs Actions More Frequently than you Expect
Not all actions take place because of the frame events you have set. Some actions are caused by system events and the JAWS script support. Most frequently, these actions are initiated by FocusChangeEvent, or NewTextEvent. To test to see if this is the cause of the situation, create an On Focus event in your frame with the action set to Suppress Script Event. If this does not resolve the situation, create an On Text event with the action set to Suppress Script Event.
The On Text event, when set to filter for any highlighted text, will perform the associated action each time the text that is highlighted changes - for example, when moving through a list box. Try changing the scope of the event to only when focus is in the frame, or to only when focus is not within the frame.
When Information Sent to a Braille Display is not Properly Updated
When you use any of the Braille related actions to send information to a Braille display, the display may not properly refresh when you move focus to another control or perform other actions in your application. To prevent this, ensure the Show Focus Control check box is checked. This check box is located in the Add/Modify Event dialogs, on the page that is displayed after one of the Braille actions is assigned.
When Braille Information is not Displayed
If you configure a frame to send information to a Braille display, but the information is not displayed, verify that you are using structured mode. The frame actions related to Braille do not work while you are using line mode as line mode is an actual representation of what is displayed on the screen. While using structured mode, you can set your frames to send the information you find useful to your Braille display.
Back Next
Customizing List Views
A list view is an area in a window or dialog box that contains one or more items, such as files, folders, records, and so on. The list view usually contains multiple columns that display information about each item in the list. You can use the Customize List View feature to change how JAWS provides you with information about these columns and items. Using this feature, you can:
Change the order in which JAWS reads columns in the list view.
Tell JAWS not to speak certain columns or show them on your Braille display. Choose a voice alias that JAWS uses when reading column headers.
Choose whether JAWS should speak column headers and/or display them in Braille. Assign custom text to each column header that JAWS can speak and/or display in Braille.
|Note: You cannot customize list views if the Rely On MSAA For Listviews check box is selected in the Miscellaneous group in Settings |
|Center. |
To begin customizing a list view, do the following:
1. Start the program where the list view you want to customize is located.
2. Move to the list view and press INSERT+F2.
3. Select "Customize List View" and press ENTER. The Customize Column Headers dialog box appears.
For more information on using this dialog box, see Customize Column Headers Dialog. After you customize a list view, JAWS saves your settings and applies them each time you use that list view. You can define different custom settings for each list view.
To hear your customized settings, use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select items in the list view. JAWS reads the contents of the selected row. To hear the contents of a specific column in the selected row, hold down CTRL+INSERT and press the number of the column you want to read. For example, to read the first column in the list view, press CTRL+INSERT+1.
Tip: If you have customized a list view so that certain columns are not spoken, you can press INSERT+PAGE UP to read the information in all columns for the selected item.
Customize Column Headers Dialog
The Customize Column Headers dialog box allows you to change how JAWS announces column headers using speech and Braille in a list view. These customizations are saved so you do not need to repeat your changes each time you use the list view.
To customize a list view, move the focus to it and then press INSERT+F2. Select "Customize List View" and press ENTER. The Customize Column Headers dialog box appears. Refer to the topics below for more information on using this dialog box.
Changing the Order of Columns
Toggling Speech and Braille for Columns Selecting a Voice Alias for Column Headers Assigning Custom Text to Columns
Changing the Order of Columns
JAWS reads the columns listed in the Customize Column Headers dialog box from top to bottom. To change the order in which JAWS announces the columns of a list view, do the following:
1. On the Speech tab, use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select a column.
2. Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to change the position of the column in the list. JAWS reads columns at the top of the list first.
3. Press CTRL+TAB to switch to the Braille tab. The list on this tab shows the order in which JAWS displays columns in Braille.
4. Use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select a column from the list.
5. Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to change the position of the column in the list. JAWS displays columns at the top of the list in Braille first.
6. Choose the OK buttton.
Toggling Speech and Braille for Columns
If you do not want JAWS to read a certain column and/or display it in Braille, do the following:
1. On the Speech tab, use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select the column.
2. Choose the Toggle Speech button. This sets the behavior for the column to "Do Not Speak." You can choose this button again to change the behavior back to "Speak Column."
3. Press CTRL+TAB to switch to the Braille tab and select the column from the list.
4. Choose the Toggle Braille button. This sets the behavior for the column to "Do Not Braille." You can choose this button again to change the behavior back to "Braille Column."
5. Choose the OK buttton.
Selecting a Voice Alias for Column Headers
To assign a voice alias to the titles of columns in a list view, do the following:
1. Choose the Select Voice Alias button.
2. Use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select the voice alias that you want JAWS to use when reading column headings and/or custom text.
3. Choose the OK button. The voice alias you selected is shown in the Data column.
4. Choose the OK button.
Assigning Custom Text to Columns
You can have JAWS read or display in Braille custom text instead of, or in addition to, the column header text. To enter custom text and define how JAWS announces column headers, do the following:
1. On the Speech tab, use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select the column you want to assign custom text to.
2. In the Custom Text edit box, type the text that you want JAWS to announce when reading the column. You can repeat steps 1 and 2 to assign different text to each column header.
3. In the Column Headers area, select one of the following radio buttons:
Ignore - JAWS does not read column headers or custom text in list views. Speak Custom Text OR Header - If you assigned custom text to a column, JAWS reads this text instead of the column header. If you have not assigned any custom text, JAWS reads the column header.
Speak Custom Text AND Header - JAWS reads the column header and any custom text that you have assigned.
Speak Custom Text Only - JAWS only reads custom text assigned to columns and does not read the column headers.
4. If you want JAWS to display any custom text in Braille, press CTRL+TAB to switch to the Braille tab.
5. Use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to select the column you want to assign custom text to.
6. In the Custom Text edit box, type the text that you want JAWS to display in Braille when reading the column. You can repeat steps 5 and 6 to assign different text to each column header.
7. In the Column Headers area, select one of the following radio buttons:
Ignore - JAWS does not display column headers or custom text in Braille. Braille Custom Text OR Header - If you assigned custom text to a column, JAWS displays this text in Braille instead of the column header. If you have not assigned any custom text, JAWS displays the column header.
Braille Custom Text AND Header - JAWS displays the column header and any custom text that you have assigned.
Braille Custom Text Only - JAWS only displays custom text assigned to columns and does not display the column headers.
8. Choose the OK button.
Navigation Quick Key Manager
Navigation Quick Keys are single or combination keystrokes that let you move quickly around Web pages, Acrobat PDF files, Microsoft Word documents, or Microsoft Outlook email messages. For example, if you press the letter H while visiting a Web page, JAWS jumps to and reads the next heading on the page. Likewise, if you press SHIFT+H, JAWS jumps to and reads the previous heading.
Use the Navigation Quick Key Manager to view current key assignments, edit key assignments, or delete key assignments.
Opening the Navigation Quick Key Manager
To open the Navigation Quick Key Manager, do one of the following:
Press INSERT+F2, N, and then ENTER.
From the JAWS application window, press ALT+U to open the Utilities menu, press N to jump to the Navigation Quick Key manager, and then press H to open HTML/PDF Keys, O to open Microsoft Outlook Keys, or W to open Microsoft Word Keys.
A list of all Navigation Quick Keys for Web pages and PDF documents, Outlook e-mail messages, or for Word documents appear in the open dialog box. Use the UP and DOWN ARROW keys to scroll through the list.
Editing Key Assignments
You can assign an unused letter or number to an action listed in the Navigation Quick Key column of the dialog box.
To assign a key to an action, do the following:
1. Press the UP or DOWN ARROW key to move to an action in the list.
2. Press TAB to move to the Edit Key Assignment button and press SPACEBAR. The Edit Quick Navigation Key Assignment dialog box opens.
3. In the Key Assignment combo box, press UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW to scroll through the list of available letters and numbers that can be assigned to the action. Press ENTER after choosing an item from the list. The new key assignment now appears in the Assignment column of the Navigation Quick Key Manager dialog box.
4. To save the change, move to the OK button in the Navigation Quick Key Manager dialog box, and press ENTER. The new assignment takes place immediately.
Deleting Key Assignments
To remove a Navigation Quick Key from an action, do the following:
1. Press the UP or DOWN ARROW key to move to an action in the list.
2. Press TAB to move to the Delete Key Assignment button and press SPACEBAR. The word Unassigned appears next to the key action in the Navigation Quick Key Manager dialog box.
3. To save the change, move to the OK button, and press ENTER. The change takes place immediately.
Refer to Navigation Quick Keys for a list of quick keys that you can use with Web pages and PDF documents.
Refer to Navigation Quick Keys in Word for a list of quick keys to use with Word documents.
Back Next
Section
Network JAWS
Installing Network JAWS is a multi-step process that needs to be completed in the following order as each step builds upon the previous steps.
JAWS Server Setup
Set Network Permissions
Install Network Authorization
ILM Multi-User Network Authorization
Create User and System Profiles in HJ Administrator
Run JAWS Client Installation
Set Permissions for User Folders
Troubleshooting Firewall Software
Advanced Firewall Troubleshooting
Back Next
JAWS Server Setup
The system that will function as the JAWS server does not need to be a network server. Use any system that all Network JAWS clients can access. If you are working with a Windows server, you can install JAWS from the server, unless that server is not accessible from your location.
To begin, insert the JAWS program DVD into your computer and select JAWS Network Setup. The remainder of the setup process is very similar to a regular installation of JAWS. For information on the options and dialogs that are displayed, please see JAWS for Windows Setup. It is strongly recommended that you select either Guided or Advanced install. Select all speech synthesizers and/or Braille displays that will be used on any of the client systems. Only those items that are selected during the server setup will be available to the clients.
|Note: If you are installing from a remote location, or to a non-Windows server, you will need to use the UNC (Universal Naming |
|Convention) path to tell JAWS where the files should be installed. For example: \\ServerName\FolderName. |
Next Step:
Set Network Permissions
Back Next
Set Network Permissions
After the files have been copied to the server, you need to share the folder where you installed JAWS. By default, most servers set up shared folders with full permissions. Please verify that the shared folder has full permissions, because this is required during the authorization process.
|Note: The term "permissions" is mostly a Windows term. Substitute the word "permissions" for the term your server software uses. For |
|example, Novell Netware uses the term "supervisory." |
Next Step:
Install Network Authorization
Back Next
Installing Network Authorization
Internet License Manager (ILM) Network Authorization
If your license of JAWS uses Internet License Manager for authorization, you must set up a license server. You can install the license server on any Windows computer that is accessible to all clients. The license server distributes tokens to client computers that authorize the program. To begin setting up the license server, insert your multi-user Authorization CD into the CD drive of the computer that you want to use as the license server. Follow the instructions to install the network authorization tools and license server.
Refer to ILM Multi-User Network Authorization for information on using Internet License Manager to authorize JAWS. This topic provides instructions for installing the network authorization tools and license server, activating Network JAWS, setting up client computers, and removing the authorization.
Next Step:
Create User and System Profiles in HJ Administrator
Back Next
ILM Multi-User Network Authorization
With a multi-user network license of JAWS, client computers that use the software will connect to a license server which authorizes the software. This topic describes the steps required to:
Install the Network Authorization tools and software Install the License Server
Obtain a license code and activate your software Install and authorize the product on client systems Remove Network Authorization from the server
|Note: For information on installing and setting up JAWS on a network, refer to Network JAWS. |
Installing Network Authorization
The process described below allows you to install the license server, which authorizes client systems to use your Freedom Scientific product. This installation also creates a program folder in your Start menu that provides access to Network Authorization documentation and tools.
1. To begin the installation, insert your Authorization CD into your computer’s CD-ROM drive. When the InstallShield Wizard starts, choose Next to continue.
|Note: If the installation does not begin automatically, press |
|WINDOWS Key+R, type “D:\Setup.exe” and press ENTER. If |
|your CD-ROM drive is not D:, then substitute the correct letter. |
2. If the license server is not installed on this computer, the InstallShield Wizard for SentinelLM Server starts. Choose Next to begin installing the license server.
|Note: You can only install the license server on a computer that runs Microsoft Windows. Other operating systems such as Novell, UNIX,|
|Linux, and so on are not supported. |
3. If you need to install the license server, read the license agreement. If you accept the terms and conditions in the agreement, choose Yes.
4. By default, the license server is installed in C:\Program Files\Rainbow Technologies\SentinelLM 7.2.0.6 Server. If you want to install the license server in a different folder, choose Browse and select a new folder. Choose Next to continue with the installation.
5. When the installation is complete, choose Finish. The Network Authorization tools and license server are now installed.
The installation creates a new folder in your Start menu called Freedom Scientific. Each shortcut in this folder is briefly described below:
Quick Start Guide - View the quick start guide for Freedom Scientific Network Authorization.
System Administrator’s Guide – View additional information on license management, installation, optional features, administrator commands, user options, and environment variables.
Server Administration - Launch the WLMAdmin utility that allows you to monitor the license server and perform some administrative actions. For more information, refer to the System Administrator’s Guide. For details on using JAWS with this program, see Managing Your Licenses.
Service Loader - Add or remove the license server as a service called “SentinelLM” in your Windows System Service registry. On Windows systems, the license server must be running as a service in order to authorize client systems.
Uninstall Network Setup - Uninstall Network Authorization documentation and tools and (optionally) the license server.
Update JAWS Authorization - Begin the activation process for your Freedom Scientific product.
Product Activation on the Internet
After you have installed the Network Authorization tools and license server, you must then activate your Freedom Scientific product license. To do this, you must request an Activation License code from Freedom Scientific. You can use the Internet to receive your Activation License code quickly and easily.
Perform the following to activate your Freedom Scientific product:
1. From the Start menu, choose Freedom Scientific, Network, Update JAWS Authorization.
2. Choose the Activate button to begin the activation.
3. Select the Now, using the Internet (RECOMMENDED) radio button to specify that you want to use the Internet to acquire your Activation License code. Choose Next to continue.
4. Your 20-digit Authorization number is automatically inserted into the Authorization Number edit box. If your Authorization number is not shown, type it into the edit box. Choose Next to continue.
5. If you have not registered your software, you are asked to do so now. Registering lets you receive technical support. Choose Register Now and complete the online registration form by following the instructions provided. You can choose to register later, but you must register the next time you activate the software on any computer.
6. After you submit your registration, Internet License Manager attempts to activate the software. This process may take several minutes. When the activation is successful, choose Finish.
|Note: If Internet License Manager cannot activate JAWS because of your firewall software, see Troubleshooting Firewall Software. |
7. If the WLMAdmin utility is running, quit the program. Then, restart the utility by opening the Start menu and choosing Programs, Freedom Scientific, Network, Server Administration. You can use this utility to monitor where the license(s) reside and which users are using tokens.
You can now install the Freedom Scientific product on the client systems. Refer to Setting Up Client Computers for more information.
Activating through a Firewall
If your firewall software prevents you from activating JAWS using the Internet, reconfigure the firewall to allow the following files to run: FSActivate.exe, CAUtil.exe, and CAUtil.enu. Once you have reconfigured your firewall, retry the activation process.
|Tip: For more information on firewall software and JAWS, refer to Troubleshooting Firewall Software. For a complete list of all files |
that need to be allowed by the firewall when using JAWS, refer to Advanced Firewall Troubleshooting.
If you cannot reconfigure the firewall, or if you still cannot activate JAWS, go to . To use , you will need your Authorization number and the license server’s Locking code. If you have installed the program you want to activate on the license server, you can find the Locking code in the program’s About box.
If you have not installed the program on the license server, do the following to find the Locking code:
1. From the Start menu, choose Freedom Scientific, Network, Update JAWS Authorization.
2. Choose Start Activation.
3. If you are asked to insert your Authorization CD, specify that you want to enter the Authorization number manually.
4. Choose Activate.
5. Select the Telephone to Receive Activation by Mail radio button and press ENTER.
6. The server's Locking code is shown on the page that displays.
7. After you copy the Locking code, choose Quit.
Using Activation Media Image Creator
You can use Activation Media Image Creator as an alternative method for activating your software. This is a free program from Freedom Scientific that will allow a user with an Internet connection to retrieve Activation License codes from Internet License Manager. The user can then distribute these Activation License codes on CD, 3.5-inch disk, or e-mail.
To download the installation package for the Activation Media Image Creator, visit . After you install the program, follow the instructions in the Activation Media Image Creator online help to retrieve and distribute Activation License codes from Internet License Manager.
Setting Up Client Computers
Now that the license server is installed and running, you must install your Freedom Scientific product on the client computers. You do not need to perform additional authorization procedures for these computers. Each time the software is started on the client, it will automatically search for the license server and obtain an authorization token.
The number of tokens available depends on the number of users permitted by your license. For example, if you purchased a license for five users, your license server will have five tokens available. Each time a user starts the software, the license server assigns the client computer a token. Once all tokens are assigned, no additional clients can receive authorization.
If you need your license to support additional users, contact your local distributor or Freedom Scientific to purchase additional seats.
|Tip: If you know the name or IP address of the computer that will run the SentinelLM license server, it is recommended that you add the |
|environment variable LSFORCEHOST to the client computers and set it to this name or address. When the Freedom Scientific program starts,|
|it will only search for a product license on the specified computer. If you have distributed the license over more than one license |
|server and you want the program to search for the first available token, do not add this environment variable. For more information, |
|refer to the System Administrator’s Guide. |
Managing Your Licenses
You can use WlmAdmin to administer your Freedom Scientific product licenses and manage your license server. To start WlmAdmin, open the Start menu and choose Freedom Scientific, Network, Server Administration. For details on using WlmAdmin, refer to the System Administrator's Guide. A shortcut to this PDF guide is located in the Network subfolder. If you are using JAWS with WlmAdmin, you can use the following commands to work with the program.
Move to the Server Tree View
Press INSERT+SHIFT+T from any location in the WlmAdmin window to move to the tree view that lists server computers.
Determining which Products a License Server Authorizes
When you select a network computer in the list of servers, you can press the LEFT ARROW key to expand the tree view and show the different license servers running on that computer. Use the following key to determine which Freedom Scientific products each license server authorizes:
|Code |Product |
|00 |JAWS for Windows |
|10 |MAGic Screen Magnification |
|20 |OpenBook |
|30 |WYNN Wizard |
|40 |WYNN Reader |
Viewing Server Information
Most of the server information is shown on a single pane within the WLM Admin application. You can press F6 from the server tree view to the Server Information area. Since you can only navigate this area with the JAWS or invisible cursors, JAWS displays the information in the Virtual Viewer. You can press F6 again to close the Virtual Viewer and move back to the server tree view.
Reading Static Client Information
When you move to the Client Info tab and select an item in the list view, WlmAdmin displays additional client information. You can read this information by pressing INSERT+SHIFT+C. The information JAWS reads includes user name, licenses in use, held license, and start time.
Reading Static License Information
When you move to the License Info tab and select an item in the list view, WlmAdmin displays additional license information. You can read this information by pressing INSERT+SHIFT+L. The information JAWS reads includes license type, allow commuter license, start date, and end date.
Removing Network Authorization
To delete licenses from the license server, do the following:
1. Start Notepad.
2. From the File menu, choose Open.
3. Navigate to the folder where you installed the license server. The default folder is C:\Program Files\Rainbow Technologies\SentinelLM 7.2.0.6 Server.
4. Open the ENU (English) folder. If you are using a different language version of the license server, open the appropriate folder instead.
5. Select the file named Lservrc and press ENTER.
6. Select a license that you want to remove and press DELETE. Continue this process until you have deleted all the licenses you want to remove. A product license consists of a long string of alphanumeric characters. Items and/or strings of text that appear after a pound (#) sign are comments that can be left in the file or deleted as well. After you delete a license, client computers can no longer use it to obtain authorization.
7. After you delete the licenses, you must restart the license server program. Press WINDOWS Key+R and choose Browse. Navigate to the folder where you installed the SentinelLM license server, select "Lsrvdown.exe" and press ENTER. Type a space after the path, followed by the host name of the server you want to restart, and choose OK.
8. Press WINDOWS Key+R and choose Browse. Navigate to the folder where you installed the SentinelLM license server. Select "Lsrvnt.exe", and then press ENTER. Type a space after the path, followed by "-X start." Choose OK to start the license server.
|Note: You must be logged in as a Network Administrator to stop or start the license server. |
Removing Authorization Numbers from the Registry
Deleting licenses does not remove your Authorization number from the server’s registry. To remove this number, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key+R.
2. Type “C:\Program Files\Freedom Scientific\Activator\1.1\FsLicenseClean.exe”. Be sure to type the quotation marks. If your Freedom Scientific product activation files are stored on a drive other than C, substitute the correct drive letter.
3. Type a blank space and then type "JAWS 1" to remove your JAWS Authorization numbers from the registry.
4. Press ENTER.
Uninstalling the License Server and Network Tools
To uninstall the license server and/or Network Authorization tools, do the following
1. Shut down the license server program. To do this, press WINDOWS Key+R and choose Browse. Navigate to the folder where you installed the SentinelLM license server, select "Lsrvdown.exe" and press ENTER. Type a space after the path, followed by the host name of the server you want to shut down, and press ENTER.
|Note: You must be logged in as a Network Administrator to shut down the license server. |
2. From the Start menu, choose Freedom Scientific, Network, Uninstall Network Setup.
3. Choose OK to remove the Network Authorization tools and documentation.
4. You are asked if you want to uninstall the license server. Do not choose Yes if you have other programs that use this license server to obtain authorization.
Related Topics: Network JAWS
Back Next
Create User and System Profiles in HJ Administrator
Locate the Network JAWS Admin item under Start, Programs, Tools. The first time you open this application, you are notified that the administrator account does not have a password set. At this time, press ENTER to continue without entering password. You can assign a password later if necessary.
HJ Administrator creates the guest and administrator accounts. Now you must add a user account.
Press ALT+A to activate the Add User button and then enter a name for the user. At this time, you may want to create only a single test user account. When the network setup is complete, you can return to HJ Administrator and add other users. For detailed information on the options available, please see HJ Administrator.
|Tip: If you set each user’s user account name and password to the same user name and password they use to log in to their systems, |
|they will automatically be logged in to JAWS under this user account when JAWS is started. |
Next Step:
Run JAWS Client Installation
Back Next
Run JAWS Client Installation
After you have set up at least one user account, you are ready to install the client portion of JAWS network support. To begin, go to the workstation that will act as the JAWS client and place the JAWS program DVD into your computer. Allow the installation to start and then choose the Network Client Installation.
During this installation, you are asked to specify the location of the server files. Choose Browse and type the UNC (Universal Naming Convention) path of the folder where the JAWS files are located. For example, if the JAWS Server is installed on a server named "Business" and the folder is shared as "JAWSNet," the UNC path is \\Business\JAWSNet.
Once the client installation is complete, you should ensure JAWS functions properly and that you can switch between different user accounts. You should be able to log out and log back in as a different user. You should not receive any error messages about JAWS authorization.
Next Step:
Set Permissions for User Folders
Back Next
Set Permissions for User Folders
Once you have the completed the server installation, you can add more users in HJ Administrator (see Create User and System Profiles in HJ Administrator for instructions on adding users). In the JAWS installation folder, there will be a C:\Documents and Settings\UserName\Application Data\Freedom Scientific\JAWS\X (where X is the JAWS version number)\Settings\ENU folder for each user you create. Grant each user read/write/execute access, at a minimum, to their folder. Access rights could also include delete privileges, or even full access.
Optional Instructions for Secure Environments
If your organization requires that you lock down JAWS for a secure environment, you can perform the following optional steps to assign permissions to additional files and folders:
|Note: These instructions assume that the system administrator has taken other standard lockdown steps, such as removing unwanted |
|system hidden shares. |
1. Navigate to the folder where you installed JAWS on the server. Select the folder and press ALT+ENTER.
2. On the Security tab, choose the Advanced button.
|Tip: If the Security tab is not available, then turn off simple file sharing in Windows Explorer. |
3. Clear the Inherit from the Parent Permissions that Apply to Child Objects check box.
4. When the Security dialog box appears, choose Copy.
5. Choose Apply, and then choose OK.
6. Restart your computer so the new permissions take effect, and then log back on.
7. Navigate to the folder where you installed JAWS. Select the folder and press ALT+ENTER.
8. On the Security tab, ensure that the following users are in the Permission Entries list: Creator/owner (full permission) System (full permission)
Administrators (full permission)
|Note: This assumes that none of the general JAWS users have administrative rights on the JAWS server. This group should only contain |
|system administrators. |
9. Select the user "Everyone" and choose Remove. After you remove this user, choose OK.
10. Log off and then log back on so that your changes take effect.
11. Navigate to the folder where you installed JAWS. Select the folder and press ALT+ENTER.
12. On the Security tab, add each of your JAWS user accounts. Give these users read-only permission.
13. Log off and then log back on so that your changes take effect.
14. You now need to set some specific permissions for several folders and files. Navigate to the Users folder, located in the folder where you installed JAWS.
15. For each folder within the Users folder, give full permissions only to the user that folder belongs to. This allows that user to set up their own custom JAWS settings.
For further security, remove any other JAWS user from the list (except for the
system user, creator/owner user, and administrators).
16. In the folder where you installed JAWS, set read/write/execute/append permissions
for the following files. This prevents users from deleting files that are shared by other
users while still allowing each JAWS client to modify them.
JFW.icf
JFW.rpt
User.ini
User.log
|Tip: Setting permissions for User.ini is optional. Keep this file read-only if you want to set, as the administrator, certain options |
|like whether JAWS runs in the system tray. If you set this to read/write/execute/append, then users can change this setting. However, |
|these changes affect all JAWS users because the file is global. |
Back Next
Troubleshooting Firewall Software
Firewalls protect computer systems from being accessed by unauthorized users. Some network or personal firewall software may interfere with the installation, activation, or usage of JAWS. The following information will help you reconfigure your firewall to work with JAWS. Refer to your firewall software documentation for more information on allowing access for programs and files.
|Note: Hardware firewalls do not interfere with installing, activating, or running JAWS. |
Firewall Interferes with Installation
If your firewall software is preventing you from installing JAWS on your computer, reconfigure the firewall to allow the file Setup.exe to run. Then retry the installation procedure.
Firewall Interferes with Activation
If your firewall software prevents you from activating JAWS using the Internet, reconfigure the firewall to allow the following files to run: FSActivate.exe, CAUtil.exe, and CAUtil.enu. Once you have reconfigured your firewall, retry the activation process. If you cannot reconfigure the firewall, or if you still cannot activate JAWS, go to . Follow the instructions on the Web page to retrieve an Activation License code and activate your software. For more information on using , see Activating through a Trusted Third Party.
Firewall Interferes with Using JAWS
If the firewall software prevents JAWS from running or starting, or displays a warning message, reconfigure the firewall to allow the file JFW.exe to run. If the firewall is preventing speech, quit JAWS by pressing ALT+F4 and then do the following:
1. Press and hold INSERT.
2. While holding down INSERT, start JAWS.
3. JAWS starts in 40 minute mode and provides speech access so you can navigate your firewall program.
4. Reconfigure your firewall to allow the file JFW.exe to run.
5. Quit and then restart JAWS.
Advanced Troubleshooting Information
For a complete list of all files that need to be allowed by your firewall software, including the connection type, incoming port, and outgoing port, refer to Advanced Troubleshooting.
Back Next
Advanced Firewall Troubleshooting
Your firewall software should allow the following files to run so that it does not interfere with installing, activating, or using of JAWS. If you installed JAWS in the default location, all these files are located in the C:\Program Files\Freedom Scientific folder. The name and location of each file is shown in the following table, along with the connection type required and incoming/outgoing ports used.
|File Name |Connection |Incoming |Outgoing |
|JAWS\X (where X is the JAWS version number)\JFW.exe |Type |Port |Port |
|JAWS\X (where X is the JAWS version number)\JFW.exe |UDP |5093 |5093 |
|JAWS\X (where X is the JAWS version number)\JFW.exe |UDP |5094 |5094 |
|(Only required if using redundant license servers) Activator\1.1\CAUtil.dll |UDP |5096 |5096 |
|Activator\1.1\CAUtil.dll |TCP/IP |80 |80 |
|JAWS\X (where X is the JAWS version number)\FSAuth.exe |TCP/IP |20 |21 |
|Activator\1.1\FSActivate.exe |UDP |5093 |5093 |
| |TCP/IP |80 |80 |
Tip: If you want to use the Automatic Updates feature to update your software, your firewall must allow JAWS to access ports 20 and 21 or port 80.
Back Next
Contacting Freedom Scientific
Corporate Headquarters
Freedom Scientific Inc. 11800 31st Court North
St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1805
USA
Telephone: (727) 803-8000
Fax: (727) 803-8001
World Wide Web:
Office hours: Monday through Friday 8:30 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. Eastern Time (USA)
Back Next
Freedom Scientific Website
The Freedom Scientific Website, , is a comprehensive source of information regarding JAWS screen reader software, MAGic screen magnification software, training opportunities, tutorials, and the company that develops these products.
The Freedom Scientific Website is designed to be accessible by people with disabilities and includes a great deal of technical support information as well as online ordering capability, descriptions of many products, and continuous product update and maintenance downloads.
Back Next
Sales
Contacting the Freedom Scientific Sales Department
Sales Telephone: (800) 444-4443
International Sales Telephone, including Canada: (727) 803-8000 Sales Fax: (727) 803-8001
World Wide Web: Sales e-mail: Info at
To ensure that your request is handled promptly, include your complete address and telephone number.
Office Hours: Monday through Friday, 8:30 am to 5:00 pm Eastern Time (USA) See also:
Technical Support
Back Next
Training Classes
Freedom Scientific Training Classes are designed to meet the needs of professional trainers. Training classes are offered to those who want to train others to use JAWS in various applications, i.e., Windows, word processors, Internet and e-mail. We also hold training in how to customize JAWS to work for your end-users. Our workshops range in complexity to cover the training needs of instructors just starting in the field as well as those who have been with us for quite some time. For more information, contact your Freedom Scientific sales representative, visit the Freedom Scientific Training Headquarters, or e-mail Freedom Scientific at training_info at .
See JAWS Training Materials for information about training materials available on the program DVD.
Back Next
Technical Support
Contacting Freedom Scientific Technical Support
You must be a registered user to access Freedom Scientific support services. Freedom Scientific support services are subject to Freedom Scientific terms and conditions in place at the time the service is used.
Reach Technical Support using the following options:
Visit our Web site for automated online Help: Technical Support Department Technical Support e-mail: Support at
Technical Support Telephone: (727) 803-8600
When you call, be at your computer, have your documentation in hand, and be prepared to provide the following information:
Product serial number used for registration.
Product name and version number.
Type of computer hardware you are using.
Software version number of Windows.
Exact wording of any messages that appear on your screen.
What you were doing when the problem occurred.
How you tried to solve the problem.
Office hours: Monday through Friday 8:30 A.M. to 7:00 P.M. Eastern Time (USA)
Back Next
Glossary
A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - I - J - K- L - M - N - P - R - S - T - V - W
A
Access Key Underlined letter on a menu or command used for quick access to that item.
Activation License Code
This is a 100+ digit code that is generated based on the Authorization number and Locking code. This code is required to activate your Freedom Scientific software on a computer. You will need a different Activation License code for each computer the product is installed on. This code is retrieved from Internet License Manager.
Application Key
Located to the left of the right CTRL key. Used to bring up a context sensitive menu, similar to using right-click with a mouse.
ARIA
ARIA (Accessible Rich Internet Applications) is assistive technology markup used by Web content creators to make Web pages more accessible for screen readers.
Authorization CD
A CD that is included with the Freedom Scientific program CD. This CD contains your Authorization number. This CD is not required to activate your software. You can manually enter the Authorization number if you do not have the CD.
Authorization Number
The 20-digit hexadecimal number that appears in print and in braille on your JAWS CD sleeve. The Authorization number is also stored on the Authorization CD that comes with each product so that you do not need to manually enter the number during activation.
B
Basics of Scripting Manual
This guide provides an introduction to the JAWS scripting language. In it, you will find detailed information on scripting terms, syntax, functionality, and more. There are also numerous exercises to help you practice what you have learned. The Basics of Scripting manual is available in HTML Help format. To view this manual, navigate to the folder where you installed JAWS, open the MANUALS\ENU folder, and run the file Basics_of_Scripting.chm. You can also download the latest version of the manual from .
Braille Cursor
The Braille Cursor is used only when a braille display is present. It allows the user to have the braille display show a different part of the screen than what is being spoken. Movement of the Braille Cursor is done via the display, rather than through keyboard commands.
Button
Usually rectangular shaped control found in dialog boxes, that is activated using the SPACEBAR or ENTER.
C
Caret
Used as the insertion point for text processing applications. It normally appears as a blinking vertical bar.
Check Box
A check box is a small box with a brief text label. Press SPACEBAR to check or clear the check box, which sets or clears the option.
Clipboard
When you cut or copy information from a program, it is moved to the Clipboard and remains there until you clear the Clipboard or until you cut or copy another piece of information.
Combo Box
A box from which you choose from standard choices. Use the UP or DOWN ARROWS to move through the choices, or in some cases, you may press the first letter of the choice you want. You may need to first press ALT+DOWN ARROW to display the full list of choices before moving through them.
Context Menu
A menu that appears if you press the Applications key on a control or while in a window. Context menus change depending on where they are activated. Use the UP or DOWN ARROWS to move through the items on a context menu, and press ENTER to activate a menu choice.
Control Panel
You can use the icons in Control Panel to change the appearance and functionality of Windows. These icons represent options for configuring your computer.
Cursor
A moveable, visible mark that is used to indicate the position where the next operation will occur. The cursor may be a caret or an underscore.
D
Dialog Box
A window containing various controls, from which you can carry out commands or tasks. Press TAB to move through the available controls.
Dictionary Manager
The Dictionary Manager lets you change the way JAWS speaks words, phrases, abbreviations, or ANSI symbols.
Dongle
A dongle is a hardware device that you can connect to a computer's parallel or USB port (depending on the type of dongle). JAWS is authorized to run on that computer as long as the dongle remains connected. This is useful if you frequently need to use JAWS on many different computers and do not want to activate the program on each of them.
E
Edit Box
A field that contains an editable area for you to type the information requested.
Edit Combo
A combination of two types of controls, the edit box and the combo box. Either type in a value or press ALT+DOWN ARROW to open a list box that contains suggestions for the contents of the field. Use the UP or DOWN ARROW keys to move through the items in the list, and press ALT+UP ARROW or ESC to close the list box.
Edit Spin Box
A field that contains an editable area where you can insert information. Also you can use your UP or DOWN ARROWS to move through a set of fixed values. Use the PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN keys to move through at higher increments. Edit spin boxes are commonly used for fields requiring numerical values.
Ellipsis
A series of three periods. An ellipsis in a menu indicates there is a dialog box that opens if you select that command.
Event
Some activity that happens on your system that JAWS specifically recognizes. Events are used in scripting and with frames to configure natural responses to what is happening in your application and provide you the information you need.
Extended List Box
An extended list box is a list box in which you can select multiple items.
F
Favorites
This is a reference to a web page or site to which the user may want to return. The list of Favorites can be seen from the Start Menu or on the Internet Explorer Menu.
Focus
A windows term used to describe the state when a window, dialog, menu, or control can receive keyboard input. For example, if a control can receive input from the keyboard, it is said to have focus.
Forms Mode
One of two modes available in Internet Explorer. Forms Mode allows you to access and modify controls within HTML documents.
Frame
If there is any part of your screen that JAWS does not read to you, a Frame can be set up to read this area. A Frame is a specified area of a window or the screen that JAWS can monitor. Using the JAWS cursor, you can setup a frame for any place on the screen.
Frame Viewer
Frame Viewer provides a totally new interface that is easier to use for everyone. In Frame Viewer, frames are visible on the screen, and standard commands let you easily move between them, move and resize them, and access their properties.
G
Graphics Labeler
A utility that allows you to assign spoken and braille labels to graphics.
Group Box
A rectangular area enclosing related controls, providing a visual border to group dialog controls that have a common purpose.
H
HJPad
Freedom Scientific has developed HJPad as a training tool for you to use along with the Basic Training Tutorial that ships with JAWS for Windows. This program provides an example of typical word processors users might encounter.
Hot Key
refers to a key or key combination that causes some function to occur in the computer no matter what is currently running.
HTML
Hyper Text Mark-up Language. HTML is the file format of documents on the World Wide Web.
I
Icon
A graphic representation of an item that can be selected and opened, such as a document or program.
ILM
See Internet License Manager (ILM).
Insertion Point
An insertion point is the point within a document at which text can be inserted or deleted. An insertion point is visually represented by a blinking vertical line within the document.
Internet License Manager (ILM)
Internet License Manager is a method of providing authorization for your license of JAWS. To activate your license using ILM, you enter your Authorization number and Locking code and send it over the Internet. After this is done, you receive a unique Activation License Code over the Internet. This code authorizes the software to run on the computer you are using.
Invisible Cursor
The Invisible Cursor, activated by pressing NUM PAD MINUS twice quickly, is similar to the JAWS Cursor, except that it does not follow the mouse pointer and vice versa. It is used solely for reviewing text on the screen, and is most often used in programs where moving the mouse pointer changes the text being displayed.
ISP
Internet Service Provider. An ISP provides a connection to the Internet so you can access e-mail and the World Wide Web.
J
JAWS
Job Access with Speech.
JAWS Cursor
The JAWS Cursor, activated by pressing NUM PAD MINUS, corresponds directly with the mouse pointer. It is not limited by the rules of the program in focus. It is, however, limited by the JAWS Restriction setting, which controls whether or not the JAWS Cursor will read text outside of the window in focus. The JAWS Cursor is used to review text on the screen, or to move the mouse pointer to a specific area. The user may then use other commands to right click, left click, or double click the item to which the JAWS Cursor points.
JAWS Key
The primary modifier key used with JAWS commands. In the Desktop keyboard layout, the INSERT key is used by default. In the Laptop keyboard layout, the CAPS LOCK key is used by default.
JAWS Managers
Utilities to configure how JAWS functions. Press INSERT+F2 to run the JAWS Manager list, which brings up a list of JAWS Utility programs.
JAWS Tandem
JAWS Tandem is a feature that lets you access another computer running JAWS, so that you can provide hands-on technical support, write scripts from a distance, or perform remote JAWS training. It consists of a controller system, used by support personnel, distributors, dealers, consultants, and trainers, and a target system, which is the customer’s JAWS application and computer. For more information, see Welcome to JAWS Tandem.
K
Keyboard Manager
A utility that allows you to view, modify, and add keyboard command assignments.
Keystroke
A keystroke is a series of keyboard commands pressed together or one after the other.
L
Link
A link (or hypertext link) is text that connects one HTML document to another. Following a link (by pressing ENTER on it) takes you to the other page, or to another location on the same page.
List Box
A control containing a list of features from which you can select. Use the UP or DOWN ARROWS to move through the items in the list box.
List View
A list view contains multiple items such as files or folders, allowing you to select desired items.
Locking Code
The Locking code is unique to each individual computer. This code ensures that the Activation License code is only valid for a single computer. To find your computer's Locking code, open the Help menu in the product you want to activate and choose About.
M
Maximized
Refers to the state of a window. In the maximized state, a window is enlarged to fill the entire screen. Most windows can be maximized by pressing ALT+SPACEBAR, X.
Menu Bar
The bar located along the top of most application windows, which contains words that expand into menus. Press the ALT key to activate the menu bar, then press the RIGHT and LEFT ARROW keys to move across the menu bar. Press ENTER to activate any menu.
Minimized
Refers to the state of a window. In the minimized state, a window is reduced to an item on the task bar. Most windows can be minimized by pressing ALT+SPACEBAR, N.
Multi Page Dialog Box
A dialog box with multiple pages (or tabs) allowing related settings to be grouped on each page. Press CTRL+TAB or CTRL+SHIFT+TAB to switch between the pages.
N
Number Pad
The grouping of keys on the right side of a standard desktop keyboard.
P
PC Cursor
The PC Cursor, activated by pressing NUM PAD PLUS, is the main focus of the active program. It can be seen visually, usually represented by a caret, arrow, or other symbol, and is limited by the window currently in focus. The PC Cursor is used when navigating menus and dialogue boxes, editing or reading documents, and most functions that do not directly involve the use of a screen reader.
PlaceMarker
A JAWS bookmark that can be added to Web pages, HTML files, PDF forms, and Word documents. Multiple PlaceMarkers can be used in HTML and PDF files. Only one PlaceMarker can be used in a Word file.
R
Radio Button
A round button, found in dialog boxes, that you select to make a choice from several options. Use the ARROW keys to move between different radio buttons, and use the SPACEBAR to select a radio button.
Recycle Bin
This folder stores deleted files until you permanently delete them. Files and folders can be retrieved from this folder before final delete, so it provides protection against accidentally destroying your work.
Research It
Research It is a versatile tool that provides quick access to data while also making it easy to return to your primary task. It uses what is known as a lookup source and the Virtual Viewer to find information, whether it is the meaning of a word, your local weather forecast, top news stories, sports scores, directions to and information about a local business, and more. For more information, refer to Research It.
Restored
Refers to the state of a window. This is normally the default window size and location, taking up only part of the entire screen. A window can be restored by pressing ALT+SPACEBAR, R.
S
Script Manager
The Script Manager provides you with all the tools you need to write, modify, and use scripts. The Script Manager is a full-featured, text editor program. In addition to the usual features contained in most text editors, it has built in capabilities to help you create scripts.
Settings Center
Settings Center provides a central access point for configuring JAWS features and settings. Refer to Settings Center Overview for more information.
Settings Packager
A utility that allows you to import and export custom JAWS settings, including speech and sound schemes, PlaceMarkers, and personalized Web settings.
Shortcut Key
Refers to a keyboard key or key combination such as CTRL+N or CTRL+S that invokes a particular command.
Six Pack
Above the arrows on your keypad are six keys INSERT, HOME, PAGE UP, DELETE, END, and PAGE DOWN, which are referred to as the six pack.
Spin Box
A control that contains values from which you can choose. Use the UP or DOWN ARROWS to move through the choices in the spin box. Use the PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN keys to move through at higher increments. Spin boxes typically contain numeric values.
Start Button
The button located by default in the bottom left corner of the Windows Desktop. Press ENTER on this button to open the Start menu, and use the UP or DOWN ARROW keys to move through the menu items.
Start Menu
The menu activated when you press the Start button. The Start menu is customizable, but contains such items as Programs, Documents, Settings, etc.
Static Text
Text found in a dialog that describes controls and does not change.
Status Bar
Found in most application windows along the bottom of the window. Contains descriptive information that changes based on where your cursor is located.
Synthesizer
Either a hardware or software device that allows computers to capture text from the screen and have it spoken.
T
Tandem
See JAWS Tandem.
Taskbar
The bar that appears, by default, at the bottom of the Windows desktop. It contains the Start button and the system tray. As you open applications in Windows they will appear as buttons on the taskbar.
Toolbar
The bar found just below the menu bar that contains buttons for commonly used commands.
Tree View
A tree view organizes options or folders into a hierarchical view allowing relative levels to be represented.
V
Verbosity
Amount of information JAWS speaks. Specify what JAWS speaks in the verbosity dialog, activated by pressing INSERT+V.
Virtual Cursor
The virtual Cursor is a special cursor that is used only in specific programs. The most common places where you will find the Virtual Cursor are in Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Outlook, and Adobe Reader. It is also used in JAWS itself when the virtual buffer is used, such as in the INSERT+F1 and INSERT+H help messages. The Virtual Cursor is used just like the PC Cursor for reviewing text, except that it usually cannot be visually seen. In fact, when the Virtual Cursor is active, the text may be displayed differently on the screen than it is spoken. When the Virtual Cursor is active, the text cannot be edited. However, text can be selected and copied to the clipboard, and links can be activated by pressing ENTER.
Virtual Ribbon Menu
A JAWS feature that provides predictable navigation, lets you see everything in an application's Ribbon, and offers consistency when navigating with ARROW keys through both the Upper and Lower Ribbon tabs and groups. It can be switched on or off using Settings Center. When it is on, the Ribbon is navigated using a traditional menu and submenu format familiar to most JAWS users.
Virtual Viewer
When INSERT+F1 is pressed, not only does JAWS say a help message, but a Virtual Viewer window opens on the screen, which allows you to use standard reading commands to move through the message.
W
Whiz Wheels
Refers to the wheels at either end of the display area of the Braille Lite M20 and M40. Press straight down on either whiz wheel to toggle the unit of navigation between lines, sentences, and paragraphs. Spin either whiz wheel to move back or forward by the unit of navigation that is set.
Window Class
A window class is a programming level label for a window or control. Often, non-standard class labels are used, and JAWS does not recognize them properly. The Window Class dialog allows you to assign standard labels to these windows or controls.
Windows Explorer
A Windows utility program used to manage files and folders on your PC.
Windows Logo Key
A key located just outside the ALT Key on 104 key Windows Keyboards, specially used to open the Start Menu.
World Wide Web
a part of the Internet designed to allow easier navigation of the network through the use of graphical user interfaces and hypertext links between different locations.
Back
JAWS for Windows Setup
The Setup Wizard will install JAWS on your computer. The Setup Wizard provides you with speech during installation and, if you have a Focus or PAC Mate Braille display, allows you to read the screen using braille.
|Note: You must be logged on to an account with administrator privileges to install JAWS. |
To install JAWS on your computer, do the following:
1. Insert your JAWS program DVD. When the JAWS Setup dialog box appears, choose JAWS Setup.
- OR -
If you downloaded JAWS from , navigate to the folder where you saved the file, select it, and press ENTER.
2. You will hear a series of clicks as the talking installer loads. This process takes several minutes, so please be patient.
3. You are asked to choose between performing a typical or custom installation. Choose the custom installation only if you want to choose a different folder for the program, install remote access client support, or select additional speech synthesizers and braille displays.
4. After you select an installation type, follow the instructions to complete the installation.
5. When the installation is complete, you are asked if you want to install drivers for additional speech synthesizers and braille displays. If you choose Yes, follow the instructions provided by the Setup Wizard to select the devices you want to use.
If you want to change your installation settings, see Maintenance Setup. If you want to select different synthesizers or braille displays, you can use the Synthesizer and Braille Manager. To run the Synthesizer and Braille Manager, open the Utilities menu and choose Synthesizer and Braille Manager.
Installing the JAWS Training Materials
The JAWS program DVD includes Basic Training and other training materials in DAISY format. You can listen to and read the training modules by using the FSReader DAISY reader included with JAWS. To install these training materials, do the following:
1. Insert your JAWS program DVD.
2. When the JAWS Setup dialog box appears, choose the Training Materials button
3. Select the check box next to each DAISY book that you want to install.
4. Choose the Install button.
To access the training materials, open the JAWS program group and choose FSReader.
Installing Additional Voices
JAWS includes a number of different speech synthesizers in a variety of languages. To install these voices, insert the DVD into your computer and select the Vocalizer Voices button. Follow the instructions to select which voices you want to install, and complete the installation.
Repairing JAWS
If you experience problems running JAWS or if you cannot successfully check for or install updates, you can repair your installation of JAWS. Repairing JAWS can resolve a number of issues quickly. To repair your installation of JAWS, do the following:
1. Download the latest version of JAWS from the Freedom Scientific Web site.
2. Press WINDOWS Key+R.
3. Choose the Browse button.
4. Navigate to folder where the JAWS setup package is located.
5. Select the setup package file and press ENTER.
6. Press END and then press the SPACEBAR.
7. Type /Type repair and press ENTER.
Special Installation Commands
There are a number of special installation commands that may be helpful to network administrators. To install JAWS using these options, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key+R.
2. Choose the Browse button.
3. Navigate to folder where the JAWS setup package is located.
4. Select the setup package file and press ENTER.
5. Press END and then press the SPACEBAR.
6. Type one of the following:
/ExtractSettings - Outputs the contents of Settings.ini to the output file specified. The installation process is not performed. If the output file already exists, it is overwritten. If there are spaces in the path to the file, the path must be enclosed in quotes (for example: C:\Package.exe /ExtractSettings "C:\FS setup\OldSettings.ini" ).
/ReplaceSettings - Specifies an initialization file for the setup package engine to use instead of the Settings.ini file stored in the resources. This flag can be used if any of the contents in Settings.ini must be overridden. If there are spaces in the path to the file, the path must be enclosed in quotes (for example: C:\Package.exe /ReplaceSettings "C:\FS setup\NewSettings.ini" ).
/Log - Outputs the setup package process to the log file
FS_Setup_Package.txt. The log file is created in the same folder as the setup executable file.
/Type Silent - Silently installs a typical installation of JAWS without displaying any installation dialog boxes or prompts.
/Type Repair - Repairs a typical installation of JAWS. Once the repair begins, you will not be able to cancel the operation. During the repair, progress dialogs are displayed and a clicking tone is played. At the end, you will be prompted to restart your computer
/Type Safe - JAWS is installed without making system changes. System changes include installing video hooks in Windows NT, 2000, and XP, and installing Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA).
/Type SilentSafe - JAWS is installed silently and without making system changes.
/Type Client - Installs only those components necessary to run JAWS from a local area network server. This setup type will not create a JAWS folder, but will install video hooks and MSAA as needed.
/Type SilentClient - JAWS is silently installed as a Client setup.
/Type Server - Server setup includes the same restrictions as Safe setup. In addition, it creates only selected icons in the Start menu and makes limited changes to the registry. Its intended use is for those who want to install JAWS
on a server, but do not intend to actually run JAWS on the server.
/Type SilentServer - Performs a silent Server installation.
/Type ServerWithSpeech - ServerWithSpeech setup installs JAWS on a server. Speech and braille access is provided for local users on the server. /Type SilentServerWithSpeech - Performs a silent ServerWithSpeech installation.
/Type Remote - Use this setup type when installing JAWS on a computer that will be accessed through a terminal session by JAWS users. Special video hooks for terminal services are installed and the virtual speech and braille drivers are set up. If you are running the installation from a remote location during a terminal session, this setup type is automatically detected.
/Type SilentRemote - JAWS is silently installed as a Remote setup.
/Type Roam - Allows you to use JAWS on a network with roaming profiles. No separate folders are created for user and shared settings. All settings are stored in the folder where you installed JAWS.
/Type SilentRoam - Performs a silent Roam installation.
7. Press ENTER.
Back Next
Maintenance Setup
Maintenance Setup allows you to make changes or corrections to the currently installed version of JAWS. To start Maintenance Setup, insert your JAWS program DVD into your computer and choose the JAWS Setup button. If you downloaded JAWS from , navigate to the folder where you saved the file, select it, and press ENTER.
|Note: You must be logged on to an account with administrator privileges to use the Maintenance Setup options. |
There are three Maintenance Setup options:
Modify
This option allows you to change your current installation settings.
Repair
This option allows you to reinstall JAWS with current settings, replacing existing files, which might be damaged or corrupted. When you choose this option, Setup asks if you want to delete your user settings files. Shared settings files are replaced by the default files.
Remove
This option allows you to remove all JAWS components, including the JAWS folder. You can also uninstall JAWS by opening the Start menu and choosing All Programs, JAWS, Tools, UnInstall JAWS.
See also:
JAWS for Windows Setup
Back Next
JAWS for USB Thumb Drives - Questions and Answers
Get JAWS on-the-go. The thumb drive version of JAWS lets your screen reading software, including your personalized settings, move with you on a device so small that it fits into your pocket or hangs from your keychain.
Carry JAWS with you, and use it on any computer with access to a JAWS license. You can even run JAWS in a 40-minute demonstration mode on computers that do not have a JAWS license available. All you need to do is download the JAWS/MAGic Video Intercept tool. Either you or another person with administrative rights on the computer can install this tool. Then, just plug in your thumb drive and go.
What is a USB thumb drive?
A USB thumb drive is a small, portable storage device that plugs into your computer's USB port. USB thumb drives hold much more data than a floppy disk, and you can easily transfer files to and from them, unlike a CD. USB thumb drives can range in capacity from as small as 128 MB to as large as 64 GB.
What is the difference between a USB thumb drive, a USB flash drive, and a USB pen drive?
These are all essentially the same type of device. Different manufacturers use different terms, but they are all external storage devices that you can plug into your computer's USB port. This version of JAWS can also be run from external USB hard drives. There are even reports of users copying this version to their iPods and running it on their computers.
Why would I want to run JAWS from a USB thumb drive?
Running JAWS from a USB thumb drive lets you use JAWS on any computer without installing the software, provided that the Video Intercept is installed. This means that you can use JAWS on a computer without performing a full installation of the program or configuring it.
More importantly, you can save your favorite settings on the USB thumb drive and then carry them with you anywhere you go. When you plug your JAWS thumb drive into any computer where an authorized copy of JAWS is already installed, you have the benefit of using the full version of JAWS with all of your favorite settings, including scripts, dictionary files, configuration files, and more. Furthermore, because data can be written to the USB thumb drive, you can change these settings at any time.
This functionality is quite useful to JAWS users who work on a variety of different computers during the day or week. Carrying your settings on the USB thumb drive means that any computer can be instantly configured just the way you like it.
Do I need to purchase a specific brand of USB thumb drive?
No, you can use any Windows-compatible USB flash drive with this version of JAWS. The drive must have at least 128 MB of free space. In addition, when extracting/installing JAWS directly from a thumb drive, the process may be slower on some brands of drive (such as San Disk).
What version of Windows do I need?
The computer must be running Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista if you want to run JAWS from a USB thumb drive.
Where do I get the version of JAWS that will install on a thumb drive?
You can download it from the Freedom Scientific JAWS Download page. Be certain to get the version that indicates it is for use on a thumb drive.
So I don't have to buy a specific Thumb Drive or Pen Drive from Freedom Scientific in order to use my current JAWS license?
That is correct! You can copy JAWS on to as many different thumb drives as you want. The license to use JAWS is not installed on the thumb drive itself so if you lose the thumb drive, you have not lost your software license.
How do I set up a computer to work with JAWS on a USB thumb drive?
All you need to do is install the JAWS/MAGic Video Intercept on the computer. Freedom Scientific has created a special executable file that installs only these components on the computer. Simply copy this file to your thumb drive and then run it to install the necessary video components on the computer. You must have administrative rights to the computer in order to complete the installation.
|Note: You may need sighted assistance to install Video Intercept. If the computer has Windows Narrator installed, you can use this |
|program to help you. |
What if I do not have administrative rights to the computer?
If you do not have administrative rights to the computer, you cannot install the Video Intercept tool on the computer. You won't be able to use JAWS from a thumb drive with that computer unless an administrator installs the components for you or installs JAWS.
How does JAWS on a USB thumb drive get its authorization?
The thumb drive version will function as a 40-minute demo unless one of the three following criteria are met:
A local ILM authorization key is already in place on the computer and properly authorized for your version of JAWS
An ILM Network Server is available on the network and it is properly authorized for your version of JAWS
A properly authorized dongle is plugged into a second USB port on the computer
What if JAWS is already installed on the computer?
If you run JAWS from a USB thumb drive, only the settings stored on the thumb drive for JAWS will be used. Any of the currently stored settings on the computer will be ignored. You cannot use scripts, settings files, or other configuration information saved on the computer when running the program from a thumb drive. This does not modify any of the computer's original JAWS settings. In other words, if you later run the application from the computer's hard drive, all the original settings remain in place. In addition, if the version of JAWS installed on the computer has been activated, the application will use that license information while running from the thumb drive.
What if an earlier version of JAWS is installed on the computer?
Installing the latest video intercept drivers will not impair the functionality of older versions of Freedom Scientific software installed on the computer. To achieve the best results, install the latest video drivers.
Licenses for earlier versions of JAWS and MAGic can only authorize thumb drive versions if they are valid for JAWS 8.0 or earlier or MAGic 10.5 or earlier.
Can I copy JAWS program and settings files to another thumb drive or my computer's hard drive?
Yes. You can move both the JAWS program files and your settings files to another thumb drive without any special installation requirements. You can also copy JAWS settings files to your computer's hard drive or vice versa. However, it is recommended that you do not run the thumb drive version of JAWS from your computer's hard drive. You should install and use the desktop version of JAWS instead.
How do I get started?
Do the following to copy JAWS to your USB thumb drive and run the program on a computer:
1. Plug your USB thumb drive into your computer's USB port.
2. Download the version of JAWS designed for USB thumb drives and save it on your thumb drive.
3. Go to your thumb drive, select the file you downloaded, and press ENTER.
4. Press ENTER. The JAWS program files are extracted to the root of your thumb drive. The installer will create the necessary folder structure. Do not remove the drive until the process is complete.
5. Download the Video Intercept file. Save this file in the root of your USB thumb drive. Running this file allows you to install the JAWS Video Intercept on any computer that doesn't already have it installed.
6. Unplug the USB thumb drive and plug it into a different computer. Windows
automatically displays a dialog box asking what action you want to take next. Select "Start JAWS" (its the default choice) and then press ENTER. If this dialog box doesn't appear, press WINDOWS Key+R, type "X:\JAWSY" (where X is the drive letter assigned to your thumb drive, and Y is your JAWS version number) and press ENTER.
|Note: If JAWS/MAGic Video Intercept has not been installed on the computer, choose the Cancel button when the auto run dialog box |
|displays. Then, press WINDOWS Key+R, type "X:\FSVideoIntercept.exe" (where X is the drive letter assigned to your thumb drive), and |
|press ENTER. This installs the necessary JAWS video components on the computer. You must have administrative privileges to install |
|these files. |
7. You can now use JAWS just as if it were installed on the computer's hard disk drive. Any settings changes that you make are saved on the USB thumb drive so that you can use them next time. When you are finished working on the computer, quit JAWS and remove the drive from the USB port.
Can I use a synthesizer other than Eloquence?
Yes, you can use any SAPI 5 or Vocalizer Expressive synthesizer with JAWS for USB thumb drives, as long as that synthesizer has been installed on the computer. You can use the regular JAWS procedures for switching to SAPI 5 or Vocalizer Expressive.
|Note: If the selected SAPI synthesizer becomes unavailable, JAWS will begin using Eloquence. |
Can I use a braille display?
No. If you are running JAWS from a USB thumb drive, you cannot use a braille display. If you wish to use a braille display, you should download and install the full or demonstration version of JAWS on the computer and configure it to use your device.
Can I use remote access features or PAC Mate desktop?
No. If you are running JAWS from a USB thumb drive, you cannot use JAWS during terminal sessions. You also cannot use PAC Mate Desktop. If you want to use either of these features, you should download and install the full version of JAWS on the computer.
Can I use a thumb drive version of JAWS and still work with JAWS Tandem as either a controller or target?
No. Because of installation and registry entries, it is not possible at this time to use a USB thumb drive version of JAWS if you intend to establish JAWS Tandem connections. In fact, the JAWS Tandem options will not be present in the JAWS menus if you are using a thumb drive version of JAWS. If you want to use JAWS Tandem, download and install the full or demonstration version of JAWS.
What are the other differences between the thumb drive version of JAWS and the desktop version?
You cannot configure JAWS to start as a service in order to read the Windows login screen. The Automatically Start JAWS check box in the Basic Settings dialog box box is unavailable. In addition, the Merge utility, which allows you to import settings from previous JAWS versions, is not available.
When I'm finished using JAWS, is it necessary to remove the various drivers from the computer?
No, leaving these drivers in place will allow someone else to plug in JAWS or MAGic on a thumb drive later so it is best to leave them.
If you do choose to remove the Video Intercept driver, do the following:
1. Open the Windows Control Panel from the Start menu.
2. Select Add or Remove Programs and press ENTER.
3. To remove the video intercept, select "Freedom Scientific Video Intercept" and choose the Change/Remove button.
Can I install both JAWS and MAGic on the same thumb drive?
Yes. The thumb drive will need approximately 192 MB of free space. The last program that you installed will be the only one available from the auto run dialog box that appears when you plug in the thumb drive. The easiest way to start these programs when both are present on the same thumb drive is to press WINDOWS Key+R, type "X:\JAWSY" or "X:\MAGicY" (where X is the letter assigned to your thumb drive, and Y is your JAWS or MAGic version number) and then press ENTER.
|Note: Each product requires separate authorization. If one of the products cannot obtain authorization, that program will run in |
|40-minute mode. |
FAQs for DECtalk Access32 Authorization
Q: How do I authorize my version for DECtalkTM Access32?
A: DECtalk Access32 is a 32-bit software synthesizer from DEC (Digital Equipment Corporation) that can be used with most sound cards.
Install DECtalk Access32, and then install JAWS. If JAWS requires an authorization diskette or authorization update diskette, you will be prompted for it.
Q: My authorization diskette did not seem to work. How do I manually authorize JAWS?
A: These instructions explain how to manually authorize your JAWS program if you have discovered your system has not been properly authorized. You should only follow these steps if you've already installed DECtalk Access32, installed JAWS, and restarted your computer, but your system did not properly authorize.
Follow the instructions below to Authorize JAWS for DECtalk Access32: If you downloaded DECtalk Access32, do the following:
1. Copy the update file ATH file onto a disk drive.
2. Open the Run dialog CTRL+ESC, R and type the path forACCESS32.EXE and press ENTER.
3. ACCESS32.EXE will install DECtalk Access32 onto your computer and will place itself into the JAWS configuration.
4. When prompted for an update disk, place the disk containing the ATH file into the disk drive and press the YES button.
5. When prompted for the authorization disk, locate the JAWS authorization disk and insert it in the A: drive. Press the YES button to update the authorization on the JAWS authorization disk.
If you received a DECtalk Access32 disk in the mail, do the following:
1. Place the Access32 disk into the A: drive, Open the Run dialog CTRL+ESC, R, type A:\ACCESS32.EXE, and press the ENTER key.
2. ACCESS32.EXE will install DECtalk Access32 onto your computer and will place itself into the JAWS configuration.
3. When prompted for an update disk, press the YES button.
4. When prompted for the authorization disk, locate the JAWS authorization disk and insert it in the A: drive. Press the YES button to update the authorization on the JAWS authorization disk.
Skim Reading Dialog
Press SHIFT+CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW or choose "Skim Reading Tool" in the List of JAWS Managers (INSERT+F2) to display the Skim Reading dialog box. Use this dialog box to define how you want JAWS to skim through the current document. You can choose to read either the first sentence or line of each paragraph. Alternatively, you can create text rules to search for lines, sentences, or paragraphs that contain specific words or phrases. The options available in the Skim Reading dialog box are described below.
When you press CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW, JAWS begins skim reading from the current location of the cursor to the end of the document. However, one of the most useful aspects of the skim reading feature is the ability to create a summary of the current document. To generate a summary using your current skim reading settings, choose the Create Summary button.
The summary displays in the Results Viewer and contains all the text that matches the criteria you defined. Each segment of text is a link, and each is individually numbered. You can move to a segment and press ENTER to jump to its location within the document. Once you create a summary, it remains available, even if you switch to a different document or program, until you generate another or close the Results Viewer. You can press ALT+TAB to review the last summary that you created in the Results Viewer. However, you can only use the links if the summary was created from the active document.
Use Rule Type
Select one of the following radio buttons to choose the skim reading mode you want to use:
Read First Line of Paragraph – When you press CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW, JAWS reads the first line of each paragraph.
|Note: The other options in this dialog box are not available if you select this radio button. |
Read First Sentence of Paragraph – When you press CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW, JAWS reads the first sentence of each paragraph.
|Note: The other options in this dialog box are not available if you select this radio button. |
Text Rules Apply for Reading – When you press CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW, JAWS searches for text according to a text rule that you define. JAWS then reads the line, sentence, or paragraph that contains the matching text, depending on the option you have selected in the Speak Unit list.
Attributes and Color Rules Apply for Reading – When you press CTRL+INSERT+DOWN ARROW, JAWS searches for text according to the selected text color and attributes. The selections made are cumulative, meaning that if you select bold and red text, JAWS will only search for text that is red and bold. If you add the italic attribute, then JAWS will only search for text that is red, bold, and italic. Any text that lacks any of these attributes or color is ignored by JAWS.
Rules History
This combo box allows you to create a new text reading rule or select an existing text reading rule. Text rules are logical expressions that tell JAWS to search for specific text when skim reading. JAWS then reads the line, sentence, or paragraph that contains the matching text, depending on the option you have selected in the Speak Unit list. You must select either the Text Rules Apply for Reading radio button or the Attributes and Color Rules Apply for Reading radio button if you want to use text rules while skim reading.
If you are creating a new text rule, select from the combo box and then enter the appropriate search pattern, color or attribute rules, or speak unit rules. Once the rule is configured, press the Start Skim Reading button to save and start the new skim reading rule.
is the default setting for this combo box.
Text Search Pattern
In the Text Rule edit box, enter a word or phrase that you want JAWS to search for while skim reading. Optionally, you can use a regular expression to further refine your search. There are many different ways to create these expressions. If you only want to search for text units that contain two or more words, separate each word with ".*" (that is, a period followed by an asterisk with no spaces between the words or symbols). For example, you can use the following expression to search for text units containing both the words "JAWS" and "MAGic":
JAWS.*MAGic
If you want to search for text units that contain any of several different words, separate each word with "|" (that is, a vertical bar with no spaces between the words or symbols). For example, you can use the following expression to search for text units containing either the words "JAWS" or "MAGic":
JAWS|MAGic
You can create more advanced expressions as well. For example, you can use the following expression to search for text units containing any year starting with "19":
19\d{2}\s
Tip: For more information on creating complex expressions, refer to the section Regular Expression Language Elements in the MSDN Library.
After you enter some text or a regular expression, type a name for the text rule in the Rule Name edit box. Choose OK to save the text rule. You can select which text rule you want to use in the Text Rules list.
Color or Attribute Rules
Text Color edit box – Use this combo box to select or enter a specific color that a passage of text uses. You can use the UP and DOWN ARROWS to cycle through a list of text colors,
or you can type a color into the combo box. JAWS uses word prediction to predict the color that you want. An asterisk appears as the default setting.
Background Color edit box – Use this combo box to select a background color to be used for the skim reading rule. You can use the UP and DOWN ARROWS to cycle through a list of text
colors, or you can type a color into the combo box. JAWS uses word prediction to predict the color that you want. An asterisk appears as the default setting. Attribute Check Boxes – Select an attribute check box to search for the type of selected text in a document or Web page. Each attribute can be used inconjunction with any other text attribute. The following attributes are available: Bold, Italic, Underline, Strikeout, Double Strikeout, Superscript, Subscript, Shadow, and Outline. These check boxes are only available when the Attributes and Color Rules Apply for Reading radio button is selected.
Delete Rule
To delete a text rule, select it in the Rules History list and then choose the Delete Rule button.
Delete All Rules
To delete all your saved text rules, choose the Delete All Rules button.
Speak Unit
Select whether JAWS should read the paragraph, sentence, or line containing any text that matches the currently selected text rule.
Use Regular Expression
A regular expression is a search string that uses special characters to help you define the search and match text patterns. This feature is used primarily by advanced users. Do not select this check box if you are simply performing a plain text search. This check box is unchecked by default and is only available if the Text Rules Apply for Reading radio button is selected.
Skim Reading Indication
If you select this check box, JAWS notifies you when skimming past units of text that do not match the currently selected text rule. JAWS beeps once for every 20 units that it skips.
Start Skim Reading
Choose this button to save your changes and begin skim reading from your current location.
Create Summary
Choose this button to create a summary of the current page in the Results Viewer. This summary contains all the text you would hear if you began skim reading from your present location using your currently selected options. The summary remains available until you create another, even if you switch to another document or program. You can review the summary in the Virtual Buffer at any time by pressing WINDOWS Key+INSERT+DOWN ARROW.
Close
Choose this button to close the dialog box without saving the last changes made.
Back
Windows 7 and JAWS
When you first install JAWS, the JAWS Startup Wizard launches. The Run JAWS Settings dialog box provides several options for starting JAWS. Use the default settings since these will assure that JAWS always loads, starts, and runs before and after Windows 7 launches. If you want to make changes later, open the Startup Wizard by pressing ALT+H from the JAWS application window, and then pressing Z.
For information describing how to use JAWS with Windows 7, download the DAISY book as described in the following procedure:
1. From the JAWS application window, press ALT+H, P to open the JAWS Updates dialog box.
2. In the list view, use the UP or DOWN ARROWS to move to the Introduction to Windows Vista with JAWS DAISY Book check box.
3. Press SPACEBAR to select the check box.
4. Press TAB to move to the Install button, and then press SPACEBAR. JAWS downloads and extracts the DAISY book.
5. After successfully extracting the file, press ENTER to close the JAWS Update dialog box.
6. Open FSReader and choose the XTraJAWSAndMAGicIntroToVista book as described in the next procedure.
Note: While this book was originally recorded using Windows Vista, you will still find it useful as many of the concepts described here are very similar in Windows 7.
To open the DAISY book using FSReader, do the following:
1. Press WINDOWS Key to open the Start menu.
2. Press P to navigate to All Programs or Programs, and then press ENTER.
3. Press F to move to the FSReader submenu, and then press ENTER to open FSReader.
4. In the Open dialog box, use the UP or DOWN ARROW keys to select XTraJAWSAndMAGicIntroToVista in the list view, and then press ENTER. The DAISY book opens.
Back
Currency Abbreviations
Use the following abbreviations for the Convert Currency lookup source.
EUR = Euro
USD = United States Dollars
GBP = United Kingdom Pounds
CAD = Canada Dollars
AUD = Australia Dollars
JPY = Japan Yen
INR = India Rupees
NZD = New Zealand Dollars
CHF = Switzerland Francs
ZAR = South Africa Rand
DZD = Algeria Dinars
ARS = Argentina Pesos
BHD = Bahrain Dinars
BRL = Brazil Reais
BGN = Bulgaria Leva
CLP = Chile Pesos
CNY = China Yuan Renminbi
COP = Colombia Pesos
CRC = Costa Rica Colones
HRK = Croatia Kuna
CZK = Czech Republic Koruny
DKK = Denmark Kroner
DOP = Dominican Republic Pesos
EGP = Egypt Pounds
EEK = Estonia Krooni
FJD = Fiji Dollars
HKD = Hong Kong Dollars
HUF = Hungary Forint
ISK = Iceland Kronur
IDR = Indonesia Rupiahs
ILS = Israel New Shekels
JMD = Jamaica Dollars
JOD = Jordan Dinars
KES = Kenya Shillings
KRW = South Korea Won
KWD = Kuwait Dinars
LBP = Lebanon Pounds
MYR = Malaysia Ringgits
MUR = Mauritius Rupees
MXN = Mexico Pesos
MAD = Morocco Dirhams
NOK = Norway Kroner
OMR = Oman Rials
PKR = Pakistan Rupees
PEN = Peru Nuevos Soles
PHP = Philippines Pesos
PLN = Poland Zlotych
QAR = Qatar Riyals
RON = Romania New Lei
RUB = Russia Rubles
SAR = Saudi Arabia Riyals
SGD = Singapore Dollars
LKR = Sri Lanka Rupees
TWD = Taiwan New Dollars
THB = Thailand Baht
TTD = Trinidad and Tobago Dollars
TND = Tunisia Dinars
TRY = Turkey Lira
AED = United Arab Emirates Dirhams
VEB = Venezuela Bolivares
VND = Vietnam Dong
ZMK = Zambia Kwacha
Back
JAWS Key
With most commands, JAWS uses the INSERT key as a "modifier" key. INSERT is pressed in combination with other keys to activate commands. JAWS now lets you choose which key to use for this modifier, which we call the JAWS Key. The keys available to use are:
INSERT
CAPS LOCK
SCROLL LOCK
By default, the INSERT key is set as the JAWS Key in the Desktop keyboard layout, and the CAPS LOCK key is set as the JAWS Key in the Laptop keyboard layout. So you can change the JAWS Key in two ways. Change to a different keyboard layout, or change which JAWS Key is assigned in a keyboard layout.
Changing the Keyboard Layout
To change the keyboard layout, from the JAWS application window, press ALT+O to open the Options menu and press ENTER to open the Basic Settings dialog. Move to the Keyboard Layout combo box and use the ARROW Keys to select the layout you wish to use.
Assigning a Different JAWS Key
To change the key used as the JAWS Key for the active keyboard layout:
1. Open Settings Center (INSERT+F2) and expand the Keyboard group.
2. Select JAWS Keys for Desktop Layout, and then select the key you want to use as the modifier key for the active keyboard layout.
3. Choose OK to save changes and close Settings Center.
|Note: When using MAGic Screen Magnification software, it allows you to select which key to use as the MAGic Key. Since JAWS now |
|provides the same flexibility for the JAWS Key, when the two products are used together, it is important that you do not assign the |
|same key for the MAGic Key and the JAWS Key. If they are assigned to the same key, any JAWS commands assigned to a key combination |
|using the JAWS Key are not activated when the key combination is pressed. |
Back
Additional Notes on JAWS Keystrokes for Reading Text
General Notes
Most of the keystrokes for reading text move the active cursor to the beginning of the text being read. Keystrokes for reading the current character, line, word, or sentence do not move the active cursor. Most of these keystrokes work in all cursor modes. The JAWS and Invisible cursors only read text already on the screen; they cannot scroll a document in the manner the PC cursor or Virtual PC cursor can.
Keystroke Specific Notes
Say Character Phonetically (NUM PAD 5 pressed twice quickly)
This keystroke says the current character phonetically. After pressing this keystroke, LEFT ARROW says the prior character phonetically and RIGHT ARROW says the next character phonetically until some other keystroke is pressed. This keystroke works in all cursor modes.
Say ASCII or Hexadecimal Value (NUM PAD 5 pressed three times quickly)
This keystroke reads the ASCII value of the current character. If you want to hear the hexadecimal value of the current character instead, select the Speak Character Value in Hex check box in the Images and Symbols group in Settings Center.
Spell Word (INSERT+NUM PAD 5 pressed twice quickly)
This keystroke spells the current word. After pressing this keystroke, INSERT+LEFT ARROW spells the prior word and INSERT+RIGHT ARROW spells the next word until some other keystroke is pressed. This keystroke works in all cursor modes.
Select Prior Word (SHIFT+INSERT+LEFT ARROW)
If the caret (insertion point) is in the middle of a word when this keystroke is pressed, the selection will be from that point in the word to the beginning of the current word. This keystroke works in PC and Virtual PC cursor modes. In JAWS and Invisible Cursor modes, this keystroke will only work in some applications.
Select Word (SHIFT+INSERT+RIGHT ARROW)
If the caret (insertion point) is in the middle of a word when this keystroke is pressed, the selection will be from that point in the word to the beginning of the next word. This keystroke works in PC and Virtual PC cursor modes. In JAWS and Invisible Cursor modes, this keystroke will only work in some applications.
Say To Cursor (INSERT+HOME)
Any text to the left of, and on the same line as, the active cursor is read. This keystroke works in all cursor modes. This keystroke does not move the active cursor.
Say From Cursor (INSERT+PAGE UP)
Any text to the right of, and on the same line as, the active cursor is read. This keystroke works in all cursor modes. This keystroke does not move the active cursor.
Say All (INSERT+DOWN ARROW)
When in JAWS or Invisible Cursor modes, this keystroke stops reading when the text currently displayed on the screen has been read, or when interrupted. When in PC or Virtual PC Cursor modes, this keystroke reads to the end of the current document, or until
interrupted.
While using the Say All command, you can press the LEFT or RIGHT ARROW keys to rewind or fast forward through the text. Pressing LEFT ARROW to rewind during a Say All returns to the previous element of text (line, sentence, or paragraph). When rewinding, you can only return to the point at which you issued the Say All command. Pressing RIGHT ARROW to fast forward during a Say All advances to the next element of text. To change the text element length (line, sentence, or paragraph), select Say All Reads in the Say All group in Settings Center.
Tip: You can also use the left and right SHIFT keys to rewind and fast forward during a Say All.
To increase the speech rate for the current voice during a Say All, press PAGE UP. To decrease the speech rate, press PAGE DOWN. For more information on changing the voice rate, see Change Voice Rate on the Fly.
Toggle Speech On or Off (INSERT+SPACEBAR, S)
Use this keystroke to mute speech. It is a layered keystroke, which means that you must first press and release INSERT+SPACEBAR, and then press S to toggle speech on or off.
Say Color (INSERT+5)
This keystroke works in all cursor modes. Say Font (INSERT+F)
This keystrokes speaks the font type, size, and any special attributes such as highlighted of the character at the cursor location. Press twice quickly to display the information in the virtual viewer.
Back
Additional Notes on Navigation - Information Keystrokes
Say Window Title (INSERT+T) This keystroke reads the active title bar.
Say Top Line of Window (INSERT+END)
This keystroke may have different results in different applications. In some programs, it will read the title bar, while in others it may read the menus or toolbars at the top of the window.
Say Bottom Line of Window (INSERT+PAGE DOWN )
This keystroke reads the bottom line of a window, which is normally where a status bar is located.
Say Application Version (CTRL+INSERT+V)
This keystroke states the version information for the active application. If you press CTRL+INSERT+V while JAWS is the active window, this command displays your JAWS version number and authorization information, including your Locking code, Authorization number, and serial number. It also lists all the speech synthesizers and Braille displays that you have installed. This information is displayed in the Virtual Viewer so you can copy and paste it into a document or edit box.
Bring Up Window List (INSERT+F10)
This keystroke brings up a dialog box listing all open applications and their window states; i.e., minimized, restored, or maximized. Select an item from the list and press ENTER to switch to that application.
List System Tray Icons (INSERT+F11)
This keystroke brings up a dialog box listing items in the System Tray. Select an item from the list, and then TAB to buttons to simulate different mouse clicks on the item.
List Labeled Graphics (CTRL+INSERT+SHIFT+G)
This keystroke brings up a dialog box listing all labeled graphics in the active window.
Select an item from the list and press ENTER to simulate a single left mouse button click on the graphic. This feature is similar to the CallToolbars (INSERT+F8) command available in some popular applications, however this feature is not application specific.
Back
Additional Notes on JAWS Keystrokes for Working in
Dialog Boxes
Say Default Button of Dialog (INSERT+E)
This keystroke states which button pressing ENTER activates.
Say Current Control Hot Key (SHIFT+NUM PAD 5)
This keystroke reads the hot key shortcut for the current item. The hot key activates a control when pressed with ALT, even if that item does not have focus.
Read Dialog in Tab Order (INSERT+B)
This keystroke says all the controls in a dialog in the same order as TAB would cycle through them.
Say Window Prompt in Text (INSERT+TAB)
This keystroke states the type of control that currently has focus, and reads the text in the control. This keystroke does not work in Virtual PC Cursor mode.
Read Word in Context (INSERT+C)
This keystroke works in many spell check dialogs to read words as they were originally used.
Select Multiple List Items (CTRL+SHIFT or CTRL+SPACEBAR)
To select multiple list items that are next to each other, press and hold down CTRL+SHIFT and use the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW keys. To select multiple list items that are not next to each other, press and hold down CTRL and use the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW keys to move to items you want to select. Still holding down CTRL, press SPACEBAR to select items.
Unselect All But Current (CTRL+\)
This keystroke removes the selection of all items in a list except the current item.
Read List View Columns 1 through 10 (CTRL+INSERT+1 through 0)
This keystroke allows you to read the contents of the first ten columns in a list view. CTRL+INSERT+1 reads the first column in the list view, CTRL+INSERT+2 reads the second column, and so on. This command only reads the item in the currently selected row, and not all items in that column of the list view.
Back
Additional Notes on JAWS Keystrokes for Cursors and
Mouse Simulation
PC Cursor (NUM PAD PLUS)
This command changes the active cursor to the PC cursor. If the currently active cursor is the Touch Cursor, you must press this command twice quickly in order to activate the PC Cursor.
JAWS Cursor (NUM PAD MINUS)
This command changes the active cursor to the JAWS cursor.
Invisible Cursor (NUM PAD MINUS twice quickly) This command changes the active cursor to the Invisible cursor.
Touch Cursor (SHIFT+NUM PAD PLUS)
This command changes the active cursor to the Touch cursor. For more information, see Using the Touch Cursor.
Route Touch Cursor to Focus Location (INSERT+NUM PAD PLUS)
This command moves the Touch Cursor to the location of the object that currently has focus. It is only available if the Touch Cursor is the currently active cursor.
Route PC Cursor to JAWS Cursor (INSERT+NUM PAD PLUS)
This command moves the PC Cursor to the location of the JAWS Cursor. This command has no effect if the JAWS Cursor is in a part of the application that will not support the PC Cursor.
Route JAWS Cursor to PC Cursor (INSERT+NUM PAD MINUS)
This command moves the JAWS Cursor to the location of the PC Cursor. If the Invisible Cursor is active when this keystroke is used, the Invisible Cursor is moved to the location of the PC Cursor.
Tether JAWS to PC (CTRL+INSERT+NUM PAD MINUS)
This command causes the JAWS Cursor to follow the PC Cursor as it moves around the screen. Press the command twice quickly to save this setting across sessions.
Restrict JAWS Cursor (INSERT+R)
This command toggles restriction levels for the JAWS and Invisible cursors. The following briefly describes the different restriction levels:
Typically, a real window is any window that has a name, for example, a dialog box or
an application main window. The Real Window Restriction limits the JAWS or Invisible cursors to these windows.
Current Window Restriction restricts the JAWS or Invisible cursors to the current window. This is very useful in a text box or a window with multiple panes displaying information.
Frame Restriction restricts the JAWS or Invisible cursors to the current frame. Focus Window Restriction limits the JAWS or Invisible cursor to the window that currently has system focus. This typically means the window that contains the insertion pointer, caret, or highlight bar.
Unrestricted mode removes all restrictions on movement of the JAWS or Invisible cursors within the display area.
Application Window Restriction restricts the JAWS or Invisible cursors to the current application window.
Left Mouse Button (NUM PAD SLASH)
This command simulates a single left mouse button click. Press the command twice quickly to simulate a left mouse button double click.
Right Mouse Button (NUM PAD STAR)
This command simulates a single right mouse button click. Press the command twice quickly to simulate a right mouse button double click.
Left Mouse Button Lock (INSERT+NUM PAD SLASH)
This command simulates pressing down the left mouse button and holding it. Once pressed, the JAWS cursor can be moved with the arrow keys. JAWS will not speak until INSERT+NUM PAD SLASH is pressed again to unlock the left mouse button. This command can be used to drag items from one location and drop them in another.
Right Mouse Button Lock (INSERT+NUM PAD STAR)
This command simulates pressing down the right mouse button and holding it. Once pressed, the JAWS cursor can be moved with the arrow keys. JAWS will not speak until INSERT+NUM PAD STAR is pressed again to unlock the right mouse button. This command can be used to drag items from one location and drop them in another. When the command is pressed a second time to unlock the right mouse button, a menu may appear with options such as Copy Here, Move Here, and Create Shortcut Here.
Drag and Drop (CTRL+INSERT+NUM PAD SLASH)
This command is used to drag items from one location and drop them in another. Position the JAWS Cursor on the item you wish to move and press CTRL+INSERT+NUM PAD SLASH. You can leave the JAWS Cursor active, or you can switch to the PC Cursor. JAWS will keep speaking as you navigate. Once you have positioned the JAWS or PC Cursor in the location to which you would like to move the item, press CTRL+INSERT+NUM PAD SLASH again, and the item will be moved to the position of the active cursor.
Say Active Cursor (ALT+DELETE)
This command says the name of the active cursor and its position in pixels. When working in certain programs (such as word processors, text editors, and e-mail) with the PC Cursor, JAWS may announce the column and row position instead. In addition, JAWS announces the percentage of the current document you have moved or read through.
Tip: If JAWS announces the row and column position of the PC Cursor, and you want to hear the position in pixels instead, press NUM PAD MINUS to switch to the JAWS Cursor, then press INSERT+NUM PAD MINUS to route the JAWS Cursor to the PC Cursor. Press ALT+DELETE again to hear the position in pixels.
Say Cursor Type (CTRL+INSERT+SHIFT+C)
This command announces the shape of the current mouse cursor. Back
Additional Notes on Miscellaneous JAWS Keystrokes
Quick Settings (INSERT+V)
This command opens a dialog box that allows you to change what and/or how much information JAWS speaks. The options available in this dialog box are specific to the active application. In many applications, settings changed in this manner are only changed until JAWS is restarted.
JAWS Window (INSERT+J)
This command makes the JAWS window active. If JAWS is set to run from the system tray, this command opens the same menu as if you choose JAWS from the Select System Tray Icon Dialog (INSERT+F11).
JAWS Find (INSERT+CTRL+F)
This command opens the JAWS Find dialog. From this dialog, you can search for text or the text of labeled graphics. This find feature only searches within the currently displayed area of the screen. It will not scroll a document to search it completely.
Keyboard Lock (INSERT+SPACEBAR, L)
The Keyboard Lock feature is useful when you want to prevent accidental keyboard action. A typical example for locking the keyboard would be when you are transferring files across a network or when a download is in progress. This feature will prevent file transfer or download cancellation if you accidentally press a key. Keyboard Lock is also ideal for JAWS Tandem sessions where it can prevent inadvertent keyboard activity on the target-side computer.
While the keyboard is locked, you can still run JAWS reading commands like Say Line, Say Window Title, and Say Word. For example, you can position the JAWS cursor at a specific location on the screen, and then use the Say Line command to monitor that location while the keyboard is locked. Also, the invisible cursor and the braille cursor can roam the screen without moving the active cursor.
To toggle Keyboard Lock on and off, press INSERT+SPACEBAR, L. Although this feature locks the keyboard and braille display, it does not affect mouse activity.
Refresh Screen (INSERT+ESC)
JAWS uses a memory buffer of information from the active window to make speech flow more smoothly. This command refreshes that memory buffer. If it seems as though JAWS may be skipping characters or words while reading, use this command.
Screen Echo Toggle (INSERT+S)
This command toggles the screen echo between highlighted, all, and none. Highlighted is the default.
Typing Echo Toggle (INSERT+2)
This command toggles the typing echo between characters, words, characters and words, and none.
Pass Key Through (INSERT+3)
After this command is pressed, the next command is ignored by JAWS and is passed directly to the active application. This is very useful if a JAWS command conflicts with an application command.
Select Symbol to Print (INSERT+4)
This command displays a dialog box containing a list of graphic symbols such as foreign language characters. Select a symbol from the list and press ENTER to place the symbol in a document or edit field.
Say Active Configuration Name (INSERT+Q)
This command states the name of the settings files currently loaded, and the name of the active application. Press twice quickly to display the information in the virtual viewer, where you can copy it into other applications.
Custom Highlight Assign (INSERT+CTRL+H)
This command opens dialogs that allow you to assign custom highlights based on the colors of text at the active cursor.
Copy Selected Text to FSClipboard (INSERT+WINDOWS Key+C)
FSClipboard extends the functionality of the Windows Clipboard. When you use the Windows Copy (CTRL+C) or Cut (CTRL+X) commands to place text on the Clipboard, it replaces any text already there. With FSClipboard, text that you copy is added to any text that you have previously copied. This allows you to continue adding text to the Clipboard until you are ready to paste it into a document.
Script Utility Mode (INSERT+WINDOWS Key+NUM PAD MINUS)
Toggle on or off Script Utility Mode. This function is for advanced scripters. The laptop keystroke is CAPS LOCK+WINDOWS Key+DASH.
Back
Additional Notes on Keystrokes for Accessing the JAWS
Utilities
Create a Prompt (CTRL+INSERT+TAB)
This command opens a dialog box allowing you to assign a speech and Braille label to a control in a dialog box.
Graphics Labeler (INSERT+G)
This command opens a dialog box allowing you to assign a text label to a graphic. This keystroke only works if the JAWS cursor is focused on a graphic.
Start Auto Graphics Labeler (CTRL+INSERT+G)
This command starts the auto graphics labeler, which attempts to label all graphics in the current window of the active application. The labels are based on tooltip text associated with each graphic, so graphics without tooltip labels cannot be labeled in this manner.
Set Frame Top Left (CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT BRACKET)
This command sets the top left corner for a frame based on the location of the JAWS or Invisible Cursor. If the bottom right corner of the frame has already been set, this command also brings up Frame Manager so the frame can be named and other Properties can be set.
Set Frame Bottom Right (CTRL+SHIFT+RIGHT BRACKET)
This command sets the bottom right corner for a frame based on the location of the JAWS or Invisible Cursor. If the top left corner of the frame has already been set, this command also brings up Frame Manager so the frame can be named and other Properties can be set.
Set Frame to Window (CTRL+SHIFT+LEFT BRACKET pressed twice quickly)
This command sets a frame to the area of a control to which the JAWS or Invisible Cursor is pointing, and brings up Frame Manager so the frame can be named and additional properties can be set.
Clear Initial Values (CTRL+INSERT+C)
This command cancels setting a frame or dragging and dropping if you decide not to complete the operation.
Run JAWS Manager (INSERT+F2)
This command brings up a dialog box from which you can access the various JAWS managers.
Screen Sensitive Help Technical (CTRL+INSERT+F1)
This command provides technical information for the current control that may be useful when writing scripts, such as the control ID, window class, and window handle.
Say special Window Classes (CTRL+INSERT+F2)
This command provides the window class of the parent window, next window, prior window, and child window. Press the command multiple times to cycle through the information.
Say Frame at Cursor (INSERT+X)
This keystroke speaks all text within the boundaries of the frame in which the active cursor is located.
Back
Additional Notes on JAWS Keystrokes for Accessing Help
Screen Sensitive Help (INSERT+F1)
This keystroke places the current window or control information, what it is used for, and some keystrokes that work in it in the virtual viewer. This keystroke works in all cursor modes.
Keyboard Help (INSERT+1)
Once this keystroke is pressed, press any other keystroke and JAWS will give you information about what that keystroke does. Press the keystroke twice quickly for detailed information. You must press INSERT+1 again to return the keyboard to its normal function. Press the keystroke three times to hear JAWS say and spell the name of the script attached to that keystroke.
JAWS Help for Applications (INSERT+F1 pressed twice quickly) This keystroke provides JAWS specific help for applications supported by JAWS.
Hot Key Help (INSERT+H)
This keystroke opens the virtual viewer and lists the JAWS keystrokes for the current application.
Window Key Help (INSERT+W)
This keystroke opens the virtual viewer and lists the Windows keystrokes for the current application.
Back
Additional Notes on Laptop Keystrokes for Reading Text
and Information
General Notes
Most of the keystrokes for reading text move the active cursor to the beginning of the text being read. Keystrokes for reading the current character, line, word, sentence, or paragraph do not move the active cursor. Most of these keystrokes work in all cursor modes. The JAWS and Invisible cursor can only read text already on the screen; they cannot scroll a document in the manner the PC cursor or Virtual PC cursor can.
Keystroke Specific Notes
Say Character Phonetically (CAPS LOCK+COMMA twice quickly)
After pressing this keystroke, CAPS LOCK+M says the prior character phonetically and CAPS LOCK+PERIOD says the next character phonetically until some other keystroke is pressed. This keystroke works in all cursor modes.
Say ASCII or Hexadecimal Value (CAPS LOCK+COMMA three times quickly)
This keystrokes reads the ASCII value of the current character. If you want to hear the hexadecimal value of the current character instead, select the Speak Character Value in Hex check box in the Images and Symbols group in Settings Center.
Spell Word (CAPS LOCK+K twice quickly)
After pressing this keystroke, CAPS LOCK+J spells the prior word and CAPS LOCK+L spells the next word until some other keystroke is pressed. This keystroke works in all cursor modes.
Say to Cursor (CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+J)
Any text to the left of, and on the same line as, the active cursor is read. This keystroke works in all cursor modes. This keystroke does not move the active cursor.
Say from Cursor (CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+L)
Any text to the right of, and on the same line as, the active cursor is read. This keystroke works in all cursor modes. This keystroke does not move the active cursor.
Say All (CAPS LOCK+A or CAPS LOCK+DOWN ARROW)
When in JAWS or Invisible Cursor modes, this keystroke stops reading when the text currently displayed on the screen has been read, or when interrupted. When in PC or Virtual PC Cursor modes, this keystroke reads to the end of the current document, or until interrupted.
Say Top Line of Window (CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+Y)
This keystroke may have different results in different applications. In some programs, it reads the title bar, while in others it may read the menus or toolbars at the top of the window.
Say Bottom Line of Window (CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+N)
This keystroke reads the bottom line of a window, which is normally where a status bar is located.
Back
Additional Notes on Laptop Keystrokes for Cursors and
Mouse Simulation
Route Touch Cursor to Focus Location (CAPS LOCK+APOSTROPHE)
This command moves the Touch Cursor to the location of the object that currently has focus. It is only available if the Touch Cursor is the currently active cursor.
Route PC Cursor to JAWS Cursor (CAPS LOCK+APOSTROPHE)
This keystroke moves the PC Cursor to the location of the JAWS Cursor. This keystroke has no effect if the JAWS Cursor is in a part of the application that will not support the PC Cursor.
Route JAWS Cursor to PC Cursor (CAPS LOCK+LEFT BRACKET)
This keystroke moves the JAWS Cursor to the location of the PC Cursor. If the Invisible Cursor is active when this keystroke is used, the Invisible Cursor is moved to the location of the PC Cursor.
Left Mouse Button (CAPS LOCK+8)
This keystroke simulates a single left mouse button click. Press the keystroke twice quickly to simulate a left mouse button double click.
Right Mouse Button (CAPS LOCK+9)
This keystroke simulates a single right mouse button click. Press the keystroke twice quickly to simulate a right mouse button double click.
Left Mouse Button Lock (CTRL+8)
This keystroke simulates pressing down the left mouse button and holding it. Once pressed, the JAWS cursor can be moved with the ARROW keys. JAWS will not speak until CTRL+8 is pressed again to unlock the left mouse button. This keystroke can be used to drag items from one location and drop them in another.
Right Mouse Button Lock (CTRL+9)
This keystroke simulates pressing down the right mouse button and holding it. Once pressed, the JAWS cursor can be moved with the ARROW keys. JAWS will not speak until CTRL+9 is pressed again to unlock the right mouse button. This keystroke can be used to drag items from one location and drop them in another. When the keystroke is pressed a second time to unlock the right mouse button, a menu may appear with options such as Copy Here, Move Here, and Create Shortcut Here.
Drag and Drop (CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+8)
This keystroke is used to drag items from one location and drop them in another. Position the JAWS Cursor on the item you wish to move and press CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+8 . You can leave the JAWS Cursor active, or you can switch to the PC Cursor. JAWS keeps speaking as you navigate. Once you have positioned the JAWS or PC Cursor in the location to which you would like to move the item, press CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+8 again, and the item is moved to the position of the active cursor.
Note: The original position of what you are dragging, and the location to which you are moving it must both be visible on the screen when you press CAPS LOCK+SHIFT+8 the second time or the drag and drop will not work.
Back
Additional Notes on General Windows Keystrokes
Get Help (F1)
This keystroke brings up help for the active application.
Switch between Open Applications (ALT+TAB)
If pressed once, this keystroke switches focus to the open application that was last used prior to the current application being used. To cycle through open applications to find the one you want, hold down ALT and press and release TAB until you find it. Then release both keys. The ALT+TAB "switch to" order is determined by the order in which applications have last been used, not by the order in which they were originally opened.
Open the Shortcut Menu (APPLICATION KEY or SHIFT+F10)
This keystroke brings up a shortcut menu (context menu) for the item that has the PC Cursor focus.
Minimize all Windows (WINDOWS KEY+M)
Some dialog boxes cannot be minimized. Using this keystroke with a dialog box of this type open can result in the system focus being on the Windows Desktop with most of the Desktop covered by the dialog box - preventing JAWS from reading the desktop items properly.
Move to First Item on the Taskbar (WINDOWS KEY+TAB)
This keystroke moves focus to the first item on the taskbar, but does not open that application.
Back
Additional Notes on General Windows Application
Keystrokes
Exit the Active Application (ALT+F4)
If this keystroke is pressed while an unsaved file is opened in the active application, you will often be asked if you wish to save the file before exiting.
Open the Application Control Menu (ALT+SPACEBAR)
The Control menu gives you access to menu items that allow you to change the window state between restored, minimized, and maximized; move the window; or close the window.
Move to the Menu Bar (ALT)
This keystroke places the PC Cursor focus on the first menu on the menu bar without displaying the contents of the menu. Use the RIGHT ARROW or LEFT ARROW to select another menu on the menu bar. Press UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW to open the menu and navigate through the menu items.
Cancel or Close a Menu (ESC or ALT)
ESC collapses one level of a menu. If the File menu is displayed, pressing ESC closes it and moves focus to the Menu bar. Pressing ESC again returns focus to the application window. ALT closes a menu and returns focus to the application window.
Back
Additional Notes on Windows Keystrokes for Working in
Dialog Boxes
Move to Another Page (CTRL+TAB)
In a multi-page dialog box, this keystroke moves focus to the next page (or tab). In some dialogs, after cycling through all pages, this keystroke goes back to the initial page, but in others, it stops at the last page.
Reverse Direction through Pages (CTRL+SHIFT+TAB)
In a multi-page dialog box, this keystroke moves focus to the previous page (or tab). In some dialogs, after cycling through all pages, this keystroke goes back to the last page, but in others, it stops at the initial page.
Select/Deselect in List View (SPACEBAR or CTRL+SPACEBAR)
To select multiple list items, press and hold down CTRL and use the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW keys to move to items you want to select. Still holding down CTRL, press SPACEBAR to select items. Press SPACEBAR a second time to unselect an item.
Back
Additional Notes on Windows Keystrokes for Working with
Text
General Notes
Many of these keystrokes are designed to move the caret (also called the insertion point) in a document as indicated. For many of these keystrokes, JAWS adds the functionality of reading the element to which the caret is moved, i.e., character, word, or paragraph. When SHIFT is added to the keystroke, the text from the caret's original position to its new position will be selected. This does not work reliably with the keystrokes for moving by paragraph, though. JAWS also adds support for using many of these keystrokes with the JAWS, Invisible, and virtual PC cursors. The JAWS and Invisible cursors can only read text already on the screen; they cannot scroll a document in the manner the PC cursor or Virtual PC cursor can.
Keystroke Specific Notes
Select All (CTRL+A)
This keystroke will not work in all applications. Undo (CTRL+Z)
This keystroke can be very useful, especially in text fields in dialog boxes. However, not all actions can be undone, so this keystroke will not always work.
Back
Additional Notes on Keystrokes for Working in Windows
Explorer
Delete Selected File or Folder (DELETE)
When deleting a file, you may be prompted to confirm that this is what you wish to do.
Rename Selected File or Folder (F2)
If Windows is configured to hide file extensions for known file types, you will not be able to change file extensions for these files. When file extensions are displayed and you change them, you may get a warning message. This is because the file extension determines which application will open certain types of files.
Refresh Window (F5)
Use this keystroke if changes you have made do not seem to be reflected in what JAWS is indicating.
Switch Between Tree View and List View (F6 or TAB)
This keystroke switches focus between the available views. If the Address Bar and Toolbar are displayed, they are included in this "switch to" cycle.
Go Up One Folder Level (BACKSPACE)
The keystroke will move you to the previous level in the tree view. When you move back to that level the item you land on will not be selected, use the SPACEBAR to select it.
Open File or Folder Properties (ALT+ENTER)
Properties of files and folders will give you different information depending on the kind of file or folder you are requesting information for. If you look at the properties for a folder like My Documents, you will find out information such as the size and location of the folder as well as the attributes. If you get the properties for a shortcut, you can find out the location of the original file. Document properties will also tell you the name, location, and size, in addition to the author and the title. The properties for items in Windows Explorer encompass a wide range of possibilities.
Back
Keystrokes for Windows Applications
Windows Calculator
Back Next
Keystrokes for Internet Applications
Adobe Acrobat and Reader
America Online
AOL Instant Messenger
Front Page
Internet Explorer
Skype
Back Next
Keystrokes for E-mail Applications
GroupWise Lotus Notes
Outlook
Back Next
Keystrokes for Word Processing Applications
Microsoft Word
WordPerfect
Back Next
Keystrokes for Spreadsheet, Financial, and Database
Access Excel
GoldMine
Lotus Notes
Quattro Pro
Back Next
Keystrokes for Multimedia Applications
Audible Audio Manager
CakeWalk Pro Audio
PowerPoint RealPlayer
Winamp
Back Next
Keystrokes for Utilities
WinZip
Back Next
Keystrokes for Programming Tools
Visual Basic
JAWS for Windows Support of JAVA
Back Next
Keystrokes for Miscellaneous Applications
HJPad
MAGic Screen Magnification
Microsoft Project
Back Next
-----------------------
6.5
11.7 Severability.
JAWS Home Use Edition and JAWS Professional
Back Next
Back Next
control if JAWS starts after he or she logs on to Windows. This combo box has three
Back Next
Note: This combo box is available to users with Administrator and Standard user rights. The value selected for the combo box overrides the value of the Automatically start JAWS after log on for all users check box.
If Always is selected, JAWS will start every time the current user logs on to Windows.
If Never is selected, JAWS will never start after the current user logs-on to Windows.
If the current user selects the value labeled Using the All Users
Setting, then one of the following can happen:
JAWS will start after the current user logs on if the
Administrator selected the Automatically start JAWS after log on for all users check box, or JAWS will not start after the current user logs on if the Administrator cleared the Automatically start JAWS after log on for all users check box.
Back Next
Say Font INSERT+F, twice quickly to display in virtual
Back Next
DOTS 3-6 CHORD or RIGHT
DOT 5 CHORD or DOT 5+RIGHT
DOTS 1-4 CHORD or UP
DOT 4+UP ARROW or DOT 4+RIGHT
Say All 5-6 CHORD or DOTS 3-7+DOWN
remove that card from the system, JAWS will automatically fall back to the Windows
Finally, if you select a specific sound card to use for JAWS speech output, and then
Back Next
properties for any frame in the list.
Back Next
Back Next
Back Next
Back Next
................
................
In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.
To fulfill the demand for quickly locating and searching documents.
It is intelligent file search solution for home and business.